HARRY GWALA DISTRICT MUNICIPALITY

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

STATUS QUO REPORT

DRAFT

March 2018

TITLE AND APPROVAL PAGE

Project Name: Harry Gwala District Municipality Environmental Management Framework

Report Title: Status Quo Report

Authority Reference: N/A

Report Status Draft

Client:

Prepared By: Nemai Consulting

 +27 11 781 1730  147 Bram Fischer Drive,  +27 11 781 1731 FERNDALE, 2194

 [email protected] PO Box 1673, SUNNINGHILL,   www.nemai.co.za 2157

Report Reference: 10627–20180320 R-PRO-REP|20150514

Authorisation Name Date

Author: D. Henning 20/03/2018

Reviewed By: N. Naidoo 20/03/2018

This Document is Confidential Intellectual Property of Nemai Consulting C.C. © copyright and all other rights reserved by Nemai Consulting C.C. This document may only be used for its intended purpose

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

AMENDMENTS PAGE

Amendment Date: Nature of Amendment Number:

01/12/2017 First Version for PSC Review 0

20/03/2018 Second Version for Public Review 1

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A. INTRODUCTION

The Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), in partnership with the KwaZulu-Natal (KZN) Department of Economic Development, Tourism and Environmental Affairs (EDTEA), embarked on a process to develop an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) for the district. Nemai Consulting was appointed to prepare the HGDM EMF.

An EMF includes a framework of spatially represented information connected to significant environmental (i.e. ecological, social and economic) parameters, such as ecology, hydrology, infrastructure and services. A key function of an EMF is to proactively identify areas of potential conflict between development proposals and critical/sensitive environments.

This report represents the Status Quo assessment (Volume 1) of the HGDM EMF process and serves to understand the current state of the environment and to identify the issues, opportunities and constraints in Harry Gwala. The outcomes of the status quo will provide the foundation upon which the remainder of the EMF deliverables will be built.

HGDM, formerly known as the Sisonke District Municipality, is a Category C Municipality situated in the south of KZN. The district covers an area of 10 547km². The district borders with Umgungundlovu DM to the north-east, Alfred Nzo DM to the south and south-west, Ugu DM to the south-east and Lesotho to the north-west. The district also includes the southernmost part of the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site (UDPWHS).

In order to address the triggers for sustainable development in the HGDM and the priority environmental opportunities and constraints, some of the key objectives of the EMF include facilitating environmental decision-making and providing strategic guidance on environmental, economic and social issues in the District.

The catalysts for initiating the HGDM EMF fall within the following categories: 1. Significant environmental factors; 2. Development pressures; 3. Environmental threats; and 4. Resource management issues.

March 2018 i

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

B. EMF DEVELOPMENT APPROACH

The EMF development approach, which is outlined in the figure to follow, is consistent with the requirements stipulated in the National Environmental Management Act (Act No. 107 of 1998) and the EMF Regulations (GN No. R547 of 18 June 2010).

C. ENVIRONMENTAL PROFILE

The Environmental Profile describes the current state of the environment which was ascertained through inter alia baseline evaluations and descriptions, specialist studies (as required), desktop assessments, existing data assimilation and field verification and assessment (as required)

March 2018 ii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The environment in the District is explained in terms of the following features and attributes that serve as the building blocks for the environment. Where possible, these elements have been spatially represented in the EMF Geographic Information System (GIS).

Environmental Features Assessed during the EMF Status Quo Phase

. Climate . Urban Edges . Geology . Demographic Profile . Geohydrology . Economic Profile . Terrain Morphology . Tourism . Surface Water . Access to Services . Terrestrial Ecology . Electricity Supply . Agricultural Potential . Transportation . Soils . Solid Waste Management . Air . Health Facilities . Land Use & Land Cover . Disaster Management . Spatial Planning . Traditional Leadership . Strategic Integrated Projects . Land Claims . Historical & Cultural Resources

D. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PRIORITIES

This first phase of the EMF development process culminates in the identification of environmental management priorities through an understanding of the environmental issues, constraints and opportunities within the District.

E. TRANSITION FROM STATUS QUO TO DESIRED STATE

With the foundation of the EMF set through the Status Quo Phase, the next step is to determine a realistic desired state for the environment in HGDM.

Establishing the desired state includes providing the environmental management context for the management zones and related requirements for the various environmental features for the Srategic Environmental Management Plan (SEMP). It will also focus on addessing the imperatives that lead to the instigation of the EMF development process.

The approach to defining a desired state in Harry Gwala is based on evaluating and integrating environmental management priorities, environmental sensitivity, development opportunities, development pressures and trends, as well as public aspirations.

March 2018 iii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Background 1

1.2 EMF Study Area 2

1.3 EMF Objectives 5

1.4 EMF Development Principles 5

1.5 The Difference between a Strategic Environmental Assessment and EMF 6

2 HGDM EMF DRIVING FORCES 7

2.1 General 7

2.2 Significant Environmental Factors 7

2.3 Development Pressures and Trends 8

2.4 Environmental Threats & Resource Management Issues 9

3 EMF DEVELOPMENT APPROACH 11

3.1 Introduction 11

3.2 EMF Content 11

3.3 EMF Methodology 11 3.3.1 Project Inception 12 3.3.2 Information Gathering 13 3.3.3 Public Participation Process 14 3.3.4 Status Quo Assessment 16 3.3.5 Desired State of the Environment 16 3.3.6 Management Zones 17 3.3.7 Strategic Environmental Management Plan 17 3.3.8 Project Geographic Information System 18

3.4 Assumptions and Limitations 18

4 ENVIRONMENTAL STATUTORY FRAMEWORK 20

4.1 EMF Enabling Legislation 20

4.2 Generic Environmental Management Legislation 24 National Environmental Management Act ( 24

March 2018 iv

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Conservation Act ( 28

4.3 Policies, Strategies, Plans & Programmes 30 4.3.1 National Development Plan 30 4.3.2 A National Framework for Sustainable Development in South Africa 32 4.3.3 National Strategy for Sustainable Development and Action Plan 33 4.3.4 National Water Resource Strategy 34 4.3.5 National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment 34 4.3.6 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan 34 4.3.7 National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas 35 4.3.8 KZN Systematic Conservation Plan 36 4.3.9 HGDM Biodiversity Sector Plan 36 4.3.10 KZN Policy for Agricultural Land Potential, Development Rights and Application Processes 37 4.3.11 HGDM IDP & SDF 37

4.4 Management of Environmental Features 37

4.5 Institutional Roles and Responsibilities 44 4.5.1 Environmental Authorities 44 4.5.2 Other Environmental Governance Role Players 46 4.5.3 Environmental Management at Local Level 46

5 ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS QUO 48

5.1 Climate 48 5.1.1 General 48 5.1.2 Rainfall 49 5.1.3 Temperature 50 5.1.4 Climate Change 51

5.2 Geology 54 5.2.1 Regional Geology 54

5.3 Geohydrology 61 5.3.1 General 61 5.3.2 Hydrogeological and groundwater quality characterisation of aquifers 62 5.3.3 Groundwater studies 64 5.3.4 Monitoring 67

5.4 Terrain Morphology 68 5.4.1 General Description 68

5.5 Surface Water 71 5.5.1 General Catchment Characteristics 72 5.5.2 Rivers in HGDM 73 5.5.3 River FEPA 75 5.5.4 Fish Sanctuaries 77 5.5.5 Wetlands 78

March 2018 v

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.5.6 District BSP 81 5.5.7 Ecological Infrastructure 84 5.5.8 Dams 86 5.5.9 Pollution Sources 86

5.6 Terrestrial Ecology 87 5.6.1 Biomes and Vegetation Types 87 5.6.2 Terrestrial Threatened Ecosystems 101 5.6.3 Conservation & Protected Areas 104 5.6.4 KZN Stewardship Sites 105 5.6.5 Critical Biodiversity Areas 106 5.6.6 KZN CBA: Optimal Areas 107 5.6.7 Ecological Support Areas 108 5.6.8 Landscape and Local Corridors 109 5.6.9 UDPWHS and Transfrontier Conservation Area 112 5.6.10 Centre of Endemism 114 5.6.11 Plant Species of Conservation Importance in HGDM 115 5.6.12 Invasive Alien Species 116 5.6.13 Fauna 117

5.7 Agriculture Potential & Soils 125 5.7.1 Status of Agriculture in HGDM 125 5.7.2 Agricultural Sector Profile 125 5.7.3 Land Reform 127 5.7.4 Climatic factors 127 5.7.5 Land Form 128 5.7.6 Soils 129 5.7.7 Land Cover 132 5.7.8 Predicted Soil Loss and Erosion 132 5.7.9 Land Capability 134 5.7.10 Climate Capability 137 5.7.11 KZN Agricultural Land Categories 137 5.7.12 Livestock Grazing Capacity 139 5.7.13 Bio Resource Groups 141 5.7.14 Impact of Climate Change on Agriculture 146

5.8 Air 146 5.8.1 Overview 146 5.8.2 Sources of Air Pollution 147

5.9 Land Use and Land Cover 149

5.10 Spatial Planning 150 5.10.1 Provincial Growth and Development Strategy 150 5.10.2 Provincial Spatial Economic Development Strategy 152 5.10.3 Harry Gwala District Growth and Development Plan 156 5.10.4 Development Corridors 156 5.10.5 Nodal Development 158

March 2018 vi

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.11 Strategic Integrated Projects 160

5.12 Urban Edge 160

5.13 Demographic Profile 161

5.14 Economic Profile 162

5.15 Tourism 163

5.16 Access to Services 164 5.16.1 Water 164

5.17 Electricity Supply 166

5.18 Transportation 167 5.18.1 Road Network 167 5.18.2 Rail Network 168 5.18.3 Airports 168

5.19 Solid Waste Management 169

5.20 Health Facilities 170

5.21 Disaster Management 170

5.22 Traditional Leadership 172

5.23 Land Claims 172

5.24 Historical & Cultural Resources 174 5.24.1 Heritage Resources 174

6 POLLUTION 180

7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PRIORITIES 181

8 TRANSITION FROM STATUS QUO TO DESIRED STATE 196

9 REFERENCES 197

March 2018 vii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: Information considered during EMF compilation 13 Table 2: Public Participation Outline 15 Table 3: Legal Framework for Specific Environmental Themes and Features 38 Table 4: Environmental roles and responsibilities 44 Table 5: Locations of the weather stations within HGDM 48 Table 6: Vulnerability Assessment Tool Indicators 53 Table 7: Summary of the number of boreholes within HGDM (National Groundwater Archive) 66 Table 8: Conservation status of different vegetation types in HGDM 87 Table 9: KZN vegetation types occurring in HGDM 88 Table 10: Threatened ecosystems recorded in HGDM 102 Table 11: Globally Threatened Species 115 Table 12: Red data mammal species recorded in grid cells falling within HGDM 117 Table 13: Red Data reptile species recorded from the grid cells which fall within HGDM 123 Table 14: Red data Frog species recorded from grid cells in which HGDM falls 124 Table 15: Red data butterflies species recorded from grid cells in which HGDM falls 124 Table 16: A summary of land form within the HGDM 128 Table 17: Summary of dominant soil forms within HGDM 130 Table 18: DAFF Land capability classes for South Africa 134 Table 19: DAFF A summarised table land categories classes for KZN 134 Table 20: Climate capability classes for South Africa 137 Table 21: Agricultural land catergory classes for KZN 137 Table 22: Summary table of grazing capacity within the District 140 Table 23: A summary of dominant land cover in the HDGM 149 Table 24: Catalyst Projects for HGDM linked to PSEDS 153 Table 25: HGDM corridor hierarchy based on SDF (draft 1) 157 Table 26: HGDM Nodal Hierarchy 158 Table 27: HGDM Demographic Profile 161 Table 28: HGDM GDP Contribution 162 Table 29: Water source per Municipality (%) 165 Table 30: HGDM primary and secondary roads 167 Table 31: Status of Solid Waste Management in HGDM 169 Table 32: Potential Sources of Pollution in HGDM 180 Table 33: Compilation of HGDM’s Environmental Status Quo 182

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1: EMF Components 1 Figure 2: HGDM National and Provincial Geographical Context 3 Figure 3: Locality Map 4 Figure 4: EMF Triggers 7 Figure 5: Broad overview of EMF Development Process 12 Figure 6: Weather stations located within the HGDM (SAWS, 2017) 48 Figure 7: Spatial distribution of mean annual temperature within the District 49

March 2018 viii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 8: A graphical presentation of spatial distribution of rainfall within the District 50 Figure 9: Maximum Temperatures for HGDM 51 Figure 10: Vulnerability Assessment Tool Indicators 53 Figure 11: Generalised geological map showing the distribution of lithostratigraphic units 55 Figure 12: Distribution of groundwater boreholes across the Quaternary sub-catchments 67 Figure 13: Distribution of water quality monitoring stations (source DWS website) 68 Figure 14: HGDM Topography 69 Figure 15: HGDM Slope 71 Figure 16: WMAs 72 Figure 17: Quaternary Drainage Catchments within HGDM 73 Figure 18: Rivers in HGDM 74 Figure 19: River Conditions in HGDM 76 Figure 20: FEPA Rivers within HGDM 77 Figure 21: Fish Sanctuaries within HGDM 78 Figure 22: NFEPA Wetlands in HGDM 79 Figure 23: NFEPA Wetland Clusters in HGDM 80 Figure 24: Aquatic CBAs and ESAs in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a) 82 Figure 25: Landscape and Local Corridors in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a) 83 Figure 26: Ecological Infrastructure in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a) 85 Figure 27: Registered Dams in HGDM 86 Figure 28: Biomes in HGDM 89 Figure 29: Vegetation Types in HGDM 90 Figure 30: Terrestrial Threatened Ecosystems in HGDM 103 Figure 31: Protected Areas in HGDM 105 Figure 32: KZN Stewardship Sites in HGDM 106 Figure 33: KZN CBA: Irreplaceable areas in HGDM 107 Figure 34: KZN CBA: Optimal Areas in HGDM 108 Figure 35: ESAs in HGDM 109 Figure 36: Landscape Corridors in HGDM 110 Figure 37: Local Corridors in HGDM 111 Figure 38: UDPWHS Buffer 113 Figure 39: Maloti-Drakensberg TFCA 114 Figure 40: Invasive alien plant species in the HGDM 116 Figure 41: IBAs in the HGDM 119 Figure 42: A Share of GVA for HGDM as of 2011 (HGDM, 2016) 125 Figure 43: A graphical presentation of evaporation within the District 128 Figure 44: A graphical presentation of land form within HGDM 129 Figure 45: Spatial distribution of dominant soils within HGDM 130 Figure 46: A map depicting soil pH level within HGDM 131 Figure 47: A graphical presentation of predicted soil erosion in HGDM 132 Figure 48: A graphical presentation of soil susceptibility to wind erosion in HGDM 133 Figure 49: A graphical presentation of water erosion in HGDM 133 Figure 50: Land capability groups within HGDM 135 Figure 51: Land capability based on arability in HGDM 136 Figure 52: Land capability map depicting land capability classification within HGDM 136 Figure 53: A graphical presentation of agricultural land categories in the HGDM 139 Figure 54: A presentation of grazing capacity in hectares per livestock unit within the District 140

March 2018 ix

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 55: Land cover map depicting dominant land cover within HGDM 150 Figure 56: KZN SDF 2016 (KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2016) 151 Figure 57: HGDM Nodes, Corridors and Projects (EDTEA, 2017) 155 Figure 58: HGDM SDF (HGDM, 2015) 159 Figure 59: Current water network in HGDM (HGDM, 2016) 166 Figure 60: Eskom Power lines and Substations situated in HGDM (ESKOM, 2017) 167 Figure 61: Tar Roads (Red) and Gravel Roads (Black) in HGDM (DoT, 2017) 168 Figure 62: Refuse disposal per Municipality (HGDM, 2016) 170 Figure 63: Disaster Prone Areas in HGDM (HGDM IDP, 2016) 171 Figure 64: Traditional Authorities in HGDM (HGDM, 2015) 172 Figure 65: Land Claims in HGDM (HGDM, 2015) 173 Figure 66: Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM Herige Sites 175 Figure 67: Centecow Trappist Mission, main chapel 176 Figure 68: St Michael All Angels Church, Arbuckle Street, Himeville 176 Figure 69: Greater Kokstad LM Heritage Sites 177 Figure 70: Adam Kok’s grave, Hope Street, Kokstad 177 Figure 71: Ubuhlebezwe LM Heritage Sites 178 Figure 72: uMzimkhulu LM Heritage Sites 179

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX A: RED DATA PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN GRID CELLS APPENDIX B: LIST OF HERITAGE RESOURCES IN HGDM APPENDIX C: HGDM EMF STATUS QUO MAPS

March 2018 x

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AMCOW African Ministers’ Council on Water BRG Bioresource Groups BSP Biodiversity Sector Plan CARA Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (Act 43 of 1983) CBA Critical Biodiversity Area CR Critically Endangered CMA Catchment Management Agency COGTA Co-operative Governance and Traditional Affairs DAC Drakensberg Alpine Centre DAFF Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries DARD Department of Agriculture and Rural Development DEA Department of Environmental Affairs DEAT Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism DGDP District Growth and Development Plan DM District Municipality DME Department of Minerals and Energy DMR Department of Mineral Resources DWA Department of Water Affairs DWAF Department of Water and Forestry DWS Department of Water and Sanitation ECA Environment Conservation Act (Act 73 of 1989) ECZs Environmental Constraint Zones EDTEA Economic Development, Tourism and Environmental Affairs ESA Ecological Support Area EI Ecological Infrastructure EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EKZNW Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife EMF Environmental Management Framework EN Endangered FEPA Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas FSCA Freshwater Systematic Conservation Assessment GDP Gross Domestic Product GGP Gross Geographic Product GHG Greenhouse gas GIS Geographical Information System GVA Gross Value Added HGDM Harry Gwala District Municipality IAPs Interested and Affected Parties

March 2018 xi

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

IDP Integrated Development Plan IBA Important Bird & Biodiversity Area ITB Ingonyama Trust Board IWMP Integrated Waste Management Plan KZN KwaZulu-Natal LED Local Economic Development LM Local Municipality LUMS Land Use Management System MEC Member of the Executive Council MPRDA Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (Act 28 of 2002) NBA National Biodiversity Assessment NEMA National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998) NEM:AQA National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act 39 of 2004) NEM:BA National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act 10 of 2004) NEM:PAA National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act (Act 57 of 2003) NEM:WA National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act 59 of 2008) NFA National Forests Act (Act 84 of 1998) NFSD National Framework for Sustainable Development NFEPA National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Area NHRA National Heritage Resources Act (Act 25 of 1999) NSBA National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment NSSD 1 National Strategy for Sustainable Development and Action Plan NWA National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998) NWRS National Water Resource Strategy PGDS Provincial Growth and Development Strategy PMT Project Management Team PPP Public Participation Process PSC Project Steering Committee PSDF Provincial Spatial Development Framework PSEDS Provincial Spatial Economic Development Strategy PUs Planning Units RDM Resource Directed Measures SCA Systematic Conservation Assessment SA South Africa SADC South African Development Community SAHRA South African Heritage Resources Agency SAMPI South African Multidimensional Poverty Index SANBI South African National Biodiversity Institute SALGA South African Local Government Association SCA Systematic Conservation Assessment SDCs Source Directed Controls

March 2018 xii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

SDF Spatial Development Framework SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment SEMP Strategic Environmental Management Plan SIPs Strategic Integrated Projects SOTER Soil and Terrain SPLUMA Spatial Planning and Land Use Management Act (Act 16 of 2013) TFCA Transfrontier Conservation Area UCT University of Cape Town UDPWHS uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site VU Vulnerable WMA Water Management Area WRC Water Research Commission WSDP Water Services Development Plan WWTW Wastewater Treatment Works

March 2018 xiii

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

The Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), in partnership with the KwaZulu-Natal (KZN) Department of Economic Development, Tourism and Environmental Affairs (EDTEA), embarked on a process to develop an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) for the district. Nemai Consulting was appointed to prepare the EMF for the HGDM.

According to the EMF Regulations (Government Notice No. R547 of 18 June 2010), an EMF is a study of the biophysical and socio-cultural systems of a geographically defined area to reveal where specific activities may best be practiced and to offer performance standards for maintaining appropriate use of such land. An EMF includes a framework of spatially represented information connected to significant environmental (i.e. ecological, social and economic) parameters.

Prior to commencing with the HGDM EMF, the requisite administrative and institutional matters were set in place, which included the concurrence between the relevant spheres of government, namely the National Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA), KZN EDTEA and HGDM.

As shown in Figure 1, the two major components of the HGDM EMF entail Public Participation and Technical Development. Once the EMF is finalised, it will undergo promulgation and gazetting in order to render it as a formal decision-making tool in the environmental and planning arenas.

Figure 1: EMF Components

As part of the HGDM EMF development process, the following deliverables will be produced: Status Quo Report; Desired State Report; and Strategic Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) (see Figure 1). This report represents the Status Quo assessment (Volume 1) of the

March 2018 1

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

HGDM EMF process and serves to understand the current state of the environment and to identify the issues, opportunities and constraints in the district. The outcomes of the status quo will provide the foundation upon which the remainder of the EMF deliverables will be built.

1.2 EMF Study Area

HGDM, formerly known as the Sisonke District Municipality, is a Category C Municipality situated in the south of KZN. The district covers an area of 10 547km². The district borders with Umgungundlovu DM to the north-east, Alfred Nzo DM to the south and south-west, Ugu DM to the south-east and Lesotho to the north-west. The district also includes the southernmost part of the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site (UDPWHS). Refer to Figures 2 and 3.

HGDM encompasses the following local municipalities:

 Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma Local Municipality (LM) (KZN436) – This municipality was established by the amalgamation of Ingwe LM and Kwasani LM. The area of this LM is 3 602km2. It is the largest LM in the district, accounting for just over a third of its geographical area. The municipality fulfils the role of being the administrative and commercial centre for the district. The rest of the municipal area consists of tribal lands, which dominate the area. Towns in the municipality include Creighton, Himeville and Underberg.

 uMzimkhulu LM (KZN435) – The area of this LM is 2 435km2. It is the most populated of the municipalities. uMzimkhulu Town (and adjoining Clydesdale peri-urban area) is regarded as the primary node, both administrative and economic, in the municipal area. Rietvlei, Riversdale and Ibisi are regarded as secondary nodes, fulfilling the role of rural service centres. Other settlements such as Mountain Home, Glengarry, Ntsikeni and Ncambele (Gowan Lea) can be regarded as minor service centres.

 Greater Kokstad LM (KZN433) – The area of this LM is 2 680km2. Kokstad serves as the service centre and commercial hub for most of East Griqualand and nearby parts of the Eastern Cape, with which it shares borders.

 Ubuhlebezwe LM (KZN434) – The area of this LM is 1 604km2. The main administrative centre of the municipality is the town of Ixopo, which is also the seat of the HGDM. The secondary and tertiary development nodes include Highflats, Hlutankungu (previously Stuartsville), Jolivet, KwaBhidla, Emgodi and Hlokozi.

March 2018 2

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 2: HGDM National and Provincial Geographical Context

March 2018 3

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM

Greater Kokstad LM

Ubuhlebezwe LM

uMzimkhulu LM

Figure 3: Locality Map

March 2018 4

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

1.3 EMF Objectives

In order to address the triggers for sustainable development in the HGDM and the priority environmental opportunities and constraints, the specific objectives of the EMF will include the following: 1. To consolidate environmental information for the district; 2. To identify geographical areas in terms of Section 24 of the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act No. 107 of 1998); 3. To consider the influence of the geographical areas to the listed activities under the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (EIA) of 2014, as amended; 4. To develop a decision support system for development in the area to ensure that environmental attributes, issues and priorities are taken into account; 5. To inform development planning in the district; and 6. To provide strategic guidance on environmental, economic and social issues in HGDM.

In its formal context, the EMF that is adopted by the Minister or MEC will be taken into consideration when reviewing applications for environmental authorisation in or affecting the areas to which the EMF applies. In addition, the EMF informs decision-making regarding land use applications.

1.4 EMF Development Principles

In accordance with DEA (2010), the following principles have been applied in the development of the HGDM EMF:  The EMF is customised to the context of Harry Gwala;  The EMF is undertaken with reference to environmental goals and priorities;  The EMF strives to encourage sustainable development;  The scope of the EMF is comprehensive enough to provide assistance to environmental and planning decision-making in HGDM;  The EMF places specific focus on the issues and information that matter in decision- making in HGDM;  Bio-physical, social, economic, and other aspects that are relevant in the district are reflected in the EMF (based on the availability of information);  The EMF aims to be clear and easy to understand;  The process of developing the EMF included an appropriate level of public participation;  The process of developing the HGDM EMF was conducted impartially; and  The EMF takes into consideration the legal and policy requirements as well as guidelines that are applicable to Harry Gwala.

March 2018 5

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

1.5 The Difference between a Strategic Environmental Assessment and EMF

A Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) is a process to assess the environmental implications of a proposed strategic decision, policy, plan, programme, piece of legislation or major plan (White Paper on Environmental Management Policy for South Africa, 1998). No specific provisions exist in legislation for the preparation and requirements of a SEA. All municipalities are required by the Municipal Systems Act (Act 32 of 2000) to develop an Integrated Development Planning (IDP) to which an SEA can add value, by providing a practical guide to integrating the concept of sustainability into the planning process through evaluating the environmental consequences of the municipality’s planning endeavours. An SEA feeds environmental information such as sustainability criteria, objectives and indicators, into the Spatial Development Framework (SDF).

An EMF strives to pro-actively identify areas of potential conflict between development proposals and critical/sensitive environments. An EMF is founded in legislation, namely NEMA, and it serves as a product which is practically implementable and in line with other provisions of this Act such as the identification of Geographical Areas and developing management guidelines. An EMF ultimately provides competent authorities (National and Provincial) with a mechanism and decision support tool for the study area.

March 2018 6

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

2 HGDM EMF DRIVING FORCES

2.1 General

In accordance with Regulation 3(3) of the EMF Regulations (2010), the development of an EMF must include an assessment of inter alia the need for such a framework. This section aims to satisfy this requirement.

Before the process of developing an EMF is initiated, it is necessary to understand the reasons for identifying the need for such a management tool within the context of the HGDM. This sets the scene for creating an EMF that meets the specific needs of the area in question and which is tailored to relevant environmental priorities and goals.

The main EMF triggers can be categorised as shown in Figure 4, which are elaborated on in the subsections to follow. Note that this section is not meant to be exhaustive, but rather provides an overview of some of the salient environmental management concerns in HGDM and focus areas for the EMF.

Environmental

Development Threats Pressures & Trends

EMF

Triggers

Significant Critical Resource Management Issues Environmental Factors

Figure 4: EMF Triggers

2.2 Significant Environmental Factors

Significant environmental factors to consider for HGDM include:  According to the 2016-2017 HGDM IDP (HGDM, 2016), the district has high agro- ecological potential due to an abundance of high quality soils, high altitude, and abundant water. Commercial farms and to large extent commercial plantations form the bedrock of the economy of the region. Climatic extremes make the area suitable for a variety of products including crops and vegetables, livestock and sugar cane around Ixopo/ Highflats area.

March 2018 7

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Extracts from the Biodiversity Sector Plan (EKZNW, 2014a) follow –  The southern section of the UDPWHS falls within the district, which forms part of the Maloti-Drakensberg Transfrontier Conservation and Development Area which was established in 2001 between Lesotho and South Africa;  The district has two registered RAMSAR sites, namely the UDP and Ntsikeni Vlei;  The district has several formally protected areas and other conservation areas;  The highly variable topography characteristic of the District creates biophysical habitat and micro climatic conditions which support a range of biodiversity;  The district has three main catchments, namely the Mkomazi in the north, the central Mzimkhulu and the Mzimvubu catchment in the south, as well as the headwaters of the Mpambanyoni, Mtwalume and Mzumbe catchments located in the north east;  The district has several large wetland systems including: the Pholela, Ngwangwane and Ndawana systems in the north western section of the district in the foothills of the Drakensberg; The Kromrivier and Mzintlanga systems in the southern area of the district, which includes the Franklin Vlei; to the north the Ntsikeni Nature Reserve and its extensive wetland system ; and to the north east the Upper and little Bisi system; as well as several wetlands in remaining municipalities;  The district contains terrestrial and aquatic Critical Biodiversity Areas (CBAs) and Ecological Support Areas (ESAs);  The district contains four of the KZN Provincially derived terrestrial landscape corridors, as well as local corridors;  Mzumbe River is one of the ten identified free flowing rivers in KZN. The top section of the river falls within Harry Gwala, and is designated as an aquatic landscape corridor in this district; and  Mzimkhulu River, which originates in the Berg and flows through the centre of Harry Gwala, is of the four National Flagship Rivers, and is designated as a critical linkage in this district.

2.3 Development Pressures and Trends

Extracts from the Harry Gwala District Growth and Development Plan (DGDP) (HGDM, 2014), which provide an indication of potential development pressures and trends in the district, follow:  The district is sparsely populated (with some of the lowest population densities in the Province), with a topography and human settlement pattern that can make it difficult to service. However, the node and corridor system that is evident within the district needs to be enhanced so that maximum value can be achieved through these. This may mean, for example, encouraging appropriate development and density levels within nodes, by prioritising the servicing of the nodes accordingly.

March 2018 8

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 There are significant servicing backlogs within HGDM. If growth and development is to occur within the district, then it is essential that the backlogs for all services (water, sanitation, roads, housing, electricity and solid waste) are addressed.  Agro-processing is a significant driver for future economic growth in the district. In this regard, significant opportunities exist for expansion in:  Land suitable for high value crops;  Land reform programmes supported by significant public sector investment and parastatal bank loans;  Access to export markets;  Support institutions for funding and technical advice e.g. Masisizane Fund;  New production techniques, e.g. hydroponics;  Processing, packaging and distribution of local produce – canning, drying, freezing and further product beneficiation; and  Forestry, milling and production of related product (Biofuel, charcoal etc.).

There is a strong emphasis on initiatives that especially support the agricultural and tourism sectors in HGDM, which are regarded as existing local niches in the district.

Development pressures in HGDM will be considered further in the Desired State Phase, where the following factors will be integrated into the establishment of the Management Zones:  Development nodes;  Movement Corridors; and  Proposed developments (public and private sector).

2.4 Environmental Threats & Resource Management Issues

Significant development threats and constraints within the municipality, as well as critical resource management issues, are summarised below.  HGDM is primarily a rural district. Economic opportunities (viz. tourism and agriculture) are directly linked to the environment. Water, climate, soil, biodiversity and scenic beauty are especially relevant.  Land use in the district comprises primarily of agricultural, plantations, subsistence farming, small areas of high density settlement and natural areas. The modification of the natural environment occurs over the entire district but concentrated portions occur in general in the north and north-eastern area of the district (EKZNW, 2014a).  Water as a key environmental resource needs to be more effectively harnessed, but in a sustainable manner.  Agriculture benefits from good natural catchments, but tensions related to contamination through fertiliser use, over extraction, and protection of wetlands need to be balanced.

March 2018 9

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Sanitation and water treatment challenges, as well as water conservation strategies, are also issues that will affect development.  Mitigation and adaptation strategies in terms of climate change are necessary. This affects both agriculture and tourism – the district’s key economic sectors.  Settlement patterns within the rural communities are characterised by widely dispersed dwellings. This makes service provision very expensive.  With its mainly rural nature, most of HGDM’s inhabitants practice subsistence living and are directly dependent on natural resources (food, craft production, subsistence income, building material, fuel, medicinal purposes).  The HGDM Biodiversity Sector Plan (EKZNW, 2014b) notes the following land uses and activities within the district which threaten CBAs and ESAs –  Unplanned and incompatible development (tourism and formal/informal urban/rural);  Clearing of vegetation for informal settlement and associated subsistence agriculture;  Expansion of forestry, sugarcane and other commercial cultivation;  Over utilization of natural resources/Eco services and medicinal species;  Poor land management activities;  Overgrazing and the unsustainable management of grazing land;  Destruction of wetland and riparian habitat, most notably through - . Wetland drainage; . Erosion of wetland habitat, river courses and riparian areas; . Cultivation of wetland and riparian areas; . Overgrazing; . Invasion by alien species; . Pollution;  Water pollution, resulting in algal blooms, fish kills loss of aquatic and riparian habitat and increased costs for treatment of agricultural, industrial and potable water - . Faecal pollution from informal settlements, dairies, piggeries and urban areas with poorly maintained and surcharging sewer infrastructure; . Overuse or mismanagement of agricultural chemicals and fertilizer; . Erosion and sedimentation; and . Stormwater runoff.

March 2018 10

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

3 EMF DEVELOPMENT APPROACH

3.1 Introduction

The EMF development approach is consistent with the requirements stipulated in the following primary legislation that governs the process:  NEMA, in particular Sections 2, 23 and 24; and  The EMF Regulations (GN No. R547 of 18 June 2010), which make provision for the development, content and adoption of EMFs as a proactive environmental management decision support tool.

In addition, the HGDM EMF will also conform to the Guideline on Environmental Management Frameworks in terms of the EMF Regulations of 2010, Integrated Environmental Management Guideline Series 6 (DEA, 2010).

3.2 EMF Content

In accordance with the EMF Regulations (2010), the information contained in the HGDM EMF will ultimately reflect the following:  An identification of the area – whether by map or otherwise;  A specification of the environmental attributes in the area, including sensitivity, extent, interrelationship and significance of the attributes;  An identification of any parts in the area to which the attributes relate to;  An indication of the conservation status of the area;  A description of the environmental priorities in the area;  An indication of the kinds of developments that would have a significant impact on those attributes and those that would not;  An indication of the kinds of developments that would be undesirable in the area or specific parts of the area;  An identification of information gaps;  An indication of a revision schedule for the EMF; and  Any matters specified by the Minister or MEC (where relevant).

3.3 EMF Methodology

An overview of the methodology to develop the EMF is contained in the sub-sections to follow, and is broadly presented in Figure 5.

March 2018 11

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 5: Broad overview of EMF Development Process

3.3.1 Project Inception

During the EMF Inception Phase the project scope was defined and accepted by the Project Management Team (PMT) and the Project Steering Committee (PSC). The PMT includes representatives from the HGDM, KZN EDTEA and DEA, and are responsible for monitoring the project progress and operational matters. The PSC members include the respective government role-players and decision makers who are directly affected by the implementation of the EMF.

March 2018 12

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

An Inception Report was also compiled and submitted to HGDM, which served as a revised comprehensive, technical and financial proposal to confirm the scope of work and approach to the EMF (amongst others).

Deliverable: Inception Report

3.3.2 Information Gathering

Information will be gathered throughout the compilation of the EMF, where the purpose will include:  Establishing the status quo of the HGDM by gathering and interpreting biological, physical, social and economic data;  Determining the environmental opportunities and constraints,  Identifying development pressures and trends; and  Defining management priorities and guidelines.

The data gathering exercise commenced with a comprehensive desktop assessment to uncover existing information. This included targeted engagement with key authorities and stakeholders to exhaust possible information sources. The information gathering exercise also tapped into the institutional knowledge within the HGDM and its Local Municipalities, as well as that of KZN EDTEA’s units. A shown in Table 1, legislation, guidelines and other strategic documents were also reviewed.

Table 1: Information considered during EMF compilation National , Provincial and Municipal Documentation / Legislation & Guidelines Studies  Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, (Act No. 108  National Biodiversity Framework of 1996)  National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan  NEMA  National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment  Spatial Planning and Land Use Management (Act No. 16  National Protected Area Expansion Strategy of 2013) (SPLUMA)  Biodiversity Conservation Assessments  National Water Act (Act No. 36 of 1998) (NWA)  SANBI’s Biodiversity GIS information  Environment Conservation Act (Act No. 73 of 1989) (ECA)  Biodiversity Sector Plans  National Environmental Management Air Quality Act (Act  EKZNW GIS information No. 39 of 2004) (NEM:AQA)  Provincial Growth and Development Strategy  National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act,  Strategic Development Frameworks (SDF) and Integrated 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004) (NEM:BA) Development Plans (IDPs) applicable to the HGDM and  National Environmental Management: Protected Areas each LM; Act (Act No. 57 of 2003) (NEM:PAA)  Local Economic Development Plans  National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act No.  Harry Gwala DGDP 59 of 2008) (NEM:WA)  Water Services Development Plans  National Forests Act (Act No. 84 of 1998) (NFA)  Land Use Management Plans  Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act (Act  Integrated Waste Management Plans No. 28 of 2002) (MPRDA)  Provincial Integrated Environmental Management Plan  National Heritage Resources Act (Act No. 25 of 1999)  KZN Conservation Plan (NHRA)  KZN State of the Environment Report  Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (Act No. 43 of  Integrated Management Plans 1983) (CARA)  Energy Security Master Plan – Electricity 2007 – 2025  Tourism Act of 1993  Disaster Management Plans

March 2018 13

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

National , Provincial and Municipal Documentation / Legislation & Guidelines Studies  Development Facilitation Act (Act No. 67 of 1995)  Any relevant strategic planning documents compiled by  NEMA EIA Regulations (2014), as amended the HGDM and LMs  NEMA EMF Regulations (2010)  Municipal cadastral and zoning documents  Guideline Document on Strategic Environmental  Aerial photography (for surveys, ground truthing and Assessment in South Africa intensification of information gathered from less accurate  Guideline on Environmental Management Frameworks in sources) terms of the EMF Regulations of 2010, Integrated  Information in the databases of government departments Environmental Management Guideline Series 6 (DEA,  Any relevant EIA studies that are currently being 2010) undertaken or planned in the study area  The World Heritage Convention Act, 1999 (Act 49 of  Information gathered as part of other projects in the area 1999)  Polices, plans and programmes of all spheres of  KZN Heritage Act (Act No. 04 of 2008) government  Provincial legislations and ordinances

Where existing data sets were used, the following was taken into consideration:  The information must be from an acceptable source;  The inclusion of existing data was consolidated as a baseline for the EMF; and  As far as possible and relevant, use was made of local information initiatives, plans of provincial importance such as Provincial Growth and Development Strategy.

Data gathering included the collection of information to incrementally build the HGDM EMF Geographical Information System (GIS), which serves as the foundation for the evolution of the EMF. All GIS-related information was developed to comply with the requirements of the Client.

Data was managed in accordance with an information metadata matrix.

Deliverable: All EMF deliverables

3.3.3 Public Participation Process

As a minimum, the Public Participation Process (PPP) will comply with regulation 3(2) of the EMF Regulations (2010). The main aims of the PPP include: 1. To inform Interested and Affected Parties (IAPs) of the EMF process and its objectives; 2. To provide an opportunity for inputs from IAPs; and 3. To give feedback to IAPs with the opportunity for them to respond.

The main tasks associated with the public participation for the HGDM EMF are listed in Table 2.

March 2018 14

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Table 2: Public Participation Outline (Note: activities may be adapted as process unfolds)

Communication Media & No. Activity Comments Deliverables IAPs to include: Database of IAPs, to be updated as  PSC members; process unfolds.  Authorities;  Stakeholders; 1. Compile database of IAPs  Interest groups;  Formal sectors;  Environmental experts;  Civil society; and  General.  Convene meetings with  Translated summaries of leadership of Traditional deliverables. Authorities as notification of the  Minutes. EMF, to acquire information and to present EMF findings. Traditional Authority Department of Co-operative 2. Participation Governance and Traditional Affairs (COGTA) to facilitate engagement.  Use and respect existing communication structures and channels.  Overview of EMF.  Background Information  Invitation to participate (Reply Documents* and Reply Forms* to Form, meetings). IAPs (via registered post, fax and  Contact details. emails). Announcement of EMF & 3. One round of public meetings,  Newspaper Notices.* Invitation to Public Meetings  one in each LM.  Public notices.*  Community Radio Stations.  Direct communication. [* English & isiZulu]  Engaging with key IAPs to obtain  Interviews. information and to discuss Minutes. Targeted Stakeholder  4. specific issues. Meetings  Information packages.  Focused group and subject  Questionnaires. specialist meetings. Allow IAPs to review and comment  Notification letters (via registered Notification of review of on draft Status Quo Report post, fax and emails). 5. Draft Status Quo Report  Newspaper Notices.  Direct communication.  Grant 30 day review period.  Website upload – HGDM & KZN Lodging of Draft Status Quo EDTEA 6. Report in public domain  Copies placed at libraries in large population centres.  Engaging with key IAPs to obtain  Presentations. information and to discuss  Information packages. specific issues.  Questionnaires to ascertain Targeted Stakeholder 7.  Focused group and subject environmental issues, Meetings specialist meetings. opportunities, constraints, priorities, etc.  Minutes.  Consider representations and Public Participation Report to include Compile and maintain comments. Comments and Response Report. 8. Comments and Response  Review draft Status Quo Report Report to include relevant comments. Allow IAPs to review and comment  Notification letters (via registered Notification of review of on draft Desired State Report and post, fax and emails). 9. Draft Desired State Report & SEMP.  Newspaper Notices. SEMP  Direct communication.

March 2018 15

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Communication Media & No. Activity Comments Deliverables  Consider representations and Public Participation Report to include Compile and maintain comments. Comments and Response Report. 10. Comments and Response  Review draft Desired State Report Report to include relevant comments.

Deliverable: Public Participation Report for each phase of EMF development process

3.3.4 Status Quo Assessment

(WHERE ARE WE NOW?) Taking stock of the current state of the environment through inter alia baseline evaluations and descriptions, specialist studies (as required), desktop assessments, existing data assimilation and field verification and assessment (as required). This sets the scene in terms of the environmental issues, constraints and opportunities within the project area, and steers the realistic conception of the desired state.

Where possible, the environmental features and attributes have been mapped in the EMF GIS to serve as a status quo representation of the HGDM.

Where necessary, based on the sensitivity of the environmental features and attributes and the significance of the issues, ground-truthing will be conducted. Ground-truthing will also depend on the availability, currentness and accuracy of information.

Deliverable: Status Quo Report & EMF Status Quo GIS

3.3.5 Desired State of the Environment

(WHERE DO WE WANT TO BE?) Environmental priorities will emanate from the issues, opportunities and constraints identified during the status quo assessment, and through a consultative process with the PSC, authorities and IAPs.

The environmental priorities will be translated into the desired state for HGDM, which will determine the destination for ensuing management measures. The desired state will include setting the vision for the HGDM and providing the environmental management context for the management zones and related requirements for the various environmental features.

March 2018 16

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The development pressures and trends in HGDM will be investigated to identify and resolve potential conflict areas, to allow for accurate and realistic delineation of management zones in order to bridge the divide between the status quo and desired state of the environment.

A sensitivity analysis will be undertaken by integrating spatially represented baseline information from the status quo assessment. During the analysis, the status of the environmental features will be determined based on legislative requirements, accepted norms and quality standards, and through technical and specialist input. Weightings will be allocated to environmental features and attributes based on their intrinsic sensitivity to development pressure or resilience to change.

Following the sensitivity analysis, the weighted features will be assimilated in the GIS to prepare Environmental Constraint Zones (ECZs).

Deliverable: Desired State Report & updated GIS with ECZs

3.3.6 Management Zones

(HOW DO WE GET THERE?) The ECZs will provide the platform and framework for the identification of the Management Zones, where specific categories of homogenous sensitive features will be consolidated and integrated to demarcate the Management Zones. Management zones will highlight environmentally significant areas in HGDM, inform decision-making regarding proposed activities in these zones, and set management requirements for developments that are proposed in these demarcates areas. The Management Zones will also clearly reflect those environmental elements that served as the trigger for the HGDM EMF.

Deliverable: EMF Report & updated GIS with Management Zones

3.3.7 Strategic Environmental Management Plan

(HOW DO WE GET THERE?) The SEMP will link management parameters and guidelines to each of the Management Zones. These guidelines will be based on (amongst others):  The outcomes of PPP;  Detailed specialist assessments and sensitivity analysis,

March 2018 17

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Measures aimed at reaching the desired state and supporting the environmental vision for HGDM;  Existing policies, statutory provisions and guidelines relevant to the features incorporated into the Management Zone;  Environmental best practices and mitigation measures aimed at safeguarding the environmental features and attributes associated with the Management Zone; and  Measures that strive to overcome constraints and optimise opportunities;

The SEMP introduces a risk-adverse approach to decision-making. In this regard, it will not be prescriptive in terms of land use and will not indicate which land uses must occur in which zones. Instead, the SEMP will indicate specific minimum environmental requirements, through management parameters, which have to be met satisfactorily before approval of a development application should be considered.

Similarly, the SEMP will indicate the level of environmental assessment expected and required in the Management Zones.

Deliverable: EMF Report (including SEMP) & GIS

3.3.8 Project Geographic Information System

A GIS will be developed for the project in order to provide a spatial representation of the status quo, desired state and environmental sensitivity. It will also indicate the Management Zones. The GIS will evolve in complexity and functionality with the EMF development process. All data that can be presented spatially (where information exists or can be generated) will be incorporated into the GIS.

The GIS serves as a tool to use and apply the EMF, where it integrates the spatial data set and a database containing the description of spatial entities, as well as the management guidelines associated with the Management Zones.

3.4 Assumptions and Limitations

The following assumptions and limitations are implicit in this report:  The Status Quo Report is primarily based on desktop studies. Various available information sources (including reports, stakeholder knowledge, specialist input) were used and it is assumed that the information is accurate. Information gaps and the manner in which these should be attended to will be highlighted in the SEMP. It is accepted that more accurate and supplementary information may become available subsequent to the finalisation of the EMF. A plan-

March 2018 18

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

do-check-act approach is thus advocated, where the framework will undergo a cycle of planning and implementation which needs to be followed by revisions and updating by the HGDM.  It is expected that the EMF will undergo rigorous review and scrutiny by the relevant stakeholders. Following the requisite amendments and incorporation of comments, this decision-making tool should be regarded as a concept EMF until the requirements of DEA can be adhered to.  Due to the iterative nature of uncovering information for the HGDM additional spatial data may be acquired during the subsequent phases of the EMF, which is also of relevance to the Status Quo Phase. In such instances, the new information will be incorporated into the GIS and a revised version of this document (as deemed necessary).  The spatial scale (resolution) of the data contained in the GIS, which will be acceptable for decision-making purposes, wil need to be verified in consultation with DEA and KZN EDTEA.

March 2018 19

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4 ENVIRONMENTAL STATUTORY FRAMEWORK

4.1 EMF Enabling Legislation

According to our Constitution, local government is in charge of the development process in municipalities and municipal planning. A municipality must strive, within its financial and administrative capacity, to achieve the following objects stipulated within the constitution:  To provide democratic and accountable government for local communities;  To ensure the provision of services to communities in a sustainable manner;  To promote social and economic development;  To promote a safe and healthy environment; and  To encourage the involvement of communities and community organisations in the matters of local government.

At the Earth Summit in 1992 the international community agreed on a framework for global sustainable development, which comprises the following two agreements:  The Rio Declaration on Environment and Development, which sets out the principles for human interaction with the environment; and  Agenda 21, which formed the international guideline and action plan for sustainable development.

Subsequently, all participatory nations adopted Local Agenda 21, which translates the Agenda 21 action plan for sustainable development into a participatory, multi-sectoral process to achieve the goals of Agenda 21 through a programme of actions at local level (CSIR, 2002). The goals of Local Agenda 21 are to:  Raise awareness of environmental and sustainability issues amongst all citizens;  Maximise the support and involvement of local communities and businesses;  Pursue economic development and social progress whilst limiting the impact on environmental resources and fragile ecosystems;  Reduce the consumption of all natural resources;  Maximise energy efficiency and the proportion of energy from renewable resources;  Conserve and enhance green space and diversity of wildlife;  Encourage all organisations and individuals to adopt sustainable practices and lifestyles;  Minimise levels of pollution; and  Minimise the environmental impact of waste and to promote the reduction, re-use and recycling of resources.

March 2018 20

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The principles of sustainable development are enshrined in many national policies and pieces of legislation.

The importance of the role of local government in achieving sustainability is emphasised in the White Paper on Local Government of 1998 by the definition of ‘developmental local government’ as “local government committed to working with citizens and groups within the community to find sustainable ways to meet their social, economic and material needs, and improve the quality of their lives”. Integrated development planning is the local response to ensure sustainability through the planning process.

The White Paper on Environmental Management (1997), which provides the foundation for our country’s environmental policy, contains the following key principles (CSIR, 2002):  Development must be sustainable so that the needs of the present generation are met without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs;  Environmental justice shall be pursued so that diverse environmental impacts are not distributed in a manner which unfairly discriminates against any person; and  Equitable access to environmental resources, benefits and services to meet basic human needs and ensure human well-being must be pursued;  Responsibility for the environmental health and safety consequences of a policy, programme, project, product, process, service or activity, exists throughout its lifecycle;  Decisions must take into account the interests, needs and values of all interested parties, and this includes recognising all forms of knowledge, including traditional and ordinary knowledge;  The full social and environmental impacts of activities, including disadvantages and benefits, must be considered, assessed and evaluated in making decisions. Organs of state must take measures to achieve the progressive realisation of this principle; and  The right of workers to refuse work that is harmful to human health or the environment must be respected.

The National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act No 107 of 1998) serves as the overall template of environmental law in the country and provides guidance to sectoral legislation. It further guides the administration of all environmental legislation in South Africa. Section 2 of NEMA covers the principles that govern environmental management in the country. This section covers the sustainable development factors that should be considered when carrying out environmental planning, which include:  That the disturbance of ecosystems and loss of biological diversity are avoided, or, where they cannot be altogether avoided, are minimised and remedied;  That pollution and degradation of the environment are avoided, or, where they cannot be altogether avoided, are minimised and remedied; that the disturbance of landscapes and

March 2018 21

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

sites that constitute the nation’s cultural heritage is avoided, or where it cannot be altogether avoided, is minimised and remedied;  That waste is avoided, or where it cannot be altogether avoided, is minimised and re- used or recycled where possible and otherwise disposed of in a responsible manner;  That the use and exploitation of non-renewable natural resources is responsible and equitable, and takes into account the consequences of the depletion of the resource;  That the development, use and exploitation of renewable resources and the ecosystems of which they are part do not exceed the level beyond which their integrity is jeopardised;  That a risk-averse and cautious approach is applied, which takes into account the limits of current knowledge about the consequences of decisions and actions; and  That negative impacts on the environment and on people’s environmental rights be anticipated and prevented, and where they cannot be altogether prevented, are minimised and remedied.

Sections 23 and 24 of NEMA deal specifically with EMFs and their legal standing. Section 23 establishes the need for appropriate environmental management tools and lays out the objectives of such tools, which are to:  Promote the integration of the principles of environmental management set out in section 2 into the making of all decisions which may have a significant effect on the environment;  Identify, predict and evaluate the actual and potential impact on the environment, socio- economic conditions and cultural heritage, the risks and consequences and alternatives and options for mitigation of activities, with a view to minimising negative impacts, maximising benefits, and promoting compliance with the principles of environmental management as set out in section 2;  Ensure that the effects of activities on the environment receive adequate consideration before actions are taken in connection with them;  Ensure adequate and appropriate opportunity for public participation in decisions that may affect the environment;  Ensure the consideration of environmental attributes in management and decision- making which may have a significant effect on the environment; and  Identify and employ the modes of environmental management best suited to ensuring that a particular activity is pursued in accordance with the principles of environmental management set out in section 2.

The final paragraph of the section instructs the Director-General to co-ordinate the development of such tools and to issue guidelines and manuals on how to develop each tool.

One such tool has proven to be the EMF (and accompanying SEMP), the subject of this study. This tool has been relatively widely used in South Africa, especially in sensitive or protected areas and its development is the subject of debate and refinement.

March 2018 22

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Section 24 gives the Minister and the provincial counter-part, the MEC, the power to regulate which activities need permission to proceed and to accept spatial plans to assist in the authorisation of new activities. The relevant paragraph states: “…prepare compilations of information and maps that specify the attributes of the environment in particular geographical areas, including the sensitivity, extent, interrelationship and significance of such attributes which must be taken into account by every organ of state charged by law with authorising, permitting or otherwise allowing the implementation of a new activity, or with considering, assessing and evaluating an existing activity”.

In the case of the EMF and SEMP, this is the clause that provides the authority to use such a document as guidance for future environmental decision-making.

The EMF Regulations were promulgated in June 2010, and make provision for the development, content and adoption of an EMF as a proactive environmental management decision support tool.

Regulation 3(1) states that the Minister or MEC with the concurrence of the Minister may initiate an EMF for an area. According to regulation 3(3), the development of an EMF must include an assessment of:  The need for an environmental management framework;  The status quo of the geographical area that forms the subject of the environmental management framework;  The desired state of the environment; and  The way forward to reach the desired state.

In accordance with regulation 5(2), if the Minister or MEC adopts with or without amendments an EMF, the framework must be taken into account in the consideration of applications for environmental authorisation in or affecting the geographical area to which the framework applies

According to regulation 5(4), when an EMF has been adopted, notice must be given in the Government Gazette or the official Gazette of the relevant province of: (a) The adoption of the EMF; and (b) The place where the EMF is available for public scrutiny.

March 2018 23

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4.2 Generic Environmental Management Legislation

Development and conservation planning must be contextualised within the international and South African (national, provincial and municipal) legal framework.

Environmental law provides mechanisms for the management and conservation of environmental features and the sustainability of new development. The importance of environmental management is to make responsible use of natural, economic and human resources in ways that protect and improve the environment.

Environment law is divided into various sections and most laws applicable to protection and management of the environment were developed to protect and manage specific sectors.

The most common laws applicable to environment management in SA are succinctly described below.

 The Constitution of South Africa (108 of 1996)

Environmental Rights Section 24 of the Constitution deals with Environmental Rights and gives the right to all citizens: “to an environment that is not harmful to their health and well-being; and to have the environment protected, for the benefit of present and future generations, through reasonable legislative and other measures that:  Prevent pollution and ecological degradation;  Promote conservation; and  Secure ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources while promoting justifiable economic and social development”.

The Constitution of South Africa is the highest form of law enforceable on any individual or organisation. This section therefore provides the basic environmental rights to all citizens to safe and healthy environment.

 National Environmental Management Act (Act No. 107 of 1998)

NEMA is considered the overarching act in terms of environmental legislation. Every act that relates to environmental matters is directly or indirectly linked to the NEMA and provisions are made in acts that followed publication of NEMA 1998 to accommodate conditions specified in various acts.

NEMA provides for cooperative governance and establishes principles for decision-making on matters affecting the environment such as:  People and their needs must be placed at the forefront of environment management;

March 2018 24

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Development must be sustainable and therefore requires avoidances of pollution and degradation of the environment, disturbances of landscapes and sites of cultural heritage  The integrated nature of the environment and that responsibility for environmental management exists throughout the life cycle of an activity (from cradle to grave);  Public Participation;  Transparent decision making; and  Intergovernmental co-ordination and harmonisation of policies, legislation and actions.

Chapter 5 of NEMA provides for Integrated Environmental Management (IEM) and defines the general objectives of IEM. Minimum procedures are laid down with respect to investigating, assessing and communicating the potential impacts of activities.

Section 24 of NEMA provides for EMFs through provisions for the identification of sensitive and geographical areas. Chapter 8 of NEMA specifies the sensitive and geographical areas mentioned above and maps created as a result thereof to be used as environmental management framework.

 National Environmental Laws Amendment Act (Act No. 14 of 2009)

The above-mentioned Act amended various sections of an array of laws related to environmental management. Below is a summary of amended laws:  Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Act (Act No. 45 of 1965);  Environment Conservation Act (Act No. 73 of 1989) (ECA);  National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act (Act No. 57 of 2003) (NEM:PAA);  National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act No. 10 of 2004) (NEM:BA); and  National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, (Act No. 39 of 2004) (NEM:AQA).

 National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act No. 39 of 2004)

The purpose of NEM:AQA was to reform the law regulating air quality by providing measures for the prevention of pollution and ecological degradation and for securing ecologically sustainable development.

The acts aims to promote justifiable economic and social development; to provide for national norms and standards regulating air quality monitoring, management and control by all spheres of government; and for specific air quality measures.

March 2018 25

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 National Water Act (Act No. 36 of 1998)

The purpose of the NWA is to ensure that the nation's water resources are protected, used, developed, conserved, managed and controlled in ways which take into account amongst other factors:  Meeting the basic human needs of present and future generations;  Promoting equitable access to water;  Redressing the results of past racial and gender discrimination;  Promoting the efficient, sustainable and beneficial use of water in the public interest;  Facilitating social and economic development;  Providing for growing demand for water use; protecting aquatic and associated ecosystems and their biological diversity;  Reducing and preventing pollution and degradation of water resources;  Meeting international obligations;  Promoting dam safety; and  Managing floods and droughts.

The National Government is responsible for the equitable allocation and use of the scarce and unevenly distributed water resources of the nation. The aim of water resource management is to ensure the sustainable use of water through the protection of the quality of water resources for the benefit of all water users.

 National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act No. 59 of 2008)

Amongst others, the purpose of NEM:WA includes the following: 1. To reform the law regulating waste management in the country by providing reasonable measures for the prevention of pollution and ecological degradation and for securing ecologically sustainable development; 2. To provide for institutional arrangements and planning matters; 3. To provide for specific waste management measures; 4. To provide for the licensing and control of waste management activities; 5. To provide for the remediation of contaminated land; and 6. To provide for compliance and enforcement.

This act places a high liability on waste producers and government to supply adequate waste removal, treatment and disposal facilities to ensure that waste is not threatening the health and safety of citizens.

March 2018 26

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Waste management was previously conducted in terms of the NWA and several sections of law have been repealed by NEM:WA. This act must be read with NEMA and application must be guided by principles set out in Section 2 of NEMA.

 National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act 10 of 2004)

The purpose of NEM:BA is to provide for the management and conservation of South Africa’s biodiversity within the framework of NEMA.

NEMBA introduces several legislated planning tools to assist with the management and conservation of South Africa’s biological diversity. These include the declaration of “Bioregions” and the publication of “Bioregional Plans”. These plans are usually an output of a systematic spatial conservation assessment of a region. They identify areas of conservation priority, and constraints and opportunities for implementation of the plan. The precursor to a Bioregional Plan is a Biodiversity Sector Plan, which is the official reference for biodiversity priorities to be taken into account in land-use planning and decision-making by all sectors within the District Municipality. A Biodiversity Sector Plan was developed by EKZNW for HGDM.

The Act allows for the publication of provincial and national lists of ecosystems that are threatened and in need of protection. The list should include:  Critically Endangered Ecosystems, which are ecosystems that have undergone severe ecological degradation as a result of human activity and are at extremely high risk of irreversible transformation.  Endangered Ecosystems, which are ecosystems that, although they are not critically endangered, have nevertheless undergone ecological degradation as a result of human activity.  Vulnerable Ecosystems, which are ecosystems that have a high risk of undergoing significant ecological degradation.  Protected Ecosystems, which are ecosystems that are of a high conservation value or contain indigenous species at high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future.

Similarly, the Act allows for the listing of endangered species, including critically endangered species, endangered species, vulnerable species and protected species. A person may not carry out a restricted activity (including trade) involving listed threatened or protected species without a permit.

National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Amendment Act (Act No. 15 of  2009)

The purpose of NEM:PAA is to provide for:  A comprehensive list in the schedule of all national parks;

March 2018 27

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 The assignment of national parks, special nature reserves and heritage sites to the South African National Parks;  Flight corridors and permission of the management authority to fly over special nature reserve, national park or heritage site; and  Specific areas available for training and testing of aircraft.

This act creates a national system of protected areas in order to protect and conserve ecologically viable areas representative of biodiversity in the country. It further seeks to achieve co-operative environmental governance and to promote sustainable and equitable utilisation and community participation.

The legislation requires the State to act as trustee of protected areas, and to implement the Act ‘in partnership with the people' to achieve the progressive realisation of the environmental rights contained in Section 24 of the Constitution.

Once an area is declared protected, the Minister must appoint management authorities, who in turn must prepare management plans for the special nature reserve, national park, nature reserve or protected environment. These plans must, amongst other things, contain the terms and conditions of any applicable biodiversity management plan, procedures for public participation, including participation by the owner (if applicable), any community or other interested party, and where appropriate, the implementation of community-based natural resource management.

The management authority may enter into an agreement with another organ of state, a local community, an individual or other party for the co-management of the area by the parties, or the regulation of human activities that affect the environment in the area.

 Environmental Conservation Act (Act No. 73 of 1989)

The objective of the ECA is to provide for the effective protection and controlled utilisation of the environment. This Act was historically the main act that governed environmental management in South Africa.

Several sections of ECA have been repealed by various pieces of legislation mentioned in this section. ECA should therefore always be read in conjunction with especially NEMA and other legislation applicable to the subject in question.

 Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (Act No. 28 of 2002)

The purpose of the MPRDA is to make provision for equitable access to and sustainable development of the nation’s mineral and petroleum resources; and to provide for matters connected therewith. This Act falls under the Department of Mineral Resources (DMR), formerly known as the Department of Minerals and Energy (DME).

March 2018 28

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Section 22 of the Act specifies that any person who wishes to apply for a mining right must lodge an application with the Regional Director, in the prescribed manner, and with a non- refundable application fee.

Section 23 of this Act indicates that the Minister of DMR may grant a mining right if:  The mineral can be mined optimally in accordance with the mining work programme;  The applicant has access to financial resources and has the technical ability to conduct the proposed mining operation optimally;  The financing plan is compatible with the intended mining operation and the duration thereof;  The mining will not result in unacceptable pollution, ecological degradation or damage to the environment;  The applicant has provided financially and otherwise for the prescribed Social and Labour Plan;  The applicant has the ability to comply with the relevant provisions of the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 (Act No, 29 of 1996);  The applicant is not in contravention of any provision of this Act; and  The granting of such right will further the objects referred to in section 2(d) and (f) in accordance with the charter contemplated in section 100 and the prescribed Social and Labour Plan.

 National Heritage Resources Act (Act No. 25 of 1999)

The purpose of the NHRA is to protect and promote good management of South Africa's heritage resources, and to encourage and enable communities to nurture and conserve their legacy so it is available to future generations.

The Act makes heritage resources of cultural significance or other special value part of the national State, and therefore places them under the care of the South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA).

Heritage resources may include buildings, historic settlements, landscapes and natural features, burial grounds and certain moveable objects, including objects of decorative art or scientific interest. Provincial and municipal authorities also play a role in managing provincial heritage resources and local-level functions.

New landowners should be made aware of any pre-existing heritage sites or objects located on their properties, and be further educated on their responsibilities regarding those sites or objects. They may also wish to approach heritage authorities in order to obtain a designation for a particular site or object under this Act.

March 2018 29

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 National Forests Act (Act 84 of 1998)

The purpose of the NFA includes the following:  To promote the sustainable management and development of forests for the benefit of all;  To create the conditions necessary to restructure forestry in Sate forests;  To provide special measures for the protection of certain forests and trees;  To promote the sustainable use of forests for environmental, economic, educational, recreational, cultural, health and spiritual purposes;  To promote community forestry; and  To promote greater participation in all aspects of forestry and the forest products industry by persons disadvantaged by unfair discrimination.

 Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (Act 43 of 1983)

CARA seeks to provide for the conservation of natural agricultural resources by maintaining the production potential of land, combating and preventing erosion and weakening or destruction of water resources, protecting vegetation and combating weeds and invader plant species.

CARA generally does not apply to any land situated in an urban area (which is land under the control of a local authority, excluding any commonage or other land used for agricultural purposes; or any land that is subdivided). However, the provisions relating to weeds and invader plants do apply in urban areas.

4.3 Policies, Strategies, Plans & Programmes

4.3.1 National Development Plan

The National Development Plan aims to eliminate poverty and reduce inequality by 2030. According to the National Planning Commission (2012), enabling milestones include the following:  Increase employment from 13 million in 2010 to 24 million in 2030;  Raise per capita income from R50 000 in 2010 to R120 000 by 2030;  Increase the share of national income of the bottom 40 percent from 6 percent to 10 percent;  Establish a competitive base of infrastructure, human resources and regulatory frameworks;  Ensure that skilled, technical, professional and managerial posts better reflect the country's racial, gender and disability makeup;

March 2018 30

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Broaden ownership of assets to historically disadvantaged groups;  Increase the quality of education so that all children have at least two years of preschool education and all children in grade 3 can read and write;  Provide affordable access to quality health care while promoting health and wellbeing;  Establish effective, safe and affordable public transport;  Produce sufficient energy to support industry at competitive prices, ensuring access for poor households, while reducing carbon emissions per unit of power by about one-third;  Ensure that all South Africans have access to clean running water in their homes;  Make high-speed broadband internet universally available at competitive prices;  Realise a food trade surplus, with one-third produced by small-scale farmers or households;  Ensure household food and nutrition security;  Entrench a social security system covering all working people, with social protection for the poor and other groups in need, such as children and people with disabilities;  Realise a developmental, capable and ethical state that treats citizens with dignity.  Ensure that all people live safely, with an independent and fair criminal justice system.  Broaden social cohesion and unity while redressing the inequities of the past.  Play a leading role in continental development, economic integration and human rights.

Critical actions to achieve the aforementioned milestones include the following (National Planning Commission, 2012): 1. A social compact to reduce poverty and inequality, and raise employment and investment; 1. A strategy to address poverty and its impacts by broadening access to employment, strengthening the social wage, improving public transport and raising rural incomes; 2. Steps by the state to professionalise the public service, strengthen accountability, improve coordination and prosecute corruption; 3. Boost private investment in labour-intensive areas, competitiveness and exports, with adjustments to lower the risk of hiring younger workers; 4. An education accountability chain, with lines of responsibility from state to classroom; 5. Phase in national health insurance, with a focus on upgrading public health facilities, producing more health professionals and reducing the relative cost of private health care; 6. Public infrastructure investment at 10 percent of gross domestic product (GDP), financed through tariffs, public-private partnerships, taxes and loans and focused on transport, energy and water; 7. Interventions to ensure environmental sustainability and resilience to future shocks; 8. New spatial norms and standards – densifying cities, improving transport, locating jobs where people live, upgrading informal settlements and fixing housing market gaps; and 9. Reduce crime by strengthening criminal justice and improving community environments.

March 2018 31

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

From an environmental perspective South Africa faces several related challenges, some of which are in conflict. The country needs to:  Protect the natural environment in all respects, leaving subsequent generations with at least an endowment of at least equal value;  Enhance the resilience of people and the economy to climate change;  Extract mineral wealth to generate the resources to raise living standards, skills and infrastructure in a sustainable manner;  Reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve energy efficiency;

The National Development Plan proposes the following three measures to protect the country’s natural resources: 1. An environmental management framework. Developments that have serious environmental or social effects need to be offset by support for improvements in related areas. 2. A target for the amount of land and oceans under protection (presently about 7,9 million hectares of land, 848 km of coastline and 4,172 km2 of ocean are protected). 3. A set of indicators for natural resources, accompanied by publication of annual reports on the health of identified resources to inform policy.

4.3.2 A National Framework for Sustainable Development in South Africa

The negotiated outcome of the World Summit on Sustainable Development held in September 2002 is the Johannesburg Plan of Implementation which sets out 37 targets for achieving sustainable development, inclusive of the Millennium Development Goals. South Africa has numerous strategies and programmes that include sustainable development considerations, however there is no coherent and overarching national strategy for sustainable development. The National Framework for Sustainable Development (NFSD) seeks to address this void by initiating a broad framework for sustainable development in South Africa that can serve as a basis for developing a national strategy and action plan (DEAT, 2008).

According to DEAT (2008), the purpose of this Framework is to enunciate South Africa’s national vision for sustainable development and indicate strategic interventions to re-orientate South Africa’s development path in a more sustainable direction. It does not present detailed strategies or actions, but rather proposes a national vision, principles, trends, strategic priority areas and a set of implementation measures that will enable and guide the development of the national strategy and action plan. It describes in broad terms

March 2018 32

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) how the existing activities of government and its social partners will be strengthened, refined and realigned in a phased manner to achieve inter-related sustainable development goals relating to the economy, society and the environment, and how governance systems will be capacitated to facilitate this process.

The five strategic priority areas for action and intervention that are necessary to reach the desired state of sustainable development described in the national vision reflect a systemic and integrative approach and seek to transcend traditional divisions and sectors. These priority areas to achieving sustainable development include: 1. Enhancing systems for integrated planning and implementation; 2. Sustaining our ecosystems and using natural resources efficiently; 3. Economic development via investing in sustainable infrastructure; 4. Creating sustainable human settlements; and 5. Responding appropriately to emerging human development, economic and environmental challenges.

4.3.3 National Strategy for Sustainable Development and Action Plan

The National Strategy for Sustainable Development and Action Plan – also known as the NSSD 1 (2011–2014) – builds on the NFSD and several initiatives that have been launched by the business sector, government, NGOs, civil society, academia and other key role players to address issues of sustainability in South Africa.

The NSSD 1 presents an understanding of sustainable development and explains the route that is being taken. It presents an action plan and indicators for the implementation of the strategy. It covers the key areas of human development (people), ecological protection (the planet) and economic growth (prosperity).

The NSSD 1 sets out key areas that are in need of attention to ensure that a shift takes place towards a more sustainable development path. In this regard, the following key elements have been identified:  Directing the development path towards sustainability;  Changing behaviour, values and attitudes;  Restructuring the governance system and building capacity.

March 2018 33

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The Action Plan that forms part of the strategy is formulated within the context of the five strategic priorities that have been identified in the NSSD 1. It sets out the strategic goals, interventions and indicators for each of these strategic priorities.

4.3.4 National Water Resource Strategy

The second NWRS builds on the first Strategy published in 2004. The purpose of the second edition of the NWRS is to ensure that national water resources are managed towards achieving South Africa’s growth, development and socio-economic priorities in an equitable and sustainable manner over the next five to 10 years.

This Strategy responds to priorities set by Government within the National Development Plan and NWA imperatives that support sustainable development. The NWRS acknowledges that South Africa is a water-stressed country and is facing a number of water challenges and concerns, which include security of supply, environmental degradation and resource pollution, and the inefficient use of water.

4.3.5 National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment

The National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment (NSBA) provides the first comprehensive assessment of biodiversity in South Africa. It covers four main components: terrestrial, river, estuary and marine. With respect to each of these components, it identifies broad spatial priority areas for conservation action; makes recommendations concerning options for conservation action in each priority area; and provides a national context for conservation plans at the sub-national level.

4.3.6 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan

The National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan, which was informed by the NSBA, highlights five primary strategic objectives, specifies a range of activities to realize each these objectives, and sets short-term (5-year) and long-term (15-year) targets and outcomes for each of these objectives.

The five strategic objectives are: enhanced institutional effectiveness and efficiency ensuring good governance in the biodiversity sector; an enabling policy and legislative framework integrating biodiversity management objectives into the economy; integrated terrestrial and aquatic management across the country minimizing the impact of threatening processes on biodiversity, enhancing ecosystem services and improving social and economic security; human development and wellbeing enhanced through the sustainable use of biological resources and the equitable sharing of benefits; and a network of conservation areas conserving a representative sample of biodiversity and maintaining key ecological processes across the landscape and seascape.

March 2018 34

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4.3.7 National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas

The National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas (NFEPA) project aims to identify a national network of freshwater conservation areas and to explore institutional mechanisms for their implementation.

According to the Implementation Manual (WRC, 2011), FEPAs are an environmental attribute that should inform the determination of environmental sensitivity in an EMF, with restrictions on any deterioration of ecological condition within FEPAs, and appropriate restrictions on land-use in sub-quaternary catchments associated with FEPAs.

Freshwater ecosystems provide a valuable natural resource, with economic, aesthetic, spiritual, cultural and recreational value. Yet the integrity of freshwater ecosystems in South Africa is declining at an alarming rate largely as a consequence of a variety of challenges that are practical (managing vast areas of land to maintain connectivity between freshwater ecosystems), socio-economic (competition between stakeholders for utilisation) and institutional (building appropriate governance and co-management mechanisms).

The NSBA provided a national assessment of the status of terrestrial, river, marine and estuarine ecosystems and identified broad priority areas for biodiversity conservation for terrestrial ecosystems. Freshwater ecosystems were lacking as some critical datasets was unavailable. However, the NSBA highlighted the dire state of river ecosystems in South Africa, which were far worse than the state of terrestrial ecosystems.

In 2006, a process was initiated to develop cross-sector policy objectives for conserving South Africa’s inland water biodiversity, which led to the definition of a national goal for freshwater conservation policy in South Africa: “to conserve a sample of the full diversity of species and the inland water ecosystems in which they occur, as well as the processes which generate and maintain diversity”. Five policy objectives, each with a set of recommendations, were identified in order to achieve this goal:  Set and entrench quantitative targets;  Plan for the representation of inland water biodiversity;  Maintain the processes which encourage the evolution and persistence of ecosystems;  Establish a network of inland water conservation areas; and  Enable effective implementation.

NFEPA takes forward the implementation of the Cross-Sector Policy Objectives for Inland Water Conservation. It also builds on the river component of the NSBA 2004, and feeds directly into the National Biodiversity Assessment (NBA) 2010.

March 2018 35

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4.3.8 KZN Systematic Conservation Plan

According to Escott et al (2013), the KZN Provincial Biodiversity Plan provides a spatial representation of land and coastal marine area required to ensure the persistence and conservation of biodiversity within the KZN Province, reflected as CBAs ESA. The Plan is developed through the combination of the four KZN systematic conservation plans (namely: Marine Conservation Plan, Estuarine Conservation Plan, Freshwater Conservation Plan, Terrestrial Conservation Plan) with several other datasets to form the final combined terrestrial, aquatic and marine CBA and ESA layers reflected in the KZN Biodiversity Plan. The Plan has been produced as a tool for:  Guiding protected area expansion priority areas and identification of stewardship sites; and  Informing all other economic sectors’ strategic spatial planning processes with the intention of ensuring more sustainable development in KZN.

The plan also informs other internal EKZNW strategic processes such as alien clearing program prioritisation, informs District Conservation Officer priorities, and informs the decisions and nature of response to development applications by our Integrated Environmental Management unit.

4.3.9 HGDM Biodiversity Sector Plan

Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW) developed the Biodiversity Sector Plan (BSP) for the HGDM as a precursor to a bioregional plan. The purpose of a bioregional plan is to provide a map of biodiversity priorities (identified as CBAs and ESAs) with accompanying land use planning and decision making guidelines, to inform land use planning, environmental assessment and authorisations as well as natural resource management by a range of sectors whose policies and decision impact on biodiversity (EKZNW, 2014a).

The Harry Gwala BSP comprises of three main products:  A report which includes: Descriptions and maps detailing the biophysical characteristics of the District; Descriptions of methodology employed and protocols followed in the development and identification of the CBAs and ESAs; and recommended land use guidelines for biodiversity feature areas;  A digital map of the HGDM summarising the biodiversity priorities, linkages and management guidelines of the BSP; and  A supporting GIS layer containing biodiversity features.

The Harry Gwala BSP should be used by all sectors that are

March 2018 36

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) involved in land use planning and decision making and multi sectoral spatial planning. Users should include reactive decision-making such as EIA and land Use applications; Proactive users such as spatial planners, IDPs, SDFs and zoning schemes; and Proactive conservation such as stewardship and protected area expansion, as w ell as alien clearing, monitoring and research programmes.

4.3.10 KZN Policy for Agricultural Land Potential, Development Rights and Application Processes

The draft KZN Policy for Agricultural Land Potential, Development Rights and Application Processes (2015) provide the principles to be applied when considering any development application on agriculturally designated land.

In addition, it stipulates development controls for Agricultural Land Potential Categories A – E as well as areas with Combined Agro-biodiversity Designation (high to moderate agricultural potential and high biodiversity value).

4.3.11 HGDM IDP & SDF

The 2017-2022 IDP undertook a comprehensive review and analysis of the HGDM, specifically highlighting socio- economic and infrastructural backlogs, together with the developmental challenges. These serve as the baseline for municipal service delivery, monitoring and performance of specific objectives and strategies included in the IDP (HGDM, 2017).

The SDF that forms part of this IDP provides the spatial dimension of economic trends and objectives, and on this basis it present a hierarchy of nodes consisting of a primary nodes, secondary nodes, tertiary nodes, rural service nodes and tourism and recreation nodes.

4.4 Management of Environmental Features

According to Strydom and King (2009), three legislative mechanisms exist at a national level to afford protection to the environment. The first mechanism is the constitutional entrenchment of environmental protection through either a rights-based or regulatory approach. The second legislative mechanism is environmental protection through framework legislation, namely NEMA. Lastly, the third mechanism is to adopt specific environmental legislation that covers a range of environmental media (e.g. biophysical elements).

The legislative framework governing specific environmental themes, in the context of the HGDM, is summarised in Table 3. The table primarily focuses on direct legislative linkages, rather than a comprehensive listing of all legislation that may pertain to a specific feature.

March 2018 37

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Table 3: Legal Framework for Specific Environmental Themes and Features (Note – to be updated as EMF evolves)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms . DEA . NEMA . White Paper on . National . National Strategy . Species-based . KZN EDTEA . NEMBA the Biodiversity for Sustainable conservation (listed Conservation Strategy and Development and species). . EKZNW . ECA and Sustainable Action Plan Action Plan Area-based conservation . SANBI . NEM:PAA . Use of South . National . EKZNW (protected areas, protected . KZN Nature Africa’s Biodiversity Systematic eco-systems). Conservation Biological Framework Terrestrial . Purpose-based Management Act (Act Diversity (1997) . National Conservation conservation No. 09 of 1997) Operational . Protected Plan . State of Environment . Natal Nature Guidelines for Area . HGDM Reporting. Conservation Ordinance World Heritage Expansion Biodiversity . Bioregional Plan to be (15 of 1974) Sites in terms of Strategy Sector Plan the World developed in the future for . CARA . National . Stewardship Heritage HGDM. . NWA Spatial programmes Convention Act . Biodiversity stewardship. Terrestrial . NFA Biodiversity UDP WHS (Act 49 of 1999) . . Permitting of activities Biodiversity Assessment Integrated . Mountain Catchments (threatened species, alien (including the . National Management Areas Act (Act No. 63 . species, listed invasive UDPWHS) Biodiversity Plan (IMP) of 1970) species). . World Heritage Strategy and . Zonation Plan Action Plan . Terrestrial protected areas. Convention Act (No. 49 Buffer Zone . Control measures for alien of 1999) . . Maloti and invasive plant species. . National Veld and Drakensberg . Authorisation of related Forest Fire Act (Act No. Transfrontier listed activities in terms of 101 of 1998) Project the EIA Regulations (2014), and in particular GN No. R985 (as amended). . Management Plans for Protected Areas . Buffer Zone Technical Committee . Department of . NEMA . Resource . National . Catchment . Resource Directed Water and . NWA Directed Water Management Measures (RDM) - clear Water Resources Sanitation Management of Resource Plan objectives for the desired . Water Services Act (Act (DWS) Water Quality Strategy level of protection of the No. 108 of 1997) . River Health . Catchment Policy . Internal Programme resource – Reserve,

March 2018 38

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms Management . Water Services . Ground Water Strategic . Waste Discharge Classification System, Agency Amendment Act (Act Policy Perspective Charge System Resource Quality Objectives. No. 30 of 2004) . Catchment . EKZNW Management Freshwater . Source Directed Controls Strategy Systematic (SDCs) – measures to . Water for Conservation control water use, e.g. Growth and Plan water quality standards for waste water, waste water Development . Catchment discharges, pollution Strategy Management prevention, and waste (where Plan relevant) minimisation technologies. . National Aquatic National monitoring and . Groundwater Ecosystem . information systems – Strategy Health Monitoring address the monitoring, (where Programme relevant) recording, assessing and . National dissemination of . Resource Freshwater information on water Directed Ecosystems resources. Management Priority Atlas Catchment Management of Water 2011 . Forum. Quality . EKZNW Strategy Authorisation of related Freshwater . listed activities in terms of Systematic the EIA Regulations Conservation (2014). Plan Water Conservation and . Working for . Demand Management. Water and Wetlands . Disaster Management Programmes Plan. . Blue and Green . Aquatic CBAs, ESAs and Drop Corridors Classification . South African Water Quality Guidelines . DEA . NEMA . National . . Air Quality . Authorisation of related . KZN EDTEA . NEM:AQA Framework for Management listed activities in terms of Air Air Quality Plan the EIA Regulations . Local . Atmospheric Pollution Management in (2014). Authorities Prevention Act (Act 45 . National Ambient

March 2018 39

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms of 1965) South Africa Air Quality . Air Emissions License in Standards terms of the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act No. 39 of 2004). . Minimum Emission Standards . National norms and standards for air quality monitoring . National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Network . Pollution prevention and remediation measures. . DEA . NEMA . National Climate . South African . South African . Promote integration of . KZN EDTEA . NEM:AQA Change Climate Climate Change climate change response Response Change Response Plan into key planning . Local . Disaster Management Policy (NCCRP) Response instruments Authorities Act (Act 57 of 2002) . National Climate Strategy . Integrate climate change Change . HGDM response objectives into Response White Climate IDPs Paper Response . Conduct climate change Strategy vulnerability assessment of . HGDM HGDM Climate Disaster . Map the district’s climate Management vulnerable areas in the Framework SDF . Provincial . Develop Climate Change Disaster Response Strategy Management . Weather station data Framework . Greenhouse gas emissions (GHG data) . Local disaster management forum . DEA . NEMA . Municipal Noise . SABS Standards. Noise . KZN EDTEA . ECA Management . Pollution prevention and Policy where . Provincial noise control remediation measures.

March 2018 40

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms regulations (where relevant) relevant) . Municipal by-laws . SAHRA . NHRA . Amafa Policy . Amafa Policy . Management . Conservation, protection . Amafa . KZN Heritage Act (Act Guidelines for Guidelines for Plans (generic and administration of both aKwaZulu- No. 04 of 2008) the access of the access of and site-specific) the physical and the living rock art rock art or tangible heritage Natali . National Heritage resources of KZN. . Department of Council Act (Act No. 11 Arts and of 1999) . Issuing of permits for Culture . National Monuments Act protection heritage resources, graves, Heritage and (Act No. 28 of 1969) Cultural archaeological and Resources paleontological sites. . Execution and approval of Heritage Impact Assessments for certain developments (e.g. linear development exceeding 300m in length; development exceeding 5 000m2 in extent). . DMR . MPRDA . Mineral Policy . Integrated Water . Authorisation of related . NEMA and Waste listed activities in terms of Management the EIA Regulations . Mineral and Petroleum Mineral Plans (2014). Resources Resources Development . Closure Plan . Mine closure liabilities Amendment Act (Act . Water management and No. 49 of 2008) pollution control . Department of . CARA . Draft KZN . Strategic . National Land . Authorisation of related Agriculture . Fertilizers, Farm Feeds, Policy for Plan for Care Programme listed activities in terms of . Department of Agricultural Remedies Agricultural South African (1997) the EIA Regulations Agriculture, and Stock Remedies Land Potential, Agriculture . Agricultural (2014). Forestry and Act (36 of 1947) Development Sector Plan . Soil conservation Agriculture Fisheries . Agricultural Pests Act Rights and . KZN Agricultural measures. Application (DAFF) (36 of 1983) Land Categories . Land capability and Processes . Department of Spatial Decision suitability assessment. . Foodstuffs, Cosmetics (2015) Agriculture and and Disinfectants Act Support Tool . Pollution prevention and Rural (54 of 1972) remediation measures.

March 2018 41

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms Development . Subdivision of . Development controls for (DARD) Agricultural Lands Act Agricultural Land Potential . KZN EDTEA (70 of 1970) Categories A – E and . Sustainable Use of areas with Combined Agro- Agricultural Resources biodiversity Designation. Bill . DEA . NEM:WA . National . Integrated Waste . Authorisation of related . KZN EDTEA . Integrated Pollution and Waste Management waste management Management Plan activities in terms of . HGDM Waste Management Strategy NEMWA. Waste Policy For South Africa, 2000 . Hazardous Substances Act (Act No. 15 of 1973) . KZN Tourism . The Tourism Act 72 of . White Paper for . The National . Tourism . Tourism interventions that Authority 1993 Tourism Tourism Development emanate from the HGDM . Department of Development of Sector Plan Tourism Development Economic 1996 Strategy Plan. Development & (NTSS) 2011 . District Tourism Forum Tourism Tourism . South African Domestic Tourism Strategy . International Tourism Strategy . All three . SPLUMA . Accelerated . Medium Term . District Growth . Environmental spheres of . The Development Shared Growth Strategic and Development authorisation - EIA government Facilitation Act (Act No. Initiative Framework Plan . SEA . KZN EDTEA 67 of 1995) . National Spatial . Provincial . Municipal . IDPs for DM and LMs . KZN Planning . Local Government Development Growth and Integrated . SDFs (provincial and local) Perspective Development Environmental Planning & Commission Transition Act (Act No. . Land Use Management 209 of 1993) Breaking New Strategy Management Development . Municipal . System (LUMS) Ground Municipal Programmes Planning Units . Local Government: . Municipal Structures Act Turnaround . Sustainable (Act No. 117 of 1998) Strategy Livelihoods Framework . Local Government: . Local Municipal Systems Act Economic Development

March 2018 42

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Governance Framework Themes & Features Authority Legislation Policies & Guidelines Strategies Plans & Programmes Implementation Mechanisms (Act No. 32 of 2000) (LED) . KZN Planning and Strategy Development Act (Act No. 06 of 2008) . KZN EDTEA . Constitution of the . KZN Growth . LED Strategy . Free Basic Water . Interventions in terms of . Municipal LED Republic of South Africa and Policy the LED Strategy units (Act 108 of 1996) Development . IDPs and SDFs . NEMA Strategy Report . Tourism . Promotion of . Provincial Development Administrative Justice Spatial Plan Economic Act (Act 3 of 2000) . District Growth Development . SPLUMA and Development Strategy Plan . Development (PSEDS) Facilitation Act (Act 67 of 1995) . KZN Traditional Leadership and Governance Act (Act 5 Socio-Economic of 2005) Environment . Ingonyama Trust Act (Act 3 of 1994) . KZN Planning and Development Act 6 of 2008 . Restitution of Land Rights Act 22 Of 1994 . Traditional Leadership and Governance Act 2005 . Promotion of Access to Information Act 2 of 2000 . KZN Public Transport Act 3 of 2005

March 2018 43

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4.5 Institutional Roles and Responsibilities

The successful implementation of an EMF hinges on the various institutions adopting and putting into practice (where relevant) this environmental management tool. This section provides an overview of the institutions which play a significant role in environmental management and decision making at the three levels of the government (i.e. national, provincial and local), which will be facilitated by the HGDM EMF.

The environmental institutions identified at each level of government fulfil specific duties with regards to the critical environmental issues and features associated with the study area. The legal framework also assists in identifying mandated parties with regulatory functions in the environmental arena, as shown in Table 4.

4.5.1 Environmental Authorities

The EMF is directly linked to the decision-making framework of the DEA, KZN EDTEA, DMR and HGDM (and local municipalities). A high-level overview of the environmental roles and responsibilities of key environmental authorities, which influence and guide environmental policies, strategies and plans in Harry Gwala, follows.

Table 4: Environmental roles and responsibilities

Environmental Authorities Key Objectives / Obligations / Services / Functions . Promote the enhancement of natural resources for sustainable equitable use and protect and enhance the quality and safety of the environment . Promoting the conservation and sustainable utilisation of our natural resources to enhance economic growth . Protecting and improving the quality and safety of the environment . Promoting a global sustainable development agenda . Transformation . To ensure the regulation and management of all biodiversity, heritage and conservation matters DEA . Promote and conserve our biological diversity and cultural and local natural resources and ensure the sustainable utilisation of resources for the benefit of the people of South Africa . Protect the environment in the interest of the health and well-being of the people of

South Africa . Provide environmental information in support of effective environmental management and public participation in environmental governance . Manage conservation of the Transfrontier Conservation Areas and Protected Areas . Promote and conserve our biological diversity and cultural and local natural resources and ensure the sustainable utilisation of resources for the benefit of the people of South Africa . To provide programme management support service to Line Managers in managing Poverty Relief project Environmental services Include – . Environmental Planning, Governance & Information Management KZN EDTEA . Environmental Impact Assessment . Environmental Empowerment & Sustainable livelihoods . Coastal & Biodiversity Management . Pollution & Waste Management . Compliance, Monitoring and Enforcement . Air Quality & Climate Change

March 2018 44

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Authorities Key Objectives / Obligations / Services / Functions

. Actively contribute to sustainable development - promote sustainable resource management and contribute to skills development and the creation of meaningful and sustainable jobs . Promote and transform the minerals sector o Promote and facilitate value addition to mineral resources extracted in the Republic o Redress past imbalances through promoting investment, broader participation in the minerals sector, direct intervention in communities, and increased BEE and SMME participation inclusive of women, youth and the disabled. . Regulate the minerals sector - developing new policies, reviewing of existing policies and amending legislation to make them current to evolving an environment and DMR achieving transformation in the minerals and mining industry . Promote health and safety in the minerals sector - provide clear policy and regulatory framework to manage health and safety risks and promote best practice in the mining sector . Protect the environment – promote the reduction of the impact of mining activities on the environment and public health through management of rehabilitation of ownerless and derelict mines, research and development in mine environmental management and development of mine environmental policies. . Efficient and effective service delivery - develop and review internal processes, understand stakeholder needs and improve turn-around times . Enhance DMR culture, systems and people - attract, develop and retain appropriate skills, promote good organisational culture and make the Department an employer of choice. . Ensure long term financial stewardship – ensure optimal utilisation of resources, manage budges effectively, implement risk management strategies and promote corporate governance . Forecasting and balancing of water demand and supply . Ensure adequate information and knowledge to sustainably manage water resources . Improve water allocation . Improve water use efficiency . Improved water resource quality . Ensure protection of water resource quality and quantity . Ensure water service delivery through policy and regulation DWS . Regulate Water Services Authorities . Develop and construct new infrastructure . Asset management . Percentage maintenance of infrastructure as per maintenance plan . Ensure the provision of regional bulk water . Rehabilitation and refurbishment of water resources infrastructure . Ensure implementation of cooperation agreements . Shape the global agenda on water . Strengthen regional institutions of water . Organisational growth and development . To provide gender equality and woman empowerment solutions . Contribute towards poverty alleviation through job creation initiatives EKZNW . To improve the state of biodiversity in KZN for the benefit of people . To provide quality conservation and ecotourism service delivery by being a well- resourced organisation whilst striving for sustainability. . To be an efficient, transparent, honest and accountable public entity with good governance. . To be the employer of choice through creating decent work and sustainable livelihoods.

March 2018 45

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Environmental Authorities Key Objectives / Obligations / Services / Functions The powers and functions of HGDM include the following (HGDM, 2017): . To plan for development for the district municipality as a whole . Bulk supply of water HGDM . Bulk supply of electricity . Bulk sewage purification works and main sewage disposal . Waste disposal sites . Municipal roads . Regulating passenger transport services . Municipal health services . Fire-fighting services . Control of fresh produce markets . Control of cemeteries . Promoting local tourism . Municipal public works

4.5.2 Other Environmental Governance Role Players

A number of public entities a nd independent agencies established under provincial law play a role in cooperative environmental governance. Some of these organisations, which assist the province to implement its functions and to meet its strategic requirements in support of the Provincial Growth and Development Strategy (PGDS), include the following:  Tourism KZN  sustainable tourism development in the province;  Amafa aKwaZulu-Natali  protection and preservation of cultural and heritage resources through approvals for development permits;  Ithala Development Finance Corporation  support and financing of infrastructural, industrial and commercial development  Provincial Planning and Development Commission  undertake research and formulate policies to facilitate and encourage planning practices consistent with provincial priorities.  Trade and Investment KZN  promote the province as an investment destination and promote trade by assisting KZN based companies to identify markers to export their products.

4.5.3 Environmental Management at Local Level

The environmental management capacity of HGDM is as follows:  According to HGDM (2017), the district does not have in-house environmental management capacity;  At the stage when the Status Quo Report was compiled the municipality did not have a functional GIS unit;  The HGDM and its family of local municipalities have limited resources to ensure effective environmental management;  HGDM does not have an environmentalist in its organogramme to perform environmental management functions; and

March 2018 46

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 HGDM receives environmental management support from resources deployed to municipalities (DEA and KZN EDTEA).

Environmental Sector Plans for HGDM include the following:  Integrated Waste Management Plan (IWMP), which was last reviewed five years ago according to the IDP (HGDM, 2017);  Biodiversity Sector Plan; and  Disaster Management Plan, which is currently under review according to the IDP (HGDM, 2017).

March 2018 47

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5 ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS QUO

5.1 Climate

 Appendix A1 (Map: Rainfall) GIS Mapping  Appendix A2 (Map: Temperature Maximum)  Appendix A3 (Map: Temperature Minimum)

5.1.1 General

According to the South African Weather Services (SAWS, 2017), there are three weather stations within the HGDM, as listed in Table 5 and shown in Figure 6.

Table 5: Locations of the weather stations within HGDM (SAWS, 2017) Municipality Weather Station Latitude Longitude Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM Shaleburn 29°48'05.60"S 29°21'46.11"E Greater Kokstad LM Kokstad 30°30'41.45"S 29°24'47.79"E Ubuhlebezwe LM Ixopo 30°09'44.28"S 30°05'02.77"E

Figure 6: Weather stations located within the HGDM (SAWS, 2017)

March 2018 48

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The climate of HGDM is influenced by the Drakensberg Mountains to the west and the varying topography within the District.

5.1.2 Rainfall

The Ubuhlebezwe LM demonstrates a mean annual temperature of approximately 17 to 18.2 °C (zone 3) in the central portion and 18.3 to 19.5 °C (Zone 4) along its municipal boundary, with an approximate mean annual rainfall of 600 to 1000 mm. Summers are warm with mild winters. The western portion of the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM experiences cold temperatures ranging between 6.3 and 15.5 °C (Zone 1), whilst the south eastern portion experiences temperatures ranging between 15.5 and 16.9 °C (zone 2), with some areas experiencing mild temperatures of 17 to 18.2 °C (zone 3). The mean annual rainfall in this municipality is approximately 801 to 1000 mm with much higher rainfall (greater than 1000 mm) in some central sections, and along the Lesotho Highlands in the western border. Greater Kokstad LM rainfall predominantly ranges between 801 and 1000m with cold temperatures of approximately 6.3 to 15.5 °C per annum. In uMzimkhulu LM temperature varies vastly with rainfall predominantly ranging between 801 and 100 mm per annum. Refer to Figures 7 and 8.

Figure 7: Spatial distribution of mean annual temperature within the District

March 2018 49

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 8: A graphical presentation of spatial distribution of rainfall within the District

5.1.3 Temperature

The temperatures within the District vary, driven by the varying altitudes which range from 3500m along the Drakensberg to 600m in the south east of the District. A summary of the average temperatures within each LM in HGDM follows (see Figure 9):  Ubuhlebezwe LM has a mean annual temperature of approximately 18˚C. Summers are warm with mild winters. Moderate frost occurs with occasional severe frost. Heavy mists occur in spring and early summer. Surrounding, Ixopo occasional drought occurs, with heavy mists, occasional hail and frost also being experienced. Berg winds and sudden cold fronts in the area result in unpredictable weather conditions particularly in spring and early summer (HGDM BSP, 2014 and Ubuhlebezwe SDF 2012-2017).  Winters in the Ingwe LM (now part of Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM) have a mean annual temperature of approximately 14°C. Winter temperatures in the cooler western regions often drop to below 0°C whilst in the warmer eastern regions temperatures seldom fall below 5°C. Summer temperatures range from highs in the low thirties in the west to high thirties in the east. Surrounding and to the east of Underberg however frost is common in occurring most commonly on the flats or in hollows while the slopes experience lighter, less frequent frost (Ingwe LM SDF, 2014).  Greater Kokstad LM experiences maximum temperatures of 25°C and minimum temperatures of average of -2°C (Greater Kokstad LM SDF, 2013). The low average temperatures are linked to the high rainfall and largely determine the potential and scope

March 2018 50

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

for agriculture activities in the municipality. In the LM, there is a clear increase in average minimum temperature from the north to the south. In the northern section of the municipality average minimum temperatures average about -1°C – 0°C. Moving south, temperatures increase with average minimum temperatures of between 4°C – 6°C.  uMzimkhulu LM experiences hot and humid summers with most rainfall occurring in this period. The winters are dry with mild to cold conditions. The higher elevated areas of the western boundary are characterized by mild annual mean temperatures of 18°C to the cold low of -1°C in the winter season. This area exhibits severe to moderate frost (uMzimkhulu IDP, 17/18-21/22).

Figure 9: Maximum Temperatures for HGDM

5.1.4 Climate Change

The National Climate Change Response White Paper (2011) guides immediate and long term action to adapt to the already measurable impacts of climate change and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The medium term priorities are to develop and facilitate the implementation of a climate change adaptation and mitigation regulatory framework, which

March 2018 51

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) enables the transition of the economy to a climate resilient, low carbon, job creating growth path.

Climate change will cause geographical shifts in specific climate zones. In KZN, this may mean a net loss of cold to moderate climatic zones and a potential increase in warm sub- tropical and tropical areas. The KZN Provincial Growth and Development Strategy (2016) states that there are high levels of uncertainty associated with rainfall projections under conditions of climate change but the results of the most recent climate change scenarios include the following for KZN (KZN Situational Overview: KZN Provincial Growth and Development Strategy, 2016):  An increase in potential evaporation;  The annual number of stormflow events will decrease;  There would be an increase in recharge events;  More variable stream flows are projected despite higher predicted flows overall;  Stream flows will shift a month later in KZN;  Sediment yields along the east coast will decrease; and  There would be a higher relative irrigation water demand.

Within HGDM, climate change is an issue and effects are evident in unpredictable weather patterns, extreme climate events and associated disasters. Climate change projections indicate that extreme weather events such as floods and droughts are likely to become more frequent and intense, and that poor and marginalised groups will be most vulnerable to the risks presented by climate change. This affects both agriculture and tourism, which are important economic sectors within the District.

Climate hazards in HGDM include occasional droughts, usually of short duration, occasional hail, frost that varies from slight to severe, and excessive cloudiness during the summer growing season. The presence of a large number of rivers and high volumes of water implies that safety of communities also needs to be considered by locating them outside possible flood areas. However, these climatic extremes make the area suitable for a variety of products including crops and vegetables, livestock and sugar cane around the Ixopo/Highflats area.

The 2017 to 2022 IDP (HGDM, 2017) notes the need to develop the Climate Response Strategy for the District, which focuses on economic impacts in the agricultural sector, tourism and environmental impacts, disaster management and risks to engineering infrastructure.

The climate change vulnerability assessment was underway at the time when the Draft Status Quo report was being compiled. The assessment is based on a tool produced by the Local Government Climate Change Support Program. The data shown in Figure 10 and

March 2018 52

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Table 6, which was sourced from the Local Government Climate Change Support Program, is used in this Vulnerability Assessment Tool to score various indicators for the District.

Table 6: Vulnerability Assessment Tool Indicators (http://www.letsrespondtoolkit.org/municipalities/kwazulu-natal/harry-gwala-district-municipality-dc43) Percentage Percentage Percentage Percentage Percentage of Percentage Households of young workforce households Households Population that are Name (<5yrs) and employed in involved in with no with flush Traditional elderly the informal agricultural rubbish toilets and Informal (>64yrs) Sector activities disposal Dwelling HGDM 18.69% 17.23% 48.46% 15.76% 57.92% 8.77% KZN 16.62% 12.56% 38.37% 39.07% 27.36% 6.97%

Figure 10: Vulnerability Assessment Tool Indicators (http://www.letsrespondtoolkit.org/municipalities/kwazulu-natal/harry-gwala-district-municipality-dc43)

KZN’s vulnerability to climate change was found to be linked to poverty levels, settlement densities as well as levels of land degradation (KZN Provincial Growth and Development Strategy, 2016). The commitments of COP21 need to be mainstreamed into policy and planning, particularly in terms of rolling out industrial energy efficiency strategies, implementing public transport plans, the Municipal Waste to Energy protocol, enforcing the provisions of the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004, ensuring that municipalities include climate change response strategies into IDPs, and incentivising renewable energy projects (KZN Situational Overview: KZN Provincial Growth and Development Strategy, 2016).

March 2018 53

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.2 Geology

5.2.1 Regional Geology

The lithostratigraphic series geological maps covering the HGDM region depict the distribution and relationships between lithostratigraphic rock groupings spanning the last ~ 1.6 billion years (Meso-Proterozoic) of geological history. During this period the earth’s crust underwent successive phases of continental assembly and mountain building events took place giving rise to the complex structure and metamorphism associated with these rocks. Periods of tectonism were followed by periods of crustal uplift and deep erosion.

The Meso-Proterozoic basement rocks forming the Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite and Namaqua-Natal Metamorphic Province are unconformably overlain by the Natal Group succession (~490 Ma) and Permo-Triassic Karoo Supergroup sedimentary succession (~260-210 Ma).

The supercontinent Pangaea split in the Early Jurassic to form the supercontinent Gondwana which subsequently experienced rifting following a short lived volcanic event (~ 182 million years) which marked the end of sedimentation in the Karoo Basin. The breakup of Gondwana was initiated by the injection of Karoo magmas as dykes and sills representing a fissure system to the flood basalts that extruded around 182 Ma which form the Drakensberg Group.

The lithological succession in the HGDM region, shown in the geological map (see Figure 11) derived from published 1:250,000 lithostratigraphic series maps (Geological Survey, 2928 Drakensberg, 2930 Durban, 3028 Kokstad and 3030 Port Shepstone). The lithological succession generally young towards the west with the older Meso-Proterozoic rocks cropping out in the eastern portion and the younger Karoo Supergroup rocks covering a large area in the central and westernmost portions of the region. The younger Phanerozoic rocks in the region comprises the Natal Group, Karoo Supergroup, Jurassic dolerite and Quaternary sediments including hillslope colluvium and alluvium in river valleys.

March 2018 54

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 11: Generalised geological map showing the distribution of lithostratigraphic units

5.2.1.1 Meso-Proterozoic basement rocks The Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite and the Natal Metamorphic Province form the basement to the region. The rocks of the Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite exposed east and northeast of Highflats are subdivided into the Mpambanyoni Formation and the undifferentiated ‘streaky pink quartz-feldspar gneiss’ (Thomas, 1988).

The Mpambanyoni Formation comprising of banded biotite-garnet-cordierite- sillimanite gneiss (Thomas, 1988) forms a continuous northeast-southwest trending belt running east of Highflats to near Amanzimtoti (see Figure 11). In adjacent areas these rocks are intruded by the younger Mkomazi Suite (Namaqua-Natal Metamorphic Province).

The Namaqua-Natal Metamorphic Province intrusive rocks are subdivided into the Mzumbe, Mkomazi, Mzimlilo and Oribi Gorge Suites. The Mzumbe Suite exposed east of Highflats consists of grey tonalitic, trondjhemitic, granodioritic and subordinate quartz-diorite gneiss and intrudes into the older undifferentiated gneiss

March 2018 55

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

(Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite) (Thomas, 1988). The garnet-biotite augen gneiss of the Mkomazi Suite is associated with rocks of the Mpambanyoni Formation east and northeast of Highflats. The Mkomazi and Mpambanyoni River Valleys adjacent to the study area host good exposures of the garnet-biotite augen gneiss (Mkomazi Suite) (Thomas, 1988). The Mzimlilo Suite (pink medium-to coarse-grained gneissose granite) is associated with the Mkomazi Suite and Mpambanyoni Formation northeast of Highflats (Thomas, 1988). The coarse-grained porphyritic granites and charnockites of the Oribi Gorge Suite are exposed southwest of Highflats and south of Ntabane. Although voluminous batholiths of the Oribi Gorge Suite coarse granites and charnockites are widespread in adjacent areas, these rocks only cover a small portion of study region (Cornell et al., 2006). These basement rock units are unconformably overlain by the Ordovician sandstones of the Natal Group to the south and northeast of Highflats (see Figure 11).

5.2.1.2 Natal Group The Ordovician Natal Group crops out sporadically within an elongate basin in eastern KZN, from Ulundi in the north to Margate in the south (Hicks, 2010). The Natal Group comprises basal conglomerate, maroon siltstone, red-brown, coarse- to-fine grained arkose to subarkose, light-grey quartzarenite, micaceous sandstone subordinate siltstone and mudstone deposited ~490 million years ago (Thomas et al., 1992; Marshall, 1994). The sandstone weathers to form light-grey, medium to coarse-grained, loose sand. In the study site the Natal Group succession is uncomformably overlain by the Dwyka Group tillite (Karoo Supergroup).

A study by Hicks (2010) on the Natal Group has reported on various outcrops in which the rocks of the Natal Group are uncomfortably overlain by the Devonian coarse-grained quartz arenites of the Msikaba Formation. These outcrops occur south of Dweshula palaeo-topographic high near Port Shepstone (Hicks, 2010).

5.2.1.3 Karoo Supergroup The Late Carboniferous to Middle Jurassic rocks of the Karoo Supergroup are subdivided into the Dwyka, Ecca, Beaufort, Stormberg and Drakensberg Groups which account for the low lying and mountainous terrains within the central and western parts of study site. The Permo-Triassic rocks of the Karoo Supergroup are well known for terrestrial vertebrate and distinctive plant fossil preservation. The lithological characteristics of the units covering the HGDM area are described below.

March 2018 56

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Dwyka Group The Carboniferous Dwyka (diamictites) tillite occurrence extends from the north to southwest of Highflats and south of Umzimkulu where it rests on the Natal Group and the basement rocks of the Oribi Gorge Suite (Thomas, 1988). The glacial diamictites are massive, often structureless and dark bluish grey when fresh and generally weather to reddish yellow saprolite and thin gravelly soil cover (Visser et al. 1990; von Brunn, 1994). According to de Decker (1981) the diamictites south of Umzimkulu are deeply incised by a high drainage density of stream channels. The diamictites are stratigraphically overlain by the rocks of the Ecca Group (Pietermaritzburg/Vryheid/ Volksrust Formations) (Johnson et al., 2006).

Ecca Group (Pietermaritzburg/Vryheid/ Volksrust Formations) The Pietermaritzburg Formation covering areas north and south of Ixopo and Umzimkulu extends further southwards to Rietvlei, forming the irregular, steep hilly terrain. The unweathered succession comprises dark grey shale, carbonaceous shale and siltstone with mica concentrated on bedding surfaces (Thomas, 1988; Botha and Singh, 2012).

The Vryheid Formation comformably overlies the Pietermaritzburg Formation and can be subdivided into the lower sandstone, coal zone and upper sandstone and comprises medium- to coarse-grained sandstone, grey micaceous shale and coal (Johnson et al., 2006).

The Volksrust Formation consists of dark-grey silty shale with thin siltstone or sandstone lenses and beds (Johnson et al., 2006).

Beaufort Group The Middle Permian to Middle Triassic Beaufort Group comprises predominantly mudstone and sandstone that conformably overlies the Ecca Group. The succession is subdivided into the lower Adelaide- and the upper Tarkastad Subgroups. The succession is widespread across the central and western portions of the region (Fig. 1) from north of Bulwer and underlies the area around Donnybrook, Himeville, Underberg, Swartberg, Franklin and Kokstad to the south (Haycock et al. 1997).

March 2018 57

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The lower Adelaide Subgroup comprises of a succession of grey, greenish-grey, reddish-brown mudstones alternating with fine-to coarse-grained (lithofeldspathic) sandstones and subordinate conglomerates (de Decker, 1981; Johnson et al., 2006). The predominantly argillaceous rock of the Adelaide Subgroup occurs in lowlands between dolerite hills, river valleys and the undulating topography in the study area.

The Tarkastad Subgroup is characterised by a greater abundance of both sandstone and mudstone than the underlying Adelaide Subgroup. This sedimentary succession was deposited in a fluvial and floodplain/lacustrine palaeoenvironment (Johnson et al., 2006). The succession consists of yellowish grey to light greenish, litho-feldspathic sandstone and red to purple mudstone (de Decker, 1981). According to Johnson et al. (2006) the sandstones are fine –to medium-grained and light brownish grey or greenish grey in colour. The conspicuous cliffs and lowlands around Himeville, Underberg and in the Pramberg west of Franklin and the plateau country north of Swartberg correspond to the rocks of the Tarkastad Subgroup.

Stormberg Group (Molteno/Elliot/Clarens Formations) Overlying the Beaufort Group is the sandstone and mudstone rich Stormberg Group that crops out along the westernmost portion of the study site boundary, characterising the irregular foothill topography of the Drakensberg Mountains.

The Molteno Formation forms conspicuous terraced scarps with characteristic large, flat slabs of the coarse-grained sandstone scattered on steep slopes below cliff outcrops in the western edge of the study site (de Decker, 1981; Botha and Grab, 2016). The succession comprises thick beds of medium-to coarse grained feldspathic sandstone interbedded with shale and grey mudstone units, with secondary quartz giving the coarse-grained sandstone a ‘glittering’ appearance (de Decker, 1981; Johnson et al., 2006). Thin coal seams and oil shales (carbonaceous shale with bituminous layer) occur locally (Botha and Grab, 2016).

The Late Triassic Elliot Formation succession comprises maroon, purple, red mudstone ‘red beds’ with occasional greenish-grey mudstone and subordinate fine- to medium-grained feldspathic sandstone (de Decker, 1981; Johnson et al., 2006). The predominant red colour in the mudstone suggests oxidizing conditions associated with subaerial exposure, hence drier depositional conditions than that of the underlying Molteno environment (Johnson et al. 2006).

March 2018 58

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The Late Triassic/Early Jurassic Clarens Formation is the uppermost unit of the Stormberg Group, comprising cream-coloured, massive, fine-to coarse-grained sandstone and siltstone with minor mudstone intercalations (de Decker, 1981). The sheer cliffs defining almost every steep valley in the Drakensberg and Maloti mountains have been formed by river incision of the Clarens Formation sandstone (Botha and Grab, 2016).

Drakensberg Group A short-lived volcanic event that marked the end of sedimentation in the Karoo Basin, extruded a thick succession comprising numerous thin flood basalt lava flows that covered large parts of Gondwana. The eruptions signalled the start of the crustal extension and rifting that led to fragmentation of Gondwana and the dispersion of resulting continental fragments that gave rise to the continents of Africa, South America, Antarctica and Indian subcontinent (McCarthy and Rubidge, 2005). The basaltic lavas form the impressive cliffs and peaks of the Ukhahlamba- Drakensberg basalt escarpment, providing the scenic grandeur in the western most areas of the HGDM (Botha and Grab, 2016).

Dolerite The Jurassic dolerite intrusions occur extensively throughout the region (Fig. 1) with the Karoo Supergroup lithology showing marked concentrations in the Karoo shale- rich strata and to a lesser extent in the Natal Group and the older basement rocks (de Decker, 1981). Dolerite intrusions occur as interconnected network of thin, near vertical dykes and sub-horizontal sills across the study area (Duncan and Marsh, 2006). Dolerite dykes and sills intruding the Drakensberg Group succession represent a fissure system to the flood basalt systems (de Becker, 1981; Johnson et al, 2006). Dolerites in this area are fine-to coarse-grained, dark grey rocks and may weather negatively to form thick soils that are often used for dryland crop production. Dolerite sills and dykes that have intruded the Adelaide and Tarkastad Subgroup sedimentary rocks typically form low hills and ridges in low lying areas.

Kimberlites Kimberlite occurrences in the East Griqualand have been reported by numerous authors (du Toit, 1929; Boyd and Nixon, 1979; Boyd and Nixon, 1980; Nixon et al., 1983; Boctor et al., 1984; Smith et al., 1985a & b; Finnerty and Boyd, 1987; Haycock, 1988). Twelve kimberlite pipes and more than 50 dykes have been

March 2018 59

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

identified in East Griqualand (including those on the farms Topsham, Clarketon and New Bristol), the northern parts of the Eastern Cape and south eastern extremities of Lesotho.

The bulk of this work indicates that the East Griqualand kimberlites are positioned in the Namaqua-Natal Mobile belt to the south of the Kaapvaal Craton. The position of these kimberlites relative to the Kaapvaal Craton and their relatively shallow depth of origin indicate that the diamond bearing potential of these kimberlites is low. Furthermore, on the basis of his mineralogical and geochemical investigations, Nixon et al., (1983) concluded that diamonds have not been found in any of the (East Griqualand) kimberlites. A search for low-Ca, pyrope-knorringite (diamond- indicator garnet) in mineral concentrates from Clarkton, Ramatseliso and Zeekoegat has also yielded negative results.

The kimberlite diatreme on the farm Clarkton was described by du Toit (1929) as having an oval plan with a length of 500 feet and a width of 300 feet wide. It had been exposed by various surface workings and three shafts had been excavated into the exposure. The kimberlite on the farm New Bristol is exposed as a small elongate pipe which cuts through sandstone and dolerite (du Toit, 1929). Although various work and studies has been done on these kimberlites no diamonds have been found to date.

Cenozoic cover Sediments of Quaternary age are restricted to alluvial and colluvial deposits in the area. Colluvial hillslope deposits correlated to the Masotcheni Formation occur in areas north and northeast of Bulwer and west of Donnybrook. These deposits are typically eroded to form dongas. Alluvium is typically dominant along courses of major rivers (e.g. Umkomazi River-north, Umzintlava River-south) and their tributaries. Close to the Drakensberg Mountains, streams are associated with sheets of dark soil and rubble in which of sandstone and basalt boulders are conspicuous (de Decker, 1981).

5.2.1.4 Economic Geology Aggregate/sandstone Dolerite and sandstones in the region are mostly used for crushed aggregate and road material. Dolerite quarries that are operational in the region are located at

March 2018 60

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Ixopo and Kokstad (Agnello and Botha, 2003). With concentrated focus on commercial production of dolerite in the region, sand mining has also been reported by the Department of Minerals and Energy (2003).

Bauxite Bauxite in the region is associated with the rapid weathering of dolerite under specific climatic conditions. Gibbsite is the important aluminum oxide and is associated with other weathering products such as goethite and various clay minerals (de Decker, 1981). Deposits of bauxite have been found along the edge of the Ngele Mountain and south-west of Weza.

Coal The Molteno Formation has thin seems which occur at the base of the formation, below Indwe Sandstone (Du Toit, 1929). These coal seams are uneconomical due to high ash content and limited reserves. Impure coal occurs on farm Kingston 25 (Du Toit, 1929).

Graphite Graphite bearing rock is found below the southern end of the Ngele Mountain. The rock consists of pellets of graphitic material distributed throughout a pale matrix. The pellets are however, too finely intergrown with silicates to be separated (Du Toit 1946). The rock is formed from the assimilation of the carbonaceous shales of the Ecca Formation by intrusive norite (Du Toit 1946).

Phosphates Concretions phosphates and carbonate occur as nodules with diameters in the tens of millimeters range. Fresh nodule bearing shales occur at the base of the Mondi Hill near Creighton. The hard-brown surfaced nodules that weather out from the soft shales could be used as fertilizer although the deposits are probably not economically exploitable (de Decker, 1981). The occurrences of reef phosphates extending in thin sheets over a wide area have been reported (Du Toit, 1918).

5.3 Geohydrology

5.3.1 General

The groundwater of the HGDM is closely linked to the diverse geology within the region. The HGDM region falls within the Pongola-Mtamvuna Water Management Area (WMA) and the

March 2018 61

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Mzimvubu-Tsitsikamma WMA. The aquifer potential of different rock types is related to the primary porosity of the rocks or secondary porosity associated with brittle fracturing or weathering. Regional groundwater assessments of the region have been conducted at different scales. The KZN Geohydrological Mapping Project (EMATEK-CSIR, 1995; Groundwater Development Services, 1995) conducted by consultants on behalf of Department Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), provided a hydrogeological classification of the HGDM region. The District falls within characterised groundwater resource Units 4, 8 and 10. Other DWAF publications show the regional context of the lithologically based aquifer assessment. Groundwater utilisation in the area ranges from extraction of seasonal groundwater from shallow, hand dug wells to drilling of boreholes for family or communal use and development of groundwater wellfields for agricultural projects.

Dennis and Dennis (2009) noted that there are numerous databases, for example WARMS, GRIP and NGDB/NGA, and that these need to be merged into a single database. Once this is complete the gaps in the data must be identified and addressed. The Department of Water Affairs (DWA) Groundwater Resource Information Project (http://www.dwa.gov.za/Groundwater/GroundwaterOffices/KZN/GRIP_Kwa-ZuluNatal.pdf) was initiated to address a gap in groundwater data available for the management of groundwater resources. Groundwater plays an extremely important role in water services especially in rural areas where surface water reticulation infrastructure has high cost implications. The GRIP project compiled groundwater data generated by water supply projects that were financed and executed by different spheres of government. Since groundwater development occurs in a fragmented manner and there is inadequate coordination and cooperation with other organs of state, consultants and developers, it became essential to consolidate this groundwater data into a centralized database. Data collected in this project drew upon all these sources to identify high yielding aquifers that can support bigger municipal schemes for the augmentation to existing supplies. Figure 12 shows the location of groundwater borehole data points incorporated in the GRIP for the District. DWS is also responsible for the compilation of Regional Groundwater Master Plans and Water Use License Application: Groundwater Abstraction.

5.3.2 Hydrogeological and groundwater quality characterisation of aquifers

Faults, joints, and intrusive Karoo dolerite sheet and dyke contacts, particularly in the Karoo sedimentary rocks present in the region, comprise the hard rock secondary porosity aquifers of the “Weathered and Fractured” and “Fractured” classes which are zones of significant groundwater presence (Vegter, 1995; DWAF, 1995).

March 2018 62

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

In the HGDM region the weathered granite/gneiss of the Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite and Namaqua-Natal Province, the sandstone of the Natal Group and the Karoo Supergroup sedimentary succession are generally associated with poor to moderate and locally, good groundwater aquifers (DWAF, 1995). The Dwyka Group (Karoo Supergroup) tillite is the poorest of the hard rock aquifers.

The easternmost sector from northeast of Ixopo to east-southeast of Highflats is predominantly underlain by lithologies (Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite and Namaqua-Natal Province, Natal Group and Karoo Supergroup) classified as “Weathered and Fractured” and “Fractured” aquifers (DWAF, 1995). These rocks are classified as “Weathered and Fractured” aquifer mainly because the water bearing properties in these rocks are a result of fracturing at depths and near surface weathering processes. The “Weathered and Fractured” predominately granite/gneiss and “Fractured” sandstone/diamictite rock aquifers covering the eastern sector of the study site are dominated by various rock groupings; 1. Maphumulo Metamorphic Suite (biotite-garnet-cordierite-sillimanite gneiss, and streaky pink quartz-feldspar gneiss); 2. Mzumbe Suite (grey tonalitic, trondjhemitic, granodioritic and subordinate quartz-diorite gneiss); 3. Mkomazi Suite (garnet-biotite augen gneiss); 4. Mzimlilo Suite (pink medium-to coarse-grained gneissose granite); 5. Oribi Gorge Suite (granites and charnockites); and 6. Natal Group sandstones and Dwyka (diamictites) tillite.

These aquifers have poor to moderate borehole yields (>0.1-3 l/s) generally expected (DWAF, 1995). The groundwater associated with these rocks is of hydrochemical class ‘Type D’ where the groundwater is cation-dominated by Ca2+ and/or Mg2+ and anion- - 2- dominated by Cl and/or SO4 with totals dissolved solids (TDS) concentrations from < 300 mg/l (lower standard deviation ) to < 500 mg/l (upper standard deviation) (Vegter, 1995).

A significantly large portion of the region is underlain by rocks of the Ecca and Beaufort Groups are classified as “Fractured” aquifers with expected borehole yields ranging from poor to moderate (>0.1- 3 l/s) and locally good borehole yields (>3 l/s) occur (DWAF, 1995). Groundwater quality characteristic of the area underlain by these rocks is typically shown by the total dissolved solids (TDS) concentrations from < 300 mg/l to >1000 mg/l (Vegter, 1995). The typical groundwater chemical character class is ‘Type B’, with dominant cations 2+ 2+ - Ca and or Mg and HCO3 anion (Vegter, 1995; DWAF, 1995). The mean depth to groundwater level is between 10-30 m below surface and the range by which the groundwater level fluctuates about the mean is 15-25 m (Vegter, 1995).

March 2018 63

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

In western and north-western sections of the HGDM region the Molteno, Elliot and Clarens Formations are classified as “Fractured” aquifers that have moderate to good (>0.5 - >3 l/s) borehole yields expected (Vegter, 1995). The typical groundwater chemical character is Ca2+ 2+ - and or Mg cation-dominated and HCO3 anion-dominated (Vegter, 1995). The amount of total dissolved solids (TDS) concentrations in the groundwater associated with these lithologies range from <300 mg/l to <500 mg/l (Vegter, 1995).

The Drakensberg basaltic lavas forming the western border of the region are classified as “Weathered and Fractured” aquifers that have marginal (>0-0.1 l/s) borehole yields (DWAF, 1995).

Limited areas in the municipal region associated with the Masotcheni Formation colluvium and Alluvium form very shallow, vadose zone “Intergranular” primary aquifers (DWAF, 1995). The alluvium in the region is associated with marginal (>0-0.1 l/s) borehole yields expected (DWAF, 1995).

5.3.3 Groundwater studies

DWA KZN Groundwater Master Plan (2008) DWA (2008) has compiled a KZN Groundwater Master Plan to address all water functions in the province as defined in the National Water Act (1998), including development, utilisation, protection, conservation and management. The department also conducted monitoring of groundwater abstractions, water level fluctuations and chemical quality (see Table 7). Most of the municipal area falls within two Hydrological Regions “Vegter-regions” defined on the basis of lithology and climatology.

1) North-western Middleveld Hydrogeological Region With fourteen irrigation boards in the region, groundwater is being utilised to some extent, however, the level of groundwater utilization is unknown. Rural settlements are probably largely dependent on groundwater in the forms of springs. Recommendations on further development and augmentation of stressed water resources can be drawn on understanding the current level of groundwater.

March 2018 64

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

2) Transkeian Coastal Foreland and Middleveld Hydrogeological Region With many rural settlements and significant agricultural activities taking place in region groundwater is definitely being utilised to some degree. Although many rural settlements occur in the region, nothing is known about the water sources (i.e. surface and/or groundwater). The aquifer types occurring in this region are classified as low to medium potential. Nothing is known about any further development potential of the region and thus no comments can be made regarding possible augmentation. No known management of groundwater is taking place. When the information on groundwater levels and the volume of groundwater being used is available, it would be possible to prioritize some management actions, which could include inter alia the incorporation of groundwater monitoring within the relevant irrigation boards.

DWA Groundwater Strategy Plan (2010) As part of its current Strategic Plan, DWS has identified six Priority Areas which will allow it to effectively manage the nation’s water resources in alignment with agreed government- wide priorities. As an essential component of South Africa’s total water resource, groundwater is important today in sectors ranging from agriculture to domestic water supplies. Groundwater will make proportionately greater contributions to the nation’s water supplies in future as surface water reaches the limits of its exploitable availability. Only a summary of the ‘Priority Areas 1-6’ is presented below.

1) Contribution to economic growth and social development Groundwater provides reliable, safe drinking water supplies to rural areas and many towns in South Africa. Even large cities are dependent partly on groundwater. Many farms, mines and industries rely on groundwater for their water supply.

2) Ensuring equitable and sustainable water resources management Better use of groundwater will help to solve problems of current water shortages and ensure that water is available to meet future demands. Improved groundwater use may also help to avoid more expensive alternative and less sustainable water supply options.

3) Promoting rural development Groundwater is already a major source of water in rural areas, and better groundwater use and management will help to improve the lives of the most marginalised. Water supply is also crucial to food security, and to land reform.

March 2018 65

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

4) Effective support to local government Groundwater in South Africa is a local resource, and is usually best managed at local level. The support which the Department provides to local government therefore contains a component of groundwater assessment and management.

5) Improving the Department’s capacity to deliver services Scarcity of skills in hydrogeology is an area which the DWS is committed to improving.

6) Contribution to global relations The Department is committed to strengthening engagement with South African Development Community (SADC) member states, and to promote dialogue with the African Ministers’ Council on Water (AMCOW).

Each municipality in South Africa (both District and Local) is required to develop an IDP, which lays out the general strategy for all development in the municipal area. Furthermore, municipalities designated as Water Services Authorities must develop a Water Services Development Plan (WSDP) as part of the IDP process that concentrates on increasing access to water services, and must also take into account water supply sustainability.

The most recent scientific estimates place groundwater in South Africa in the same league, volumetrically, as our stored surface water resources. The total volume of available, renewable groundwater in South Africa (Utilisable Groundwater Exploitation Potential, or UGEP) is 10 343 million m³/a (or 7 500 million m³/a) under drought conditions. The DWA Groundwater Strategy Plan (2010) presents a detailed discussion on South African groundwater (e.g. water use per WMA, large scale groundwater abstraction areas in South Africa, groundwater levels map of RSA, etc.).

Table 7: Summary of the number of boreholes within HGDM (National Groundwater Archive)

Source: Mastersheet of Geosites in KZN No Local Municipalities No of Geosites (boreholes) 1 Greater Kokstad Local Municipality 610 2 Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality 759 3 Dr Nkosazana Zuma Local Municipality 621 4 Umzimkhulu Local Municipality 208 Total Sites 2198

March 2018 66

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 12: Distribution of groundwater boreholes across the Quaternary sub-catchments

5.3.4 Monitoring

Groundwater monitoring entails the monitoring of groundwater abstractions, water level fluctuations and chemical quality. DWS has a very small number of active stations for groundwater level monitoring in HGDM (see Figure 13).

A lack of reliable groundwater data makes it difficult to make accurate assessments of the availability (i.e. quantity and quality) and abstraction (i.e. rates, quantities and drawdown levels) of groundwater. Lack of data on the status of water supply infrastructure (i.e. borehole construction, pumps, etc.) is a major constraint on investment in operation and maintenance activities.

March 2018 67

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 13: Distribution of water quality monitoring stations (source DWS website)

5.4 Terrain Morphology

 Appendix A4 (Map: Topography) GIS Mapping  Appendix A4 (Map: Slope)

5.4.1 General Description

The elevation of KZN impacts on human settlement and production patterns. Firstly, the scattered settlement pattern in many part of the more rural areas of the province is the result of the undulating hills and the tendency of households in communal and rural areas to settle either on the crests of the hills or near the rivers as source of water for consumption and/or agricultural production. The resulting scattered nature of settlements and production practices impacts on the cost-effectiveness of infrastructure development in certain areas and contributes to the vulnerability of communities as a result. Secondly, the elevation of the various biological production regions impacts especially on agriculture and the crops that could be cultivated within specific regions. Thus, the primary economic base for the various regions will differ based on their specific landscape.

March 2018 68

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The highly variable topography characteristic of the District creates biophysical habitat and micro climatic conditions which support a range of biodiversity. The highest elevation in the District is found in Greater Kokstad and Kwasani Municipality towards the Drakensberg Mountain Range (see Figure 14). The eastern side of the District has the lowest elevation. Elevation across the HGDM ranges from 600m above sea level in the south east, extending to a height of approximately 3 500m at the Drakensberg plateau along the western border of the Kwasani LM.

Figure 14: HGDM Topography

March 2018 69

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The following provides a more detailed overview of the topography of each local municipalities within the District (HGDM BSP, 2014):  In the north of the District, the Kwasani and Ingwe LMs (now Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma) have rolling topography with much of the western area covered by mountainous terrain.  The Ingwe LM’s altitude ranges from 2 080 metres above mean sea level in the north western portion of the municipality (Amahwaqa Peak) to a low of approximately 450m at the bottom of the Mzimkhulu River valley in the south. Ingwe LM comprises of gently undulating to steeply undulating land. Much of the flatter land is restricted to small “plateaus” which are primarily found in the western highlands areas of the municipality (Ingwe LM SDF, 2014).  The elevation in Kwasani LM declines in an easterly direction away from the Drakensberg. The mean elevation ranges from 1706–3448m in the western parts of the municipality, 1171–1706m in the central and eastern parts of the municipality, to 953–1171m in the north eastern point at Mqatsheni (Kwasani SDF, 2013).  Further to the east of the District, the Ubuhlebezwe LM has hilly topography with numerous river valleys creating steep topography with gently sloping valley bottoms. The landscape is highly complex and agitated with interlocking systems of ridge-lines and valleys of different hierarchical order.  In the centre of the District, the uMzimkhulu LM topography ranges from flat to gentle rolling slope to hilly and ragged terrain. The terrain is undulating with distinct mountain ridges with broad and deep valleys. The mountainous area in the west and the north are part of the Drakensberg Mountain range. The mountain ridges are made up of flattish plateaus with mountain slopes ranging from vertical rock cliffs to steep grassy slopes to gentle gradients extending down into the valley bottoms. The highest mountain peak is situated at 1685m and the lowest point in the town of Umzimkhulu is situated at 740m.

 In the south of the District, the Greater Kokstad LM has gentle to moderately rolling topography moving to mountainous terrain in the south west (Sisonke District Municipality, 2008). High mountains in the west overlook the irregular undulating hills with low mountains in the south formed by very thick dolerite sheets. There are various hills and ridges found throughout the municipality. These high slopes impact negatively on development and restricts much of the development in the municipality.

There are many open spaces located throughout the District which could be considered for agricultural purposes. However, the topography of most of the area is unfavourable for commercial agriculture production. Most of the areas have excessively steep slopes (see Figure 15) and shallow soils, even though pockets of good deep soil may occur. Unless costly efforts are made to prevent soil erosion, cultivation of these areas has the potential to induce degradation through soil erosion. In addition, the rugged nature of the landscape in relation to dispersed settlement patterns and location also poses a major challenge to service provision. With limited public resources, there is the need to adopt a much better

March 2018 70

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) approach to provide services in an economically viable manner without infringing on spatial equity and justice.

Figure 15: HGDM Slope

5.5 Surface Water

 Appendix A6 (Map: Rivers)  Appendix A6 (Map: Quaternary Catchments)  Appendix A7 (Map: River Conditions)  Appendix A8 (Map: NFEPA Wetlands) GIS Mapping  Appendix A8 (Map: NFEPA Wetland Clusters)  Appendix A8 (Map: NFEPA Wetlands Conditions)  Appendix A9 (Map: Fish Sanctuaries)  Appendix A9 (Map: RAMSAR Sites)  Appendix A9 (Map: Registered Dams)

March 2018 71

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.5.1 General Catchment Characteristics

Nine WMAs have been established for South Africa as a component of the National Water Resource Strategy 2. A Catchment Management Agency (CMA) is to be established for each of the WMAs. HGDM is located in the following two WMAs (see Figure 16):  Pongola-Mtamvuna WMA. This WMA is the result of the amalgamation of the Thukela, Mvoti-Mzimkulu and Mhlatze-half of the Usutu. This WMA is especially complex, as it covers an area of high season rainfall, with heavy demands on water resources from the agricultural sector, industrial, mining and urban domestic sectors (DWA, 2012a). The largest water requirement is for irrigation in the agricultural sector. The water quality within the WMA is declining.  Mzimvubu-Tsitsikamma WMA. This WMA consists of the amalgamation of the Fish to Tsitsikamma and Mzimvubu to Keiskamma. The Mzimvubu-Keiskamma WMA spans an area of approximately 66 221 km2, however only a small portion extends into HGDM to cover Greater Kokstad LM.

Figure 16: WMAs

The uMkhomazi and Umzimvubu catchments extend to the north and south of the HGDM, respectively while the Umzimkhulu catchment is located near the centre of the District (EKZNW, 2014a). The quaternary drainage catchments within the District are depicted in Figure 17.

March 2018 72

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 17: Quaternary Drainage Catchments within HGDM

5.5.2 Rivers in HGDM

Key rivers which flow through the District include the Umgeni, Mvoti, uMkhomazi, Umzimkhulu and Umzimvubu Rivers (see Figure 18). The water demand stress experienced by these rivers during drought seasons is significant as surrounding communities rely on their water supply for domestic and industrial use.

The uMkhomazi and Umzimkhulu Rivers originate in the Drakensberg Mountains at approximately 3000 m above sea level and flows in a south-easterly direction towards the Indian Ocean. The uMkhomazi River enters the Indian Ocean about 40 km south of Durban near the town of Umkomaas in the Ugu District Municipality, while the Umzimkhulu River enters the ocean near the town of Port Shepstone. The uMkhomazi River forms the northern boundary of the Ubuhlebezwe LM and has tributaries including the Loteni, Nzinga,

March 2018 73

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Mkomazane, Elands and Xobho rivers. The Umzimkhulu River forms the boundary between the uMzimkhulu and Ubuhlebezwe LMs. The Ngwangwane, Nkonzo, Pholela and Bisi Rivers form tributaries which flow into the Umzimkhulu River.

Figure 18: Rivers in HGDM

The Umzimvubu River originates within the mountainous area of Greater Kokstad LM flows in a southern direction into the Eastern Cape Province. (EKZNW, 2014a). The Krom, Riet, Mzintlava and Droëwig Rivers that drain into the Umzimvubu River, form part of ten quaternary catchments in Greater Kokstad LM.

The Greater Kokstad area is drained by several tributaries including the Gungununu, Mzintlava, Ndawana, Mfelamadoda, Krom, and Riet Rivers. The majority of rivers in the

March 2018 74

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Municipality are vulnerable, as described by the following criteria (Greater Kokstad LM, 2013):  Least threatened rivers have an intact length for ≥ 60% of their total length;  Vulnerable rivers have an intact length for ≥ 40% of their total length;  Endangered rivers have an intact length for ≥10% of their total length; or  Critically endangered rivers have an intact length below their conservation target for <10% of their total length.

The uMkhomazi and Umzimkhulu Rivers flow through the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM, and are responsible for a large part of the Municipality’s water supply. Primary water demands on the Umzimkhulu River include agriculture and afforestation, representing 31% and 41% of total water use, respectively. The remaining demands are rural and urban demands (10%), dryland sugar cane and stock watering (3% and 1% respectively), and invasive alien vegetation (14%). These agricultural demands are primarily supplied through direct abstractions from rivers and streams, as well as from farm dams within the catchment (Umgeni Water, 2014).

The following rivers flow through the Ubuhlebezwe LM (Ubuhlebezwe LM, 2012): Lufafa, uMkhomazi, Umzimkhulu, Lovu and Mpambanyoni.

The uMzimkhulu LM is located in the Umzimkhulu catchment. The main river system within the catchment is the Umzimkhulu River which yields approximately 16 million litres3 per annum (uMzimkhulu LM, 2016a). Water quality and availability within the catchment is threatened due to impacts resulting from afforestation and agricultural practices (uMzimkhulu LM, 2016b). Eight rivers occur within the Municipality, namely: Bisi, Cabane, Gungununu, Little Bisi, Umzimkhulu, Ndawana, Ngwangane and Upper Bisi.

5.5.3 River FEPA

River conditions as described by Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas (FEPA) within the HGDM are indicated in Figure 19. Each river is categorised according to the following descriptions:  A – Unmodified, natural;  B – Largely natural with few modifications whereby a small change in natural habitat and biota may have taken place but ecosystem functions remain unchanged;  C – Moderately modified whereby a loss and change of habitat and biota have occurred but basic ecosystem functions are predominately unchanged;  D – Largely modified whereby a large loss of natural habitat, biota and basic ecosystem functions have occurred;  E – Seriously modified whereby loss of habitat, biota and ecosystem functions are extensive; and

March 2018 75

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 F – Critically modified whereby the system has suffered almost complete loss of habitat, biota and functions which may be irreversible.

As seen in Figure 19, rivers in HGDM are predominantly moderately and largely modified, with few rivers classified as natural.

Figure 19: River Conditions in HGDM

River FEPAs are rivers in Category A and B as described above, and are regarding as being in good condition. These rivers contribute towards national biodiversity targets for river ecosystems and threatened/near-threatened fish species and support sustainable use of water resources, so long as they retain their FEPA status (WRC, 2011). River FEPAs in HGDM are shown in Figure 20, whereby the following descriptions apply:  FEPA – Freshwater ecosystem priority area;  FishFSA – Fish support area;

March 2018 76

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 FishCorrid – Corridor critical for movement of threatened fish between habitats;  Phase2FEPA – Phase 2 freshwater ecosystem priority area; and  Upstream – Upstream management area.

Figure 20: FEPA Rivers within HGDM

It is important to note that river FEPAs may still require rehabilitation such as removal of invasive alien plants. Thus, from a biodiversity point of view, rehabilitation plans should focus on ensuring the wellbeing (including ecological structure and functioning) of FEPAs prior to Phase 2 FEPAs.

5.5.4 Fish Sanctuaries

Fish sanctuaries are important aquatic areas as they are identified in rivers required to meet threatened and near threatened fish population targets. Fish sanctuaries in a good condition (A or B ecological category) provide the basis for FEPAs (freshwater ecosystem priority areas). The aim of identifying fish sanctuaries is to prevent freshwater species from becoming threatened and to prevent those fish species that are already threatened from becoming extinct. Sub-quaternary catchments identified as fish sanctuaries should have fish management plans available, with focus placed on particular management issues such as construction of weirs to keep invasive alien fish species to a minimum or interaction with angling communities. Figure 21 illustrates the fish sanctuaries identified in HGDM.

March 2018 77

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 21: Fish Sanctuaries within HGDM

5.5.5 Wetlands

According to EKZNW (2014), HGDM has several large wetland systems. The Pholela, Ngwangwane and Ndawana systems are situated in the north western section of the District in the foothills of the Drakensberg. The Kromrivier and Mzintlanga systems, including the Franklin Vlei, are located in the southern area of the District. The Ntsikeni Nature Reserve lies in the northern section of HGDM and forms part of an extensive wetland system. Further wetland systems are located in the Upper and Little Bisi system in the uMzimkhulu LM; as well as several wetlands in the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma and Ubuhlebezwe LM. Wetlands within the District are shown in Figure 22.

March 2018 78

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 22: NFEPA Wetlands in HGDM

As with rivers, wetlands may be assigned a NFEPA category based on their condition. These categories are broadly equivalent to that used by DWS to describe present ecological state, where Category AB represents good or natural condition, C represents moderately modified condition, and DEF, Z1, Z2 and Z3 represent heavily to critically modified condition. Wetlands in HGDM are predominantly in good to modified condition.

Wetland clusters are groups of wetland FEPAs that occur within 1 km of each other and are embedded in a relatively natural landscape. These clusters are of significant ecological importance as they allow species such as frogs and insects to migrate between wetlands. Figure 23 shows the wetland clusters situated in HGDM.

March 2018 79

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 23: NFEPA Wetland Clusters in HGDM

South Africa is a signatory of the Convention of Wetlands (RAMSAR Convention). Of the 21 RAMSAR Wetland sites present in South Africa, two lie within HGDM. These include the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park and Ntsikeni Vlei (EKZNW, 2014a). These wetlands are of international importance as they fulfil at least one of the following criteria:  Contains rare or unique wetland types;  Supports vulnerable, endangered or threatened ecological communities;  Supports populations of species important for maintaining the biological diversity of a biogeographic region;  Supports species at critical life cycle stages;  Supports 20 000 or more water birds;  1% of the individuals in a population of one species or subspecies of water bird;  Contributes to global diversity through the support of fish species representative of wetlands;  Provides an important source of food for fish; or

March 2018 80

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Supports 1% of the individuals in a population of one species or subspecies of wetland- dependent non-avian animal species (RAMSAR, 1971).

5.5.6 District BSP

As mentioned, EKZNW developed the BSP for the District as a precursor to a bioregional plan. An extract from this plan in terms of aquatic ecosystems in the district follows.

CBAs are natural or near natural landscapes that are considered critical for meeting biodiversity targets and thresholds, and which safeguard areas required for the persistence of viable populations of species and the functionality of ecosystems.

As part of the BSP, Aquatic CBAs in HGDM were mapped and defined according to the following data (refer to Figure 24):  CBA Irreplaceable;  CBA Optimal;  CBA Irreplaceable and CBA Optimal derived from local and specialist knowledge;  CBA Irreplaceable Linkages (National Flagship Rivers & 30m buffer);  All wetlands within Freshwater Systematic Conservation Assessment (FSCA) and the 24 KZN priority wetlands;  Perennial rivers in FSCA and all priority FEPA rivers;  All perennial rivers associated with FEPA fish sanctuary areas; and  30m buffer on identified CBA Irreplaceable & Optimal perennial rivers, perennial rivers associated with FEPA fish sanctuary areas, and priority FEPA Rivers.

The aquatic corridors within the District were mapped and defined in the BSP according to the following  Landscape Corridors – are delineated from the KZN Priority/flagship free flowing rivers identified in the KZN province;  Local Corridors - the local corridors are developed at a district scale to create fine scale links within the landscape that facilitates ecological processes and ensure persistence of critical biodiversity features; and  CBA Irreplaceable Linkages – are delineated from the National Flagship Rivers identified through the NFEPA project.

Mzumbe River is one of the ten identified free flowing rivers in KZN. The top section of the river falls within Harry Gwala, and is designated as an aquatic landscape corridor in this District. uMzimkhulu River, which originates in the Berg and flows through the centre of HGDM, is of the four National Flagship rivers, and is designated as a critical linkage in this District. Refer to Figure 25 for the spatial representation of these corridors.

March 2018 81

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 24: Aquatic CBAs and ESAs in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a)

March 2018 82

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 25: Landscape and Local Corridors in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a)

March 2018 83

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.5.7 Ecological Infrastructure

An extract from the HGDM BSP (EKZNW, 2014a) follows.

Ecological Infrastructure is the functioning ecosystems, within landscapes, that provide environmental services which contribute positively to the economy and human welfare (EKZNW, 2014a).

The goods and services provided by aquatic ecosystems include:  Improve water quality through filtering and purifying water, trapping sediment, controlling erosion (thereby minimising excessive sedimentation) and recharging aquifers;  Increase water quantity through storing flood waters and supporting stream base flow during the dry season;  Provide a wildlife habitat for amphibians, birds, fish and mammals for all or portions of their life cycles;  Provide water for agricultural, industrial and domestic use;  Attenuate and regulate floods;  Provide food and medicinal plants;  Transport and / or purify biodegradable wastes;  Support tourism, recreational and cultural use; and  Enhance property values

Ecological infrastructure is further described as the nature–based equivalent of hard infrastructure, which has a comparable importance for the underpinning of socio-economic development and which must be considered as a public good to be conserved for the benefit of future generations (SANBI's Grassland Programme, 2012).

The identification and mapping of ecological infrastructure within the KZN province is currently in its infancy and requires input from a number of sectors and levels of government. There are a range of ecological infrastructure categories that need to be considered, but initial focus has been placed on water production areas due to its importance within the biodiversity social and economic sectors, and the fact that South Africa is a water scarce country.

The water production EI areas determined within the biodiversity sector plans is based on work produced for KZN as a whole. The areas mapped represent areas of high water production which are defined as areas receiving a net runoff, National Strategic Water Production Areas, and all wetlands not identified as a CBA or ESA (refer to Figure 26).

It is proposed that further ecological infrastructure would be identified and mapped during the development of District Bioregional Plans.

March 2018 84

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 26: Ecological Infrastructure in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014a)

March 2018 85

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.5.8 Dams

Dams within HGDM include Comrie Dam, Crystal Springs Dam, Elandskuil Dam, Hopewell Dam, Minay's Dam, Mingay's Dam, Poortjie Dam, Roy Aldus Dam and Vaughan's Dam. However, the most noteworthy dam is the Ixopo Dam. The Ixopo Dam is located within the uMkhomazi catchment and supplies the town of Ixopo with 2.5 Ml/day. The dam has a full supply capacity of 0.55 million m3 and a yield of 2.7 Ml/day. Registered dams present within HGDM are shown in Figure 27.

Figure 27: Registered Dams in HGDM

5.5.9 Pollution Sources

According to EKZNW (2014), water pollution arising from faecal pollution, dairies, piggeries and poorly maintained sewer infrastructure threaten critical biodiversity areas and ecological support areas within HGDM. Alternative pollution sources include sedimentation from

March 2018 86

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

erosion and stormwater runoff. Spatial data representing aquatic pollution sources is currently unavailable.

5.6 Terrestrial Ecology

 Appendix A10 (Map: Biomes)  Appendix A11 (Map: Vegetation Types)  Appendix A12 (Map: Protected Areas)  Appendix A13 (Map: Transformation) Appendix A14 (Map: CBAs & ESAs) GIS Mapping   Appendix A15 (Map: Protected Areas Expansion)  Appendix A18 (Map: Local Corridors)

 Appendix A19 (Map: Important Birding Areas)  Appendix A20 (Map: Terrestrial Threatened Ecosystems)  Appendix A20 (Map: UDPWHS)  Appendix A20 (Map: Maloti Drakensberg Park TFCA)  Appendix A20 (Map: Invasive Alien Plant Species)

5.6.1 Biomes and Vegetation Types

According to Scott-Shaw and Escott (Eds), 2011), there are four biomes (Figure 28) HGDM, namely Wetland, Grassland, Savanna and Forest. Twenty seven (27) vegetation types (Figure 29) are found in the District. Table 8 indicates the conservation status and targets of each of these vegetation types.

Table 8: Conservation status of different vegetation types in HGDM (Mucina & Rutherford, 2006 & Scott-Shaw and Escott (Eds), 2011), Jewitt, 2014)

Conservation Conservation Vegetation type Protected Transformed Status target Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vulnerable 24% 1.5% 56.5% Vegetation Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Critically Vegetation: Midland Alluvial Woodland 24% 1.5% 79.3% endangered & Thicket Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Floodplain Least threatened 24% 14.4% 29.7% Grasslands Drakensberg Afroalpine Heathland Least threatened 27% 86.1% 0.2% Drakensberg-Amathole Afromontane Least threatened 27% 71.6% 0% Fynbos Drakensberg Foothill Moist Grassland Least threatened 23% 6.6% 35.2% Drakensberg Montane Forests Least threatened 63.5% 57.1% 5% Dry Coast Hinterland Grassland Vulnerable 25% 0.7% 53.7 East Griqualand Grassland Vulnerable 23% 0.2% 42.9% Eastern Misbelt Forests Least threatened 30% 8% 5% Eastern Scarp Forests: Southern Least threatened 61.61% 5.0% 22.4% Coastal Scarp Forest Eastern Valley Bushveld Least threatened 25% 0.2% 31.9% Freshwater Wetlands: Drakensberg Least threatened 24% 40.2% 25.7 Wetlands

March 2018 87

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Conservation Conservation Vegetation type Protected Transformed Status target Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Vulnerable 24% 0.6% 41.2% Temperate Wetlands Freshwater Wetlands : Eastern Least threatened 24% 21.1% 19.7% Temperate Wetlands : Lakes & Pans Freshwater Wetlands: Lesotho Mires Least threatened 24% 57.7% 0% Freshwater Wetlands: Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands: Short Grass/ Least threatened 24% 32.2% 18% Sedge Wetlands KZN Hinterland Thornveld Least Threatened 25% 0.3% 34.6% KZNl Highland Thornveld Least threatened 23% 1.8% 37.3% Critically KZN Sandstone Sourveld 25% 0.1% 88.6% Endangered Lesotho Highland Basalt Grassland Least threatened 27% 79.2% 0.2% Mabela Sandy Grassland Endangered 23% 0% 74.3% Midlands Mistbelt Grassland Endangered 23% 1.3% 75.5% Moist Coast Hinterland Grassland Endangered 25% 0.2% 63.4% Southern Drakensberg Highland Least threatened 27% 62.7% 1.4% Grassland Southern KZN Moist Grassland Vulnerable 23% 4.0% 57.3% uKhahlamba Basalt Grassland Least threatened 27% 88.7% 0.2%

Table 9: KZN vegetation types occurring in HGDM and their percentages that historically occurred, percentage loss based on the 2011 Conventional Modification Layer and percentage of the remaining KZN vegetation types (Jewitt et al. 2015)

% loss veg in LM % of KZN historical % Remaining KZN Vegetation Types based on 2011 veg type within LM KZN veg in LM Landover Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial 11.38 37.04 11.42 Vegetation Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Alluvial Woodland & 51.79 52.91 52.60 Thicket Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial 16.50 50.13 10.54 Vegetation: Midland Floodplain Grasslands Drakensberg Afroalpine Heathland 12.98 1.14 13.16 Drakensberg Foothill Moist Grassland 74.71 31.56 77.26 Drakensberg Montane Forests 2.83 0.88 2.86 Drakensberg-Amathole Afromontane Fynbos 7.53 0.00 7.53 Dry Coast Hinterland Grassland 25.69 39.80 27.28 East Griqualand Grassland 62.30 41.11 100.00 Eastern Mistbelt Forests 31.96 14.77 30.48 Eastern Scarp Forests: Southern Coastal Scarp 1.85 3.40 3.27 Forest Eastern Valley Bushveld 11.69 8.92 14.06 Freshwater Wetlands: Drakensberg Wetlands 39.67 4.73 45.45 Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Temperate 24.78 42.26 24.37 Wetlands Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Temperate 5.27 35.11 4.62 Wetlands : Lakes & Pans Freshwater Wetlands: Lesotho Mires 99.60 0.99 100.00 Freshwater Wetlands: Subtropical Freshwater 0.02 70.30 0.01 Wetlands: Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands KZN Highland Thornveld 0.08 11.32 0.10

March 2018 88

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

% loss veg in LM % of KZN historical % Remaining KZN Vegetation Types based on 2011 veg type within LM KZN veg in LM Landover KZN Hinterland Thornveld 11.94 24.08 12.32 KZN Sandstone Sourveld 9.41 65.71 15.23 Lesotho Highland Basalt Grassland 54.65 1.44 55.92 Mabela Sandy Grassland 1.90 81.99 100.00 Midlands Mistbelt Grassland 22.06 65.68 20.82 Moist Coast Hinterland Grassland 6.87 36.85 8.46 Southern Drakensberg Highland Grassland 64.74 0.94 64.74 Southern KZN Moist Grassland 77.85 44.42 76.06 uKhahlamba Basalt Grassland 29.29 0.11 29.34

Figure 28: Biomes in HGDM

March 2018 89

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 29: Vegetation Types in HGDM

The detailed description of each vegetation type is provided in the subsections to follow.

Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation, Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Floodplain Grasslands and Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Alluvial Woodland & Thicket According to Mucina and Rutherford (2006), the three vegetation types above fall within the Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands. These vegetation types are distributed in Limpopo, Mpumalanga and KZN Provinces and in Swaziland. They occur in broad river alluvia and around some river-fed pans in the subtropical regions of eastern South Africa, in particular in the Lowveld, Central Bushveld and in northern KZN. The most important alluvia include the

March 2018 90

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Limpopo, Luvubu, Olifants, Sabie, Crocodile, Phongolo, Usutu and Mkuze Rivers. This unit is fully embedded within the Savanna Biome.

Scott-Shaw and Escott (2011) further subdivided the Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands vegetation types into the following:  Alluvial Wetlands : Subtropical Alluvial Vegetation : Lowveld Floodplain Grasslands  Alluvial Wetlands : Subtropical Alluvial Vegetation : Lowveld Floodplain Grasslands : Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands  Alluvial Wetlands : Subtropical Alluvial Vegetation : Lowveld Floodplain Grasslands : Tall Reed Wetland  Alluvial Wetlands : Temperate Alluvial Vegetation  Alluvial Wetlands : Temperate Alluvial Vegetation : Midland Alluvial Woodland & Thicket  Alluvial Wetlands : Temperate Alluvial Vegetation : Midland Floodplain Grasslands

The Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation is classified as Vulnerable with a conservation target of 24%. Only 3.4% is protected. Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Alluvial Woodland & Thicket is listed as critically endangered, and the Alluvial Wetlands: Temperate Alluvial Vegetation: Midland Floodplain Grasslands vegetation type is listed as least threatened, with a conservation target of 24% (Jewitt, 2014; Scott- Shaw and Escott, 2011).

Drakensberg Afroalpine Heathland This vegetation type is found in Lesotho and very marginally also in KZN. The highest plateaus and mountain ridges above an altitude of about 2 900 m in north-eastern Lesotho. This includes the highest mountain in southern Africa (Thabana-Ntlenyana, 3 482 m). Further away from the edge of the Drakensberg Escarpment it is particularly extensive in the area of the Tlaeen Pass and Pass of Guns (between Mokhotlong and Oxbow) with good examples visible on the Kotisephola Pass (between Sani Pass top and Mokhotlong), Mafika- Lisiu Pass (between Lejone and Pitseng) and Matebeng Pass (between Sehlabathebe and Sehonghong) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 27%. About 2% is statutorily conserved in the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park as well as in the upper parts of the Bokong Nature Reserve. The planned Maloti-Drakensberg Transfrontier Park could conserve almost all the area of this unit. Very little has been transformed, but grazing pressure in summer is high. Already in 1938, Staples & Hudson referred to a considerable increase in Helichrysum trilineatum, Passerina montana and an Erica species and a Pentzia species ‘in places above 9500 feet’ (2 896 m). Although the increase in H. trilineatum may be promoted by its poor palatability to stock, it may be partly counteracted by its use ‘as fuel, the branches burning readily when green’ (Hilliard 1983) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

March 2018 91

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Drakensberg Foothill Moist Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. Occurs in broad arc of Drakensberg piedmonts covering the surrounds of Bergville in the north, Nottingham Road, Impendle, Bulwer in the east, and Kokstad, Mount Currie, Underberg (KZN) and the surrounds of Mt Fletcher, Ugie, Maclear and Elliot (Eastern Cape) in the southwest (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 23%. Only 2–3% is statutorily conserved in the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park, Ntsikeni Wildlife Reserve as well as in the Karkloof, Mount Currie, Coleford, Fort Nottingham, Impendle, Ngeli, and Umgeni Vlei Nature Reserves. Almost 20% already transformed for cultivation, plantations and by urban sprawl. Alien woody species of Rubus and Acacia dealbata and Solanum mauritianum may become invasive in places (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Drakensberg Montane Forests According to Scott-Shaw and Escott, (2011), in the KZN Vegetation map, the Drakensberg Montane Forests is referred to as Northern Afrotemperate Forest. It is found in Free State, KZN, Mpumalanga, North-West, Gauteng and Limpopo Provinces (as well as Lesotho) and is restricted to mountain kloofs and low ridges (Strydpoortberg, Waterberg, Pilanesberg, Witwatersrand, Magaliesberg, Suikerbosrand, Sekhukhuneland) interrupting the relatively flat northern highveld. This group also comprises forests found in kloofs along the northern and eastern flanks of the Drakensberg and those found on the slopes and scarps of the Low Escarpment between Van Reenen’s Pass and Pongola Bush near Piet Retief. The westernmost localities of these forests are found in the Koranaberg (close to Thaba ‘Nchu). The remnants of forests rich in afrotemperate elements in Lesotho might also be classified within this vegetation unit.

Jewett (2014) listed this vegetation type as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 63.5%.

Drakensberg-Amathole Afromontane Fynbos This vegetation type is found in KZN, Eastern Cape and Free State Provinces (presumably also in Lesotho). Series of isolated patches occur in deeply incised Drakensberg valleys (both in the Northern and Southern Berg) with the southernmost outliers on the Amathole Mountains (Eastern Cape) as well as odd outliers deep into KZN at high altitude (e.g. Madlozi Mountain) north of Qudeni in the Nkandla District. Most patches found at altitudes around 1 660 m, and then from 1 900–2 060 m, with notable outliers situated as low as 1 520 m and as high as 2 600 m (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened due to poor accessibility and formal protection (more than 50% of the mapped area) in conservation areas such as the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park (KZN), Tšehlanyane National Park (Lesotho), Golden Gate Highlands National Park and

March 2018 92

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Qwaqwa National Park (Free State), with a national conservation target of 27%. Those patches that occur some distance away from the Drakensberg Escarpment are threatened by increased fire frequencies (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Dry Coast Hinterland Grassland The Dry Coast Hinterland Grassland is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It extends from Melmoth in the north to near Libode in the former Transkei (including Camperdown, Umlaas Road, Eston, Bisi, iZingolweni, Ngqeleni near Mthatha), generally occurring above the SVs 3 KZN Hinterland Thornveld, SVs 7 Bisho Thornveld and the SVs 6 Eastern Valley Bushveld (Camp, 1999a; 2001); Scott-Shaw, 2011a).

It occurs in undulating plains and hilly landscape mainly associated with drier coast hinterland valleys in the rain-shadow of the rain-bearing frontal weather systems from the east coast. Sour sparse wiry grassland dominated by unpalatable Ngongoni grass (Aristida junciformis) with this monodominance associated with low species diversity. In good condition, it is dominated by Themeda triandra and Tristachya leucothrix. Wooded areas are found in valleys at lower altitudes, where this vegetation unit grades into SVs 3 KZN Hinterland Thornveld and SVs 7 Bisho Thornveld. Termitaria support bush clumps with Acacia species, Cussonia spicata, Ehretia rigida, Grewia occidentalis and Coddia rudis (Camp, 1999a; 2001); Scott-Shaw, 2011a).

This vegetation type is listed as Vulnerable and is statutorily conserved in Oribi Gorge Nature Reserve (Camp, 1999a; 2001); Scott-Shaw, 2011a).

East Griqualand Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. Major portion of this unit covers most of East Griqualand (with Kokstad and Matatiele as centres (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Vulnerable, with a national conservation target of 23%. Only 0.2% is statutorily conserved in the Malekgonyane (Ongeluksnek) Wildlife Reserve and Mount Currie Nature Reserve. Over one quarter of the area has already been transformed for cultivation (maize), plantations and by urban sprawl. Acacia dealbata and A. mearnsii are invading these grasslands in some places (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Eastern Misbelt Forests According to Scott-Shaw and Escott (2011), In the KZN vegetation map, the Eastern Mistbelt Forests belong to the Southern Mistbelt Forest, described by Mucina and Rutherford (2006). This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It occurs in forest patches varying in size, occurring in fire-shadow habitats on south- and southeast-facing slopes and located along the Great Escarpment, spanning a large area from Somerset East, the Amathole Mountains, scarps of Transkei to the KZN Midlands as far east as Ulundi. In KZN,

March 2018 93

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) these forests are found in a wide band sandwiched between the Drakensberg Montane Forests and Northern KZN Mistbelt Forests at higher altitudes and Eastern Scarp Forests at lower altitudes. Belts of forest patches belonging to this vegetation unit occur in the Baviaanskloof Mountains, Zuurberg Mountains and in the region spanning Grahamstown and King William’s Town (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

This vegetation type is listed as Least threatened with a national conservation target of 30%. Some 8% is statutorily conserved (including forests under DAFF jurisdiction) in the Eastern Cape encompassing the Bosberg Nature Reserve, Greater Addo Elephant National Park as well as Hogsback, Kologha, Isidenge, Kubusi, Katberg and Nabakyu State Forests. In KZN, these forests are statutorily protected in Impendle, Igxalingenwa, Karkloof and Qudeni Nature Reserves. Several private reserves protect smaller patches. About 5% has been transformed for plantations. Invasive aliens include species such as Solanum mauritianum, Rubus species and several Acacia and Eucalyptus species. Uncontrolled harvesting of timber, poles and firewood, overexploitation of non-timber forest products and mismanagement of fire and burning regimes in surrounding grasslands are considered as current major threats (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Eastern Scarp Forests: Southern Coastal Scarp Forest This vegetation type is classified under the Scarp Forest and is found in Eastern Cape, KZN and Mpumalanga Provinces as well as in Swaziland (and possibly also in Mozambique): An archipelago of scattered patches (some of them large, such as Ongoye) spanning southern Mpumalanga (Crocodile River Gorge), the southern part of Lebombo Mountains (KZN) and reaching nearly as far as Kei River Mouth on the Transkei coast. Patches of this forest lie as far as 140 km inland (Mpumalanga), but extend increasingly closer to the sea in a southward direction—in Pondoland, and southern Transkei they occur at the coast or in deep gorges, often associated with krantzes, scarps and coastal platforms. Most of the patches occur at low altitudes between 50 and 600 m. It is a tall, species-rich and structurally diverse, multi- layered forests, with well-developed canopy and understory tree layers, but a poorly developed herb layer. Buttressed stems are common in the Scarp Forest. The most conspicuous trees are Buxus macowanii, B. natalensis, Drypetes gerrardii, Englerophytum natalense, Harpephyllum caffrum, Heywoodia lucens, Memecylon natalense, Millettia grandis, Oricia bachmannii, Philenoptera sutherlandii, Rinorea angustifolia, Rothmannia globosa and Umtiza listeriana (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

There are five subtypes (Scott-Shaw, 2011b): 1. Eastern Scarp Forests : Ngome-Nkandla Scarp Forest; 2. Eastern Scarp Forests : Northern Coastal Scarp Forest; 3. Eastern Scarp Forests : Northern Zululand Lebombo Scarp Forest; 4. Eastern Scarp Forests: Southern Coastal Scarp Forest; and 5. Pondoland Scarp Forests.

March 2018 94

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Jewet (2014) listed Eastern Scarp Forests: Southern Coastal Scarp Forest vegetation type as Least threatened, within a conservation target of 5%.

Eastern Valley Bushveld This vegetation type occurs in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It is found in deeply incised valleys of rivers including the lower reaches of the Thukela, Mvoti, Mgeni, Mlazi, uMkhomazi, Umzimkhulu, Mzimkulwana, Mtamvuna, Mtentu, Msikaba, Mzimvubu (and its several tributaries), Mthatha, Mbhashe, Shixini, Qhorha and Great Kei (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 25%. Only 0.8% is statutorily conserved, mainly in the Luchaba Wildlife Reserve; small patches also conserved in the Oribi Gorge Nature Reserve. Some 15% is transformed mainly by cultivation. Alien plant invasions are a serious threat, with Chromolaena odorata, Lantana camara and Caesalpinia decapetala being most problematic (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Freshwater Wetlands: Drakensberg Wetlands This vegetation type is found in Free State, KZN, Eastern Cape and Mpumalanga Provinces as well as in Lesotho: Wetlands (vleisand lakes) on broad ridges and narrow alluvia of slow- and fast-flowing mountain streams in deeply incised valleys. Found from the Stormberg Plateau through the highlands of the Eastern Cape, KZN and Lesotho (Drakensberg range). Outliers occur also on top of tafelbergs such as Korannaberg, Thaba Nchu and Platberg. Scattered along the Low Escarpment (between Van Reenen’s Pass and Piet Retief) and then along the Northern escarpment. The northernmost patch of this wetland type has thus far been identified on the summit plateau of the Leolo Mountains in Sekhukhuneland. Embedded within the high-altitude Grassland Biome found at altitudes roughly spanning 1 800–2 500 m (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Vleis (sometimes with open water bodies such as tarns) and fringes of mountain streams, supporting tall herb vegetation and shrubby vegetation of medium height (reaching thicket density in places) along upper reaches of mountain streams. Characteristic feature of the Drakensberg Wetlands is the frequent occurrence of terrestrial orchids and species of Kniphofia and Geranium (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Jewitt (2014) listed this vegetation type as Least threatened, with a conservation target of 24%, but almost more than 50% is conserved in statutory protection areas such as uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park (a RAMSAR site), and Sehlabathebe and Tšehlanyane National Parks and Bokong Nature Reserve (all Lesotho). Only 2-3% has been transformed for cultivation. Invasive aliens do not play an important role (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

March 2018 95

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Temperate Wetlands Eastern Temperate Freshwater Wetlands is found in Northern Cape, Eastern Cape, Free State, North-West, Gauteng, Mpumalanga and KZN Provinces as well as in neighbouring Lesotho and Swaziland. It occurs around water bodies with stagnant water (lakes, pans, periodically flooded vleis, edges of calmly flowing rivers) and is embedded within the Grassland Biome (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Eastern Temperate Freshwater Wetlands has a national conservation target of 24%. About 5% is statutorily conserved in the Blesbokspruit (a RAMSAR site), Hogsback, Marievale, Olifantsvlei, Seekoeivlei (a RAMSAR site), Wakkerstroom Wetland, Umgeni Vlei, Umvoti Vlei and Pamula Park Nature Reserves. It is also protected in private nature reserves such as the Korsman Bird Sanctuary and Langfontein. Some 15% has been transformed due to cultivated land, urban areas or plantations. In places intensive grazing and use of lakes and freshwater pans as drinking pools for cattle or sheep cause major damage to the wetland vegetation. The following aliens are encountered in this type of wetland: Bidens bidentata, Cirsium vulgare, Conyza bonariensis, Oenothera rosea, Physalis viscosa, Plantago lanceolata, Rumex crispus, Sesbania punicea, Schkuhria pinnata, Stenotaphrum secundatum (native on South African coast, alien on highveld), Trifolium pratense, Verbena bonariensis, V. brasiliensis, Xanthium strumarium, etc (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Temperate Wetlands: Lakes & Pans The Freshwater Wetlands: Eastern Temperate Wetlands: Lakes & Pans is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 24%. It is moderately conserved (21.1%) and 10% is already transformed.

Freshwater Wetlands: Lesotho Mires This vegetation type occurs in Lesotho and to a very small extent also South Africa (KZN). It occurs in Lesotho Plateau and adjacent mountain ranges—wetlands (locally, in Sesotho, called ‘mokhoabo’) embedded within grassland units Gd 10 Drakensberg Afroalpine Heathland and upper parts of Gd 8 Lesotho Highland Basalt Grassland (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

This vegetation type is listed by Mucina and Rutherford (2006) as Least threatened, with national conservation target of 24%. Only about 4% is statutorily conserved in the Malekgonyane (Ongeluksnek) Wildlife Reserve and uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park (a RAMSAR site) and in the Bokong Nature Reserve (Lesotho). Grazing (and even burning) can be seen as a serious threat to this unique and fragile vegetation type.

Freshwater Wetlands: Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands: Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands This vegetation type falls within the Mucina and Rutherford (2006)’ s Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands, which is found in KZN, Mpumalanga, Gauteng, North-West, Limpopo and Eastern

March 2018 96

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Cape Provinces as well as in Swaziland. These wetlands are embedded within the Albany Thicket Biome, the Coastal Belt from Transkei as far as Maputaland as well as those of Lowveld and the Central Bushveld regions. It occurs in flat topography supporting low beds dominated by reeds, sedges and rushes, water logged meadows dominated by grasses. Found typically along edges of often seasonal pools in Aeolian depressions as well as fringing alluvial backwater pans or artificial dams.

This Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands category is further subdivided into:  Freshwater Wetlands : Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands : Coastal Lakes & Pans : Lacustrine  Freshwater Wetlands : Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands : Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands  Freshwater Wetlands : Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands : Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands : Coastal Plain Depression  Freshwater Wetlands : Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands : Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands : Dune Slack  Freshwater Wetlands : Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands : Tall Grassland/ Sedge/ Reed Wetlands

Jewet (2014) categorise Freshwater Wetlands: Subtropical Freshwater Wetlands: Short Grass/ Sedge Wetlands as falling within the Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 24%.

KwaZulu Natal Highland Thornveld KwaZulu Natal Highland Thornveld is found in KZN and it occurs on both dry valleys and moist upland in a series of several patches in the central-northern regions of KZN. The most extensive area is found in the region from Ladysmith, Winterton, Estcourt and Colenso, between Mooi River and Greytown, between Pomeroy and Babanago, and further north in a triangle between Vryheid, Paulpietersburg and Louwsburg as well as a large patch around Newcastle (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

KwaZulu Natal Highland Thornveld is classified as Least threatened with a national conservation target of 23%. Only about 2% is statutorily conserved in the Spioenkop, Weenen, Ntinini, Wagendrift, Moor Park and Tugela Drift Nature Reserves. More than 16% has been transformed for cultivation and by urban sprawl as well as by building of dams (Craigie Burn, Spioenkop, Wagendrift and Windsor). Alien plant species such as Opuntia, Eucalyptus, Populus, Acacia and Melia are becoming invasive in places, but probably the greatest threat to the remaining natural areas of this unit is bush encroachment (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

March 2018 97

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

KZN Hinterland Thornveld This vegetation type occurs in the KZN Province. The patches are scattered immediately above Eastern Valley Bushveld in river valleys of mainly the Mpisi (in the Thukela River catchment), Mvoti, Umgeni (below the Howick Falls), Mlazi, and Lufafa (vicinity of Ixopo) and Mtungwane (tributaries of the Mkomazi) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

This vegetation type is classified as Vulnerable with a conservation target of 25%. None of this vegetation type is conserved in statutory conservation areas. Some 22% is already transformed by cultivation and some urban or built-up areas (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

KZN Sandstone Sourveld This vegetation type is found in KZN Province. It occurs in an elevated coastal inland sandstone plateaus from Mapumulo near Kranskop in the north to St Faiths near Port Shepstone in the south (including Noodsberg, Hillcrest, Kloof, Table Mountain, Inanda, Stony Hill, Umbumbulu, Mid-Illovo, Dumisa, Highflats). Proteaceae trees and shrubs (Protea, Leucospermum, Faurea) can be locally common. The dominating landscape features are flat (or rolling) plateau tops and steep slopes commonly forming Table Mountains (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

This vegetation is listed as Endangered with a national conservation target of 25%. Only 0.2% is statutorily conserved in the Krantzkloof and Vernon Crookes Nature Reserves. Some 68% is transformed for cultivation, plantations, urban development or road building. This highly transformed vegetation type is a prime agricultural area with mainly sugar cane and timber plantations. The urban sprawl of the eThekwini (Durban) Metropolitan area and densely populated subsistence farming areas account for most of the remainder. Apart from the critically little conserved areas (only several hundred hectares), most remaining areas are subjected to high levels of grazing and frequent fire not conducive to the recruitment of seedlings of many of the shrubs and herbs (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Lesotho Highland Basalt Grassland This vegetation type is found in Eastern Cape, Free State (and partly also into southern KZN) provinces and also in Lesotho. Occurs in most of the high dissected basalt plateau of Lesotho, including most of the districts of Mokhotlong, Thaba-Tseka, Qacha’s Nek and Quthing and the eastern parts of Butha-Buthe, Leribe, Berea, Maseru, Mafeteng and Mohale’s Hoek. Extends on the basalt from around ’Makholo (Ben Macdhui) into the Eastern Cape southwards to the vicinity of Barclay East, and westwards along the Witteberge to the vicinity of Lady Grey. Extends in a small area of the north-eastern Free State on the high basalt mountains such as Ribbokkop (within the Golden Gate Highlands National Park) and on the top of Oorsprongsberg. The unit extends to KZN at the lower parts of the Escarpment edge (e.g. around the Loteni and Mkhomazi Passes). The areas of Drakensberg Afroalpine Heathland (above 2 900 m) are embedded in this unit as are some Lesotho Mires (at higher altitudes). For practical reasons, the vegetation unit includes a small area of high-altitude

March 2018 98

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) sandstone (up to about 2 600 m) that is limited to the eastern edge of Lesotho (notably in the Sehlabathebe National Park) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 27%. Only slightly more than 1% is statutorily conserved in the Malekgonyane (Ongeluksnek) Wildlife Reserve, Golden Gate Highlands National Park (both South Africa) and Sehlabathebe National Park (Lesotho). This does not include the portion conserved in the lower reaches of the Bokong Nature Reserve. The planned Maloti-Drakensberg Transfrontier Park would increase the conservation status of the higher-altitude parts of this unit in the north. Almost 10% of the unit has already been transformed, mainly by cultivation, which seldom occurs above an altitude of 2 500 m (usually as narrow isolated belts of maize). This vegetation type has also been affected by the relatively recent completion of the Katse Dam on Malibamatso River and the Mohale Dam on Sengunyane River, representing the highest concrete arch dam and highest rock fill dam on the African continent, respectively. The unit is heavily utilised for grazing (under a communal system; see Tshabalala 1995) by sheep, goats, cattle and donkeys (Chakela 1999), with the most impact at lower altitudes. High-altitude grazing is limited to the warmer months of the year. The large shrub component (Passerina montana, Chrysocoma ciliata etc.) is probably a consequence of high grazing pressure over many years. Even if grazing has increased the incidence of P. montana, it is in turn partly controlled by serving as a major source of fuel for local people. Erosion is very evident in many areas and includes dramatic streaks on some steeper slopes. Aloe polyphylla has a relatively high market value for collectors and has vanished from virtually all sites in the Front Range of the Maloti (Anonymous 2000) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Mabela Sandy Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It occurs in Cedarville Flats (basin draining into Umzimvubu River) in the region of Cedarville-Matatiele (southwestern KZN) as well as a small area in a basin of Simi and Ramohlakoana in the Kinira River Valley in Transkei (west of Matatiele). Altitude 1 440–1 500 m, but up to 1 550 m in a few places (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Vulnerable, with a national conservation target of 23%. Only a very small part is statutorily conserved in the Malekgonyane (Ongeluksnek) Wildlife Reserve. More than 20% is already transformed for cultivation (maize) and by urban sprawl. Threats to the remaining grasslands are heavy selective grazing by livestock, particularly in communal areas (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Midlands Mistbelt Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. In KZN Midlands, it is scattered in broad belt in the form of several major patches including Melmoth-Babanango area, Kranskop and Greytown, Howick Lions River, Karkloof, Balgowan, Cedara, Edendale, Hilton, Richmond, the Ixopo-Highflats area, Mount Malowe in the Umzimkhulu enclave of the

March 2018 99

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Eastern Cape Province and the Harding-Weza area. The south westernmost section in the Eastern Cape Province falls in the Bulembu, Gxwaleni, Longweni and Flagstaff areas (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Midlands Mistbelt Grassland vegetation type is listed as Endangered (one of the most threatened vegetation types of KZN) with a national conservation target of 23%. Only a small fraction (about 0.5%) is statutorily conserved in number of reserves such as Ngeli, Impendle, Blinkwater, Qudeni, Doreen Clark, Karkloof and Queen Elizabeth Park. More than half is already transformed due to plantations, cultivated land or by urban sprawl. Uncontrolled fires and poorly regulated grazing by livestock add to threats to this unique grassland. Some aliens (including Solanum mauritianum, species of Rubus, Acacia, Pinus and Eucalyptus) are of concern in places (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Moist Coast Hinterland Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It extends from near Melmoth in the north to near Libode in the south (including Eshowe, New Hanover, Thornville, Richmond, Harding, Lusikisiki) generally occurring below Gs 9 Midlands Mistbelt Grassland. It occurs in rolling and hilly landscape and also in dense tall sour grassland dominated by unpalatable Ngongoni grass (Aristida junciformis) with this mono-dominance associated with low species diversity, when in good condition dominated by Themeda triandra and Tristachya leucothrix (Camp 1999a, 2001; Scott-Shaw (2011a)).

It is statutorily conserved in Vernon Crookes and Entumeni Nature Reserves (Camp 1999a, 2001; Scott-Shaw (2011a)). According to Jewitt (2014), this vegetation type is listed as Endangered, with a conservation target of 25%.

Southern Drakensberg Highland Grassland This vegetation type is found in Eastern Cape and KZN Provinces. An intricate system of patches and corridors across the highest mountains and ridges of the Stormberg, from Molteno to the surrounds of Dordrecht, also including the elevated broad valley of the Kraairivier (near Barkly East) and its tributaries. Further occurring in a broad band (and abutting onto Gd 8 Lesotho Highland Basalt Grassland at upper boundary) on steep slopes of head-valleys fringing the edge of the southern Drakensberg Escarpment covering the regions north and northwest of Indwe, Elliot, Ugie, Maclear, Mt Fletcher (all Eastern Cape) as far as Matatiele (KZN). From about the Ramatseliso Nek (pass) north of Matatiele the upper boundary of this unit is formed by the Gd 7 uKhahlamba Basalt Grassland—from here the Gd 4 Southern Drakensberg Highland Grassland follows a system of high northwest- southeast-tending ridges as far north as the south-eastern extension of the Giant’s Castle buttress (KwaThabamnyana) (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 27%. Almost 9% is statutorily conserved in uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park and Malekgonyane (Ongeluksnek)

March 2018 100

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Wildlife Reserve. More than 5% is already transformed for cultivation. Alien invader Acacia dealbata occurs scattered in places (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

Southern KZN Moist Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and Eastern Cape Provinces. It occurs in interior valley basins at Creighton, Malenge and Centocow in the south and the upper uMkhomazi River and Howick in the north (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

This vegetation type is listed as Vulnerable with a national conservation target of 23%. About 4% is statutorily conserved in the Impendle, Midmar, Igxalingenwa and Ingelabantwana Nature Reserves as well as in the Soada Forest Nature Reserve and in the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park. More than one third is already transformed for cultivation, plantations, by urban sprawl and building of dams (Midmar). Several woody aliens (Solanum mauritianum, Arundo donax, Eucalyptus species, Melia azedarach, Sesbania punicea, Populus alba) occur in these grasslands, but their impact is only of local importance (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006). uKhahlamba Basalt Grassland This vegetation type is found in KZN and to a small extent also the Free State and Eastern Cape Provinces and very slightly in Lesotho. Also occurs in the uppermost slopes of the Drakensberg Mountains just below the edge of the highland plateau (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

It is listed as Least threatened, with a national conservation target of 27% has been superseded, since 75% of the unit’s surface enjoys statutory protection in the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park. Some patches are also protected in the Sehlabathebe National Park, in Lesotho (Mucina and Rutherford, 2006).

5.6.2 Terrestrial Threatened Ecosystems

The first national list of threatened terrestrial ecosystems for South Africa was gazetted on 9 December 2011 (NEM:BA: National list of ecosystems that are threatened and in need of protection, (G 34809, GN 1002), 9 December 2011). It listed all the threatened or protected ecosystems in South Africa in terms of four categories; critically endangered (CR), endangered (EN), vulnerable (VU), or protected. The purpose of listing these ecosystems is primarily to reduce the rate of ecosystem and species extinction, as well as preventing further degradation and loss of structure, function, and composition of these ecosystems. It is estimated that threatened ecosystems make up 9.5% of the country, with critically endangered and endangered ecosystems accounting for 2.7%, and vulnerable ecosystems 6.8% (SANBI, 2009).

The South African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI) in conjunction with the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (DEAT) released a draft report in 2009 entitled

March 2018 101

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

“Threatened Ecosystems in South Africa: Descriptions and Maps”, to provide background information on the above List of Threatened Ecosystems. The purpose of this report was to present a detailed description of each of South Africa’s ecosystems and to determine their status using a credible and practical set of criteria. The following criteria were used in determining the status of threatened ecosystems:  Irreversible loss of natural habitat.  Ecosystem degradation and loss of integrity.  Limited extent and imminent threat.  Threatened plant species associations.  Threatened animal species associations.  Priority areas for meeting explicit biodiversity targets as defined in a systematic biodiversity plan.

According to SANBI data (refer to Table 10 and Figure 30) indicates the threatened ecosystems recorded in HGDM.

Table 10: Threatened ecosystems recorded in HGDM Local Critically Endangered Vulnerable Municipality endangered Dr Nkosazana Highover . Gqunu Forest . Bushmans Nek/Garden Castle Dlamini Zuma Nature . Hlabeni State Lowlands Reserve and Forest . Himeville Lowlands and Ridge Roselands . Impendle . Eastern Creighton and Farm Highlands Donnybrook Surrounds . Pietermaritzburg . Impendle Lowland Grasslands South . Ixopo Surrounds . Marwaqa . Midlands Mistbelt Grassland . Pudsey/Otterburn Wetlands Ubuhlebezwe N/A . Gqunu Forest, . Eastern Scarp Forest, Municipality . KZN Sandstone . Eastern Temperate Sourveld Freshwater Wetlands, . Gold Cliff Farm Surrounds, . Ixopo Surrounds, . Midlands Mistbelt Grassland . Ngongoni Veld; uMzimkhulu N/A . Sihleza . Eastlands, . Harding East, . Midlands Mistbelt Grassland, . Ngongoni Veld, . Ntsikeni Vlei, . Swartberg/Franklin Vlei/Kokstad Ridge and Wetlands; Greater N/A . Southern Weza . Eastern Temperate Kokstad State Forest Freshwater Wetlands, . Mount MacDonald Ridge and Wetlands,

March 2018 102

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Local Critically Endangered Vulnerable Municipality endangered . Ntsikeni Vlei . Swartberg/Franklin Vlei/Kokstad Ridge and Wetlands

Figure 30: Terrestrial Threatened Ecosystems in HGDM

March 2018 103

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.6.3 Conservation & Protected Areas

Protected Areas are areas of land or sea that are formally protected by law and managed mainly for the purpose of biodiversity conservation. Formal Protected Areas are gazetted in terms of NEM:PAA. NEMPAA distinguishes between several categories of Protected Areas: Special Nature Reserves, National Parks, Nature Reserves, and Protected Environments. It also recognises World Heritage Sites declared in terms of the World Heritage Convention Act (Act No. 49 of 1999); specially protected Forest Areas declared in terms of the National Forests Act (Act No. 84 of 1998); and Mountain Catchment Areas declared in terms of the Mountain Catchment Areas Act (Act No. 63 of 1970).

Conservation Areas are those areas of land not formally protected by law, but where primary land use is conservation. These areas are typically informally protected by the current owners and users, and managed at least partly for biodiversity conservation. As Conservation Areas are not gazetted in terms of NEM:PAA, they are not considered to be Protected Areas. They could include areas covered by Biodiversity Agreements in terms of NEM:BA, as well as non-declared Private Nature Reserves and conservancies, which are agreements for co-operation among neighbouring landowners and require no legal long-term commitment.

According to EKZNW (2017), there are 13 formally protected areas in the District, namely (see Figure 31):  Mount Currie Nature Reserve;  Ntsikeni Wildlife Reserve;  Coleford Nature Reserve;  iGxalingenwa Nature Reserve;  Indhloveni Nature Reserve;  Ingelabantwana Nature Reserve;  Kwa Yili Nature Reserve;  Marutswa Nature Reserve;  Marwaqa Nature Reserve;  Soada Forest Nature Reserve;  Xotsheyake Nature Reserve;  Himeville Nature Reserve; and  The Swamp Nature Reserve.

Ngele Nature Reserve is one of the DAFF managed and proclaimed indigenous forest protected area (DAFF Managed Forest Wilderness Area Boundary - DEA Protected Area Database Extract, 2016).

March 2018 104

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 31: Protected Areas in HGDM

5.6.4 KZN Stewardship Sites

Stewardship refers to the wise use, management and protection of that which has been entrusted to you as a landowner or is rightfully yours. Biodiversity stewardship is therefore the practice of effectively managing land-use outside the existing state-managed protected area system to ensure that natural systems, biodiversity and the ecosystem services they provide are maintained and enhanced for present and future generations (EKZNW, 2016a). The boundaries captured for these sites represent the legal, proclaimed boundaries as per proclamation signed by Member of the Executive Council (MEC) and areas that have signed Biodiversity Agreements. Stewardship categories include the following: (i) Nature Reserve, (ii) Biodiversity Agreement, (iii) Protected Environment, and (iv) Conservation Area. The most significant contribution to biodiversity is the proclamation of a Nature Reserve. Nature Reserves, with respect to the KZN Biodiversity Stewardship Programme, are proclaimed areas that are augmented with legally recognised contracts or servitudes on private

March 2018 105

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) communal land to protect biodiversity (proclaimed as a Nature Reserve in terms of Section 23 of NEM:PAA) (EKZNW, Biodiversity Stewardship in KZN, The First Year 2006/2007).

Three (3) areas in the HGDM have been designated as stewardship sites by EKZNW, namely Excelsior Protected Environment, Clairmont Nature Reserve and Beaumont Nature Reserve (see Figure 32).

Figure 32: KZN Stewardship Sites in HGDM

5.6.5 Critical Biodiversity Areas

The CBAs can be divided into two subcategories, namely Irreplaceable and Optimal (EKZNW, 2016).

5.6.5.1 KZN CBA: Irreplaceable Areas The CBA: Irreplaceable Areas are identified as having an Irreplaceability value of 1, these Planning Units (PU’s) represent the only localities for which the

March 2018 106

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

conservation targets for one or more of the biodiversity features contained within can be achieved, i.e. there are no alternative sites available. In the Terrestrial Systematic Conservation Assessment (SCA), this category was previously referred to as a Biodiversity Priority 1 Area (KZN CBA Irreplaceable version 01022016, 2016).

CBA: Irreplaceable Areas are made up of up to three subcategories; namely CBA: High Irreplaceable Areas (In the Terrestrial SCA, this category was previously referred to as a Biodiversity Priority 2 Area), CBA: Irreplaceable Linkages and Critical Biodiversity Area: Expert Input (EKZNW, 2016). CBA: Irreplaceable Areas within HGDM are shown in Figure 33.

Figure 33: KZN CBA: Irreplaceable areas in HGDM

5.6.6 KZN CBA: Optimal Areas

This category is a combination of two subcategories, namely CBA: Optimal (SCA) and CBA: Optimal Expert Input. CBA: Optimal Areas are areas which represent the best localities out of a potentially larger selection of available PU’s that are optimally located to meet both the

March 2018 107

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) conservation target but also the criteria defined by either the Decision Support Layers or the Cost Layer. In the Terrestrial SCA, this category was previously referred to as a Biodiversity Priority 3 Area (EKZNW, 2016).)

CBA: Optimal Expert Input areas are identified by local experts as representing areas of biodiversity importance. These areas must have been taken through a workshop exercise to confirm their identification and selection. These areas can be categorized as CBA: Optimal based on confidence in the data, condition and threat status (EKZNW, 2016). CBA: Optimal Areas within HGDM are shown in Figure 34.

Figure 34: KZN CBA: Optimal Areas in HGDM

5.6.7 Ecological Support Areas

ESAs are areas required to support and sustain the ecological functioning of CBAs. For terrestrial and aquatic environments, these areas are functional but are not necessarily pristine natural areas. They are however required to ensure the persistence and maintenance of biodiversity patterns and ecological processes within the CBAs, and which also contributes significantly to the maintenance of Ecological Infrastructure (EI) (EKZNW, 2016b).

March 2018 108

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

ESAs are made up of up to four subcategories; namely ESA (SCA), ESA: Expert input, ESA: Species Specific and ESA: Corridors (EKZNW, 2016). ESAs within HGDM are shown in Figure 35.

Figure 35: ESAs in HGDM

5.6.8 Landscape and Local Corridors

The maintenance of connectivity is essential to a number of movement-related ecological processes, including species migration, seasonal and altitudinal dispersal, and range displacement in response to climate change. These corridors thus do not relate to specific biodiversity targets, but rather regional connectivity to ensure persistence of ecosystem processes.

5.6.8.1 Terrestrial Corridors The terrestrial corridors within the District were mapped and defined according to the following:  Landscape Corridors - The landscape corridors are at a provincial scale and were developed as a series of altitudinal and bio-geographic corridors to

March 2018 109

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

facilitate evolutionary, ecological and climate change processes and to create a linked landscape for the conservation of species in a fragmented landscape (Jewitt, 2009);  Local Corridors - The local corridors are developed at a district scale to create fine scale links within the landscape that facilitates ecological processes and ensure persistence of critical biodiversity features; and  CBA Irreplaceable Linkages - these are areas of the corridor that have been significantly modified such that there is only one option for the corridor and this link is narrow and under threat of further modification, which could result in the link been irretrievably broken.

Landscape Corridors Five of the KZN Provincially derived terrestrial landscape corridors (EKZNW, 2016b) fall within the HGDM (see Figure 36), namely Alpine corridor, Berg corridor, Eastern cape corridor, Midlands corridor and Southern KZN corridor.

Figure 36: Landscape Corridors in HGDM

March 2018 110

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Local Corridors Seven Local Corridors (see Figure 37) are recorded in HGDM (EKZNW, 2014b), namely:  Mahqwaa local corridor 1;  Mahqwaa local corridor 2;  Mahqwaa Local corridor 3;  Impendle local Corridor;  Krom River/Schotcher local corridor;  UMgano Kwayili local corridor; and  UMgano Igxalingenwa local corridor.

Figure 37: Local Corridors in HGDM

March 2018 111

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.6.9 UDPWHS and Transfrontier Conservation Area

The UDPWHS (see Figure 31) is situated KZN and is part of the Drakensberg - an inland mountain range in south-eastern Africa. The Park is a national and international asset due to its unique natural and cultural values, and as such it has been listed as a World Heritage Site of dual significance. It is dominated by a mountain range of unique origins, and has a diverse range of ecological niches resulting in a rich biodiversity and a high number of endemic species (EKZNW, 2012). While largely unaffected by human development, UDPWHS remains vulnerable to external land uses including agriculture, plantation forestry and ecotourism, although agreements between EKZNW and local stakeholders have been implemented to manage these threats. Invasive species and fire also threaten the integrity of the site, along with land claims in certain areas, infrastructural developments, soil erosion caused by fire and tourist impacts on vulnerable alpine trails, and poaching.

According to EKZNW (2016), the purpose of the UDPWHS buffer zone is to ensure the activities are implemented or the area is managed with the aim of enhancing the positive and reducing the negative impacts of conservation on neighbouring communities and of neighbouring communities on conservation. The regions identified within this coverage identify key vistas located through the buffer region. Any significant land use change within these regions has the potential to negatively affect the vistas in question. According to EKZNW (2014), the conservation buffers reduce and somewhat eliminate the edge impacts ensuring that the value and or biodiversity functionality of the Park is maintained (see Figure 38).

The SADC Protocol on Wildlife Conservation and Law Enforcement of 1999 defines a Transfrontier Conservation Area (TFCA) as "the area or component of a large ecological region that straddles the boundaries of two or more countries, encompassing one or more protected areas as well as multiple resource use areas". The Maloti-Drakensberg Transfrontier Conservation and Development Area (section in HGDM shown in Figure 39) covers about 13 000 km2 of the mountains that straddle the north-eastern border between Lesotho and South Africa. It consists of a national park in Lesotho and a number of proclaimed provincial nature reserves in South Africa, including UDPWHS. These mountains form the highest peaks in the sub-region, and support unique montane and sub-alpine ecosystems. The area has spectacular scenery and is an important centre of endemism for montane plant species. It is also home to the greatest outdoor gallery of rock art in the world, with thousands of images painted by the San people (http://www.peaceparks.org/story.php?pid=1004&mid=1058). The site's diversity of habitats protects a high level of endemic and globally important plants. The site harbours endangered species such as the Cape vulture (Gyps coprotheres) and the bearded vulture (Gypaetus barbatus). Lesotho’s Sehlabathebe National Park also harbours the Maloti minnow (Pseudobarbus quathlambae), a critically endangered fish species only found in this park. Extending along most of KZN’s south-western border with Lesotho, the property provides a vital refuge for more than 250 endemic plant species and their associated fauna. It also

March 2018 112

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) holds almost all of the remaining subalpine and alpine vegetation in KZN, including extensive high altitude wetlands above 2,750m and is a RAMSAR site. The Park has been identified as an Important Bird Area, and forms a critical part of the Lesotho Highlands Endemic Bird Area. The vegetation of the Maloti-Drakensberg TFCA falls within the grassland biome, and consists mainly of Alti Mountain Grassland, with some Moist Upland Grassland in the lower- lying areas (Mucina and Rutherford, 2016). Although numbers of game are generally low, the area is home to a variety of ungulates, including Bushbuck, Eland, Blue duiker, Reedbuck, Mountain reedbuck, Grey rhebok, Klipspringer and Oribi. In addition, Blesbok, Red hartebeest and Black wildebeest have been re-introduced to some areas. Other larger mammals include Baboons, Black backed jackal, Aardwolf and Serval.

Figure 38: UDPWHS Buffer

March 2018 113

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 39: Maloti-Drakensberg TFCA

5.6.10 Centre of Endemism

According to van Wyk & Smith (2001), South Africa contains a number of areas where there are high levels of endemism amongst plant species. Endemism means that high proportions of the species are restricted to that area and occur nowhere else. HGDM falls within two centres of plant endemism, namely Maputaland Centre of Plant Endemism and Drakensberg Alpine Centre (DAC).

The Maputaland-Pondoland-Albany hotspot is the second richest floristic region in southern Africa (after the Cape Floristic Region) and also the second richest floristic region in Africa for its size. An estimated 8,100 species occur within Maputaland-Pondoland-Albany, of which at least 1,900 (23 percent) are unique, or endemic, to the region. The Hot spot is the amalgamation of three centres of endemism (Maputaland, Pondoland and Albany), and is the remarkable meeting point of six of South Africa’s eight biomes (Carbutt & Edwards, 2005).

March 2018 114

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

According to the Conservation International Southern African Hotspots Programme (2010), the following fauna species (Table 11) are known to be found in the Maputaland-Pondoland- Albany Hotspot and Maputaland centre.

Table 11: Globally Threatened Species in the Maputaland-Pondoland-Albany Hotspot and Maputaland centre Critically % of Type Endangered Vulnerable Total Endangered Total Amphibians 2 6 2 10 2% Birds 0 4 12 16 3% Fish 3 12 1 16 3% Invertebrates 0 5 3 8 1% Mammals 1 3 9 13 2% Plants 83 128 323 534 87% Reptiles 0 4 14 18 3% Grand Total 89 162 364 615 % of Total 14% 26% 59%

DAC consists of the 40,000km2 high altitude range of hills, mountain peaks and escarpment plateau bordering the eastern interior of southern Africa. Renowned for its species-rich flora and high levels of endemism, the DAC is known to support over 2800 specific and infra- specific native taxa, with c.16% of the angiosperm taxa being endemic, the latter equalling the flora of KZN (Carbutt & Edwards, 2003). DAC supports some 334 endemic and 595 near endemic angiosperms, and that means that almost 37% of its flora is confined to a core region south of the Limpopo River. Most of the endemic and near-endemic taxa belong to the families -Asteraceae, Scrophulariaceae and Iridaceae, which are the largest, fourth largest and seventh largest angiosperm families in the DAC respectively. Genera such as Helichrysum and Senecio contribute the most endemics and near-endemics and many of the endemics are rare, and have very specific habitat preferences. 42% of the endemic taxa, and 16% of the near-endemic taxa, are listed as Red Data plant species (Carbutt & Edwards, 2005).

5.6.11 Plant Species of Conservation Importance in HGDM

The lists of plant species previously recorded in the quarter degree grids (namely 2929CA, 2929CB, 2929CC, 2929CD, 2929DA, 2929DB, 2929DC, 2929DD, 2930CC, 3029AA, 3029AB, 3029BA, 3029BB, 3030AA, 3030AB, 3029AC, 3029AD, 3029BC, 3029BD, 3030AC, 3030AD, 3029CA, 3029CB, 3029DA, 3029DB, 3030CA) in which the study area is situated were obtained from SANBI (http://posa.sanbi.org/searchspp.php). According to the grids mentioned above, the Red Data Plants species that are known to occur in the study area are attached in Appendix A.

March 2018 115

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

According to EKZNW (2014), there is one (1) critically endangered plant species which is found in the KZN Midlands, around Ixopo area, namely Helichrysum citricephalum, and two (2) endangered plants species which occur in high afromontane forests and high altitude grasslands wetlands or stream edges respectively, namely Ocotea bullata (Black Stinkwood) and Disa scallyi (orchid family).

5.6.12 Invasive Alien Species

Alien invader plants are species that are of exotic, non-native or of foreign origin that typically invade undeveloped or disturbed areas. Invaders are a threat to our ecosystem because by nature they grow fast, reproduce quickly and have high dispersal ability (Henderson, 2001). HGDM contains the invasive alien plant species shown in Figure 40.

Figure 40: Invasive alien plant species in the HGDM

March 2018 116

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.6.13 Fauna

5.6.13.1 Mammals The red data mammal species recorded in HGDM, based on information sourced from collaboration between the Animal Demography Unit at the University of Cape Town (UCT) and the Mammal Research Institute at the University of Pretoria, are listed in Table 12.

Table 12: Red data mammal species recorded in grid cells falling within HGDM (Friedmann & Daly, 2004) Red list Family Genus Species Subspecies Common name category Bovidae Damaliscus pygargus pygargus Bontebok Vulnerable Bovidae Philantomba monticola Blue Duiker Vulnerable Bovidae Ourebia ourebi Oribi Endangered Felidae Leptailurus serval Serval Near Threatened Hyaenidae Hyaena brunnea Brown Hyena Near Threatened Muridae Dasymys incomtus Common Near Threatened Dasymys Nesomyidae Mystromys albicaudatus African White- Endangered tailed Rat Rhinolophidae Rhinolophus clivosus Geoffroy's Near Threatened Horseshoe Bat Suidae Potamochoerus larvatus Bush-pig Least Concern (IUCN ver 3.1) Vespertilionidae Hypsugo anchietae Anchieta's Near Threatened Pipistrelle Vespertilionidae Laephotis botswanae Botswanan Long- Vulnerable eared Bat Vespertilionidae Myotis tricolor Temminck's Near Threatened Myotis Vespertilionidae Miniopterus schreibersii Schreibers's Near Threatened Long-fingered Bat

The UDPWHS is known to protect populations of Critically Endangered species – Roughhaired Golden Mole (Chrysospalax villouss); three Endangered species – Oribi (Ourebia ourebi), White-tailed Rat (Mystromys albicaudatus) and KZN population Cape Mole Rat (Georychus capensis); one Vulnerable species - Makwassie Musk Shrew (Crocidura maquassiensis); and four Near Threatened species - Geoffroy’s Horseshoe Bat (Rhinolophus clivosus), Spotted-necked Otter (Lutra maculicollis), Serval (Leptailurus serval) and Water Rat (Dasymys incomtus) (Krüger & van der Westhuisen, 2011, oKhahlamba Municipality Spatial Development Framework, 2015). Two species that historically occurred in the Drakensberg are now locally extinct –Lion (Panthera leo) and African Wild Dog (Lycaon pictus) (Rowe-Rowe, 1994). The last African Wild Dog sighting in the Park was in Giant’s Castle in 1932 and this follows active shooting and persecution of this species. Species such as leopard (Panthera pardus) and bush pigs (Potamochoeus porcus) have been sighted in or near the Park (EKZNW, 2003). The largest population of Cape Clawless Otter (Aonyx capensis) and Spotted-

March 2018 117

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

necked Otter (Lutra maculicollis) in KZN, and possibly South Africa, occurs within the Park. This park is also known to be home for the largest population of the South African near-endemic Grey rhebok (Pelea capreolus) (Rowe-Rowe, 1994). The Eland (Tragelaphus oryx) population consists of approximately 1700-1800 individuals (Krüger & van der Westhuisen, 2011) and is also one of the largest populations of this species in South Africa (Rowe-Rowe, 1994). The Park has the single largest Oribi population (approximately 500) of any protected area in South Africa and probably southern Africa (EKZNW, 2003).

5.6.13.2 Birds The EKZNW (2014) shows that HGDM has five (3) critically endangered bird species, namely the Eurasian Bittern (Botaurus stellaris), the Wattled Crane (Bugeranus carunculatus) and the White-winged Flufftail (Sarothrura ayresi) and two (2) endangered species, namely the Cape Parrot (Poicephalus robustus) and the Bearded Vulture (Gypaetus barbatus). In addition, KZN mistbelt grassland supports another critically endangered species, namely the Blue Swallow (Hirundo atrocaerulea).

EKZNW developed a Blue Swallow habitat model (2014). This exercise identified potential Blue Swallow breeding habitat on the basis of several parameters. Polygons were classified according to the likelihood of being used by swallows, ranging from 60% to 90%. With a species as critically threatened it is important to conserve potential habitat in addition to currently used habitat. This species also serves as an important indicator or flagship species for mistbelt grassland and so areas important for the swallow are also important for various other mistbelt associated biodiversity,

Drakensberg is considered a hotspot for bird diversity and the cliffs along the escarpment are utilised for nesting by birds species such as Cape Vulture (Gyps coprotheres) and Bearded Vulture (Gypaetus barbatus), as well as other raptors including Black Eagles (Aquila verreauxii). The protection and appropriate management of the remaining intact habitat within the district is critical to ensuring the viability of conservation of important bird species (Kanz et al. 2009).

According to the Conservation International Southern African Hotspots Programme (2010), fourteen (2.2 %) of the 631 bird species (belonging to 317 genera in 57 families) that occur in the Maputaland-Pondoland-Albany hotspot are endemic and twenty-five globally threatened southern African bird species occur within the hotspot. According to the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site: Integrated Management Plan. Version 1.0 (2011), two alien bird species are known to reside within the Park – House Sparrows (Passer domesticus), which are

March 2018 118

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

widespread wherever there is human habitation, and European or Common Starlings (Sturnus vulgaris) which occurs in association with human habitation in the Sani Pass -Cobham area, and were recorded breeding at Cobham in 2002. Bird species such as Feral pigeons (Columba livia domestica) have also been recorded in the Park and Indian Mynas (Acridotheres tristis) are known to occur in close proximity to the Park.

The Important Bird & Biodiversity Area (IBA) programme of southern Africa (Barnes, 1998) identifies 124 IBAs in South Africa. IBAs are places of international significance for the conservation of birds and other biodiversity and are sites that together form part of a wider, integrated approach to the conservation and sustainable use of the natural environment. There are eight (8) IBAs occurring in the HGDM as shown in Figures 41. Ornithological information for each IBA in the District follows.

Figure 41: IBAs in the HGDM

March 2018 119

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Franklin Vlei The Franklin Vlei System has the largest known (i.e. properly counted/estimated) White-winged Flufftail Sarothrura ayresi population in South Africa. The flufftails inhabit the Carex-dominated areas and the taller vegetation at Vogelvlei. Red- chested Flufftail S. rufa is present throughout the more shallowly flooded edge habitats, while Baillon’s Crake Porzana pusilla is locally numerous in years of suitable flooding conditions. Eurasian Bittern Botaurus stellaris is regular at the site and the Palearctic race of Little Bittern Ixobrychus minutus is regularly recorded from Vogelvlei and other sections of Franklin Vlei. In summer, when the vlei is shallowly flooded, White Storks Ciconia ciconia roost at Vogelvlei, probably representing a large part of this bird’s East Griqualand population. Five or six pairs of Wattled Crane Bugeranus carunculatus breed here, three of which nest in the Hebron wetlands. Corn Crake Crex crex occurs in hygrophilous grassland at the edge of the wetland, especially in years when patches of moist mixed grassland are allowed to develop without disturbance (BirdLife International, 2017a).

Greater Ngwangwana River The Greater Ngwangwana River IBA is located approximately 18 km due south of Underberg, and has as its major feature the Ingwangwana River, which flows south- south-eastwards through the southern section of Coleford Nature Reserve. Sarothrura ayresi has been seen at this site, and it holds enough potential for 6–8 birds, but it remains to be established whether the habitat is only suitable in some years. The vlei also holds Grus carunculatus. The surrounding rolling grassland holds Circus maurus, Grus paradisea and Neotis denhami. The small patches of forest in the gullies are home to Lioptilus nigricapillus, while the rocky outcrops support Saxicola bifasciata and Monticola explorator (BirdLife International, 2017b).

KZN Mistbelt Forests The mistbelt forms an irregular band through the KZN midlands, extending from Weza in the south-west to Ngome in the north-east. It once had a large grassland component, which is now almost entirely transformed by agriculture and commercial timber. The forest component consists of a series of patches occurring mainly on southern slopes where evaporation is less and the effects of fire reduced. The IBA thus comprises 23 such forests, of which 12 are State Forests (3,832 ha), nine are privately owned (2,772 ha), and four have mixed ownership (5,344 ha). There are a further 42 forests in the mistbelt that individually exceed 50 ha in extent, and which total 9,071 ha, but they are not listed here because they do not support Poicephalus robustus robustus. The forests hold many important species, including the largest remaining population of the threatened Poicephalus robustus robustus. Bird parties are frequent, and typical forest birds include Ceratogymna bucinator, Apaloderma narina, Zoothera gurneyi, Lioptilus nigricapillus, Tauraco corythaix, Coracina caesia, Cossypha dichroa, Pogonocichla stellata, Phylloscopus ruficapilla, Trochocercus

March 2018 120

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

cyanomelas, Telophorus olivaceus, Estrilda melanotis and Serinus scotops. The quiet forest streams hold Alcedo semitorquata and Motacilla clara (BirdLife International, 2017c).

KZN Mistbelt Grasslands This site consists of a disconnected series of patches of Natal mistbelt grassland on 28 farms located in the temperate midlands of KZN. The quoted area of 5,000 ha refers to the sum of these patches. The region is bounded roughly as follows: in the west by the Umtamvuna river; in the south and east by the 900 m contour line, and in the north by high ground above c.1,300 m. The criteria for the inclusion of a farm within the IBA was the presence of one or more viable units of mistbelt grassland. Nearly all of these patches support Hirundo atrocaerulea, but two of the farms were included for their role in conserving other important grassland birds. This area holds one of the highest concentrations of Hirundo atrocaerulea in the southern African sub region. Thirty-eight nests are known, with another 10–12 likely within the IBA, and perhaps a further 10 at other sites near Ixopo (outside the IBA as currently defined) that have not yet been properly explored. Neotis denhami is relatively common, and two traditional lekking sites are located here. A colony of Geronticus calvus occurs on the Umzimkulu cliffs. All three cranes in South Africa—Grus carunculatus, Grus paradisea and Balearica regulorum—nest in the district (BirdLife International, 2017d).

Maloti Drakensberg Park The Maloti Drakensberg Park IBA extends approximately 200 km along most of KZN’s south-western border with Lesotho. The border follows the watershed above the Drakensberg escarpment, which is a continuous, abrupt and rugged scarp or mountain wall with many sheer cliffs and several peaks over 3,000 m. The basalt is deeply incised by the tributaries of the three largest rivers in KZN, the Tugela, Mkhomasi and Mzimkulu. The park is one of the world’s primary breeding strongholds of Gyps coprotheres; it is thought to hold over 1,325 birds, comprising at least 215 breeding pairs. Other widespread cliff-nesting species include Buteo rufofuscus, Falco biarmicus and Ciconia nigra; the latter forages in or near streams and vleis. The alpine heath supports Parus afer, Cercomela sinuata and Sylvia layardi. The park forms a critical part of the Lesotho highlands Endemic Bird Area, as it holds important populations of all three restricted-range species: Chaetops aurantius and Serinus symonsi are common and widespread within the park, while Anthus hoeschi is found at very high altitude, mostly above 3,000 m, where it is a locally common breeding migrant. The climax grassland areas with moist vleis and marshes support Grus paradisea, G. carunculatus, Balearica regulorum, Geronticus calvus, Neotis denhami, Circus ranivorus, Turnix hottentotta, Anthus brachyurus and A. chloris, the latter particularly common between 2,000 and 2,300m. South Africa’s main population of Sarothrura affinis is found in the Drakensberg region,

March 2018 121

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

where it may be locally numerous. Rocky outcrops are the favoured haunts of Bubo capensis, Geocolaptes olivaceus, Saxicola bifasciata, Anthus crenatus and Monticola explorator, while Circus maurus hunts over any relatively open grassland. The Protea woodland holds Promerops gurneyi, and the thicket and forest patches in the kloofs and gullies are home to Cossypha dichroa, Lioptilus nigricapillus, Bradypterus barratti and Serinus scotops (BirdLife International, 2017e).

Mount Currie Nature Reserve The Mount Currie Nature Reserve IBA is located 4 km north of Kokstad. The rivers, floodplains, pans, dams and vleis are important for many wetland-dependent and wetland-associated birds such as Black Stork Ciconia nigra, which breeds in gorges in the nearby mountains. The wetland areas support African Marsh Harrier Circus ranivorus. Up to 33 pairs of Striped Flufftail Sarothrura affinis occur in the reserve, one of the highest densities in the country. African Grass Owl Tyto capensis, Blue Crane Anthropoides paradiseus and Southern Ground-Hornbill Bucorvus leadbeateri occur in the grasslands. Cape Vulture Gyps coprotheres and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus occasionally cruise over the reserve, and Bearded Vulture Gypaetus barbatus has bred in the cliffs above it. The rocky slopes and montane areas support Black Harrier Circus maurus, Buff-streaked Chat Campicoloides bifasciata, Drakensberg Rockjumper Chaetops aurantius, Gurney's Sugarbird Promerops gurneyi and Sentinel Rock Thrush Monticola explorator. The thickets on the slopes hold Bush Blackcap Lioptilus nigricapillus (BirdLife International, 2017f).

Penny Park This Penny Park IBA is located 5 km north-east of Kokstad at an altitude of 1 300 m a.s.l., it occupies the valley bottom along the course of the Manzimnyama River as it meanders through agricultural land. This is one of only four sites in South Africa known to have held White-winged Flufftail Sarothrura ayresi, however, surveys carried out in 2014 did not locate the species. It is a good site for African Rail Rallus caerulescens, while the amount of breeding habitat for Baillon's Crake Porzana pusilla was so extensive in January 1992 that a minimum breeding population of 120–140 pairs was estimated. This number is much higher than any known or estimated from any other site in South Africa, and probably from any site of comparable size on the African continent. The Lesser Moorhen Gallinula angulata has been recorded once, and Corn Crake Crex crex is probably annual in grassland around the vlei. Eurasian Bittern Botaurus stellaris is resident and is presumed to breed. The winter reedbed roost of Grey Crowned Cranes Balearica regulorum builds up to numbers in excess of 100. Over the past few years a pair of Wattled Cranes Bugeranus carunculatus has bred annually at the site (BirdLife International, 2017g).

March 2018 122

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.6.13.3 Herpetofauna (reptiles and amphibians) The EKZNW (2014) indicates that Harry Gwala DM has only one endangered frog species, namely the Long-toed Tree Frog (Leptopelis xenodactylus).

The uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site is considered as one of the eight major centres of herpetofauna (amphibians and reptiles) diversity in southern Africa (Branch, 1988 & Branch, 2001). The Park forms part of the mountainous region and is considered to function as a corridor along which various faunal taxa can move. In the Park, five amphibian, six lizard and three snake species are found above 2 600 m. Lambiris (2005) noted the following: Thirty of the 85 species or subspecies of amphibians occurring in KZN are found within the Park. Of these, one is Endangered – Long-toed Tree Frog (Leptopelis xenodactylus); one is classified as Vulnerable –Drakensberg Toad (Bufo gariepensis nubicolus); one is Near Threatened –Wager’s Stream Frog (Strongylopus wageri); and two are Indeterminate –Spotted Rain Frog Breviceps maculates and Striped Dainty Frog (Cacosternum striatum) (EKZNW, 2003).

Twenty-one of the 77 species or subspecies of lizards occurring in KZN are found within the Park. Of these, four are classified as Restricted –Drakensberg Dwarf Chameleon (Bradypodion dracomontanum); Essex’s Mountain Lizard (Tropidosaura essexi); Lang’s Crag Lizard (Pseudocordylus langi) and Spiny Crag Lizard (Pseudocordylus spinosus); while one is classified as Indeterminate – Cottrell’s Mountain Lizard (Tropidosaura cottrelli). Twenty-four of the 77 species or subspecies of snakes occurring in KwaZulu- Natal are found within the Park. Two species are classified as Rare – Yellowbellied House Snake (Lamprophis fuscus) and Creamspotted Mountain Snake (Montaspis gilvomaculata) (EKZN, 2003).

Table 13 indicates the Red Data reptile species recorded in the grid cells on which Harry Gwala DM falls in and these are derived from the Southern African Reptile Conservation Assessment (Bates et al. 2014). According to Frog Atlas of Southern African (Minter et al. 2014), the frogs recorded in grid cells are denoted in Table 14.

Table 13: Red Data reptile species recorded from the grid cells which fall within HGDM (Minter et al. 2014) Red list Family Genus Species Common name category Chamaeleonidae Bradypodiaon melanocephalum KwaZulu Dwarf Vulnerable Chameleon (SARCA 2014) Chamaeleonidae Bradypodion thamnobates Natal Midlands Vulnerable Dwarf (SARCA 2014) Chameleon Cordylidae Chamaesaura aenea Coppery Grass Near Threatened Lizard (SARCA 2014) Cordylidae Chamaesaura macrolepis Large-scaled Near Threatened Grass Lizard (SARCA 2014)

March 2018 123

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Red list Family Genus Species Common name category Cordylidae Pseudocordylus spinosus Spiny Crag Near Threatened Lizard (SARCA 2014) Lamprophiidae Macrelaps microlepidotus Natal Black Near Threatened Snake (SARCA 2014) Lamprophiidae Montaspis gilvomaculata Cream-spotted Data Deficient Mountain Snake (SARCA 2014) Lacertidae Tropidosaura cottrelli Cottrell's Near Threatened Mountain Lizard (SARCA 2014)

Table 14: Red data Frog species recorded from grid cells in which HGDM falls (Minter et al. 2014). Red list Family Genus Species Common name category Arthroleptidae Leptopelis xenodactylus Longtoed Tree Frog Endangered Hyperoliidae Afrixalus spinifrons Natal Leaf-folding Frog Vulnerable Pyxicephalidae Natalobatrachus bonebergi Kloof Frog Endangered Pyxicephalidae Cacosternum striatum Stiped Caco Data Deficient Pyxicephalidae Anhydrophryne ngongoniensis Mistbelt or Ngongoni Critically Moss Frog Endangered Pyxicephalidae Strongylopus wageri Plain Stream Frog Near Threatened

5.6.13.4 Invertebrates Invertebrates play critical roles in the functioning of all ecosystems as they are responsible for maintaining soil fertility, for waste disposal, water purification, pest control and pollination.

The EKZNW (2014) indicates that HGDM has one (1) critically endangered species, namely the Herbert's Velvet Worm, and one (1) endangered species, namely Short- winged Katydid. Table 15 indicates the butterflies’ species recorded in the grid cells on which the District falls in and these are derived from the Southern African Butterfly Conservation Assessment (Mecenero et al. 2013).

Table 15: Red data butterflies species recorded from grid cells in which HGDM falls (, Mecenero et al. 2013). Family Genus Species Common name Red list category Lycaenidae Chrysoritis oreas Drakensberg daisy Near Threatened (SABCA copper 2013) Lycaenidae Capys penningtoni Pennington's Endangered (SABCA 2013) protea Lycaenidae Lepidochrysops pephredo Estcourt blue Vulnerable (SABCA 2013) Lycaenidae Chrysoritis lyncurium Tsomo river opal Vulnerable (SABCA 2013)

March 2018 124

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7 Agriculture Potential & Soils

 Appendix A21 (Map: Agricultural Land Potential GIS Mapping Categories)  Appendix A22 (Map: Land Cover)

5.7.1 Status of Agriculture in HGDM

Agriculture is a critical sector within the District’s economy. It is the second largest in Gross Value Added (GVA) terms and has the potential to continue to contribute to the growth and development of the area (see Figure 42). Studies however suggest that there are several issues that would need to be addressed to maximise the opportunities that may exist. These include, but not limited to, land claims and land reform where the uncertainty appears to be reducing farmers’ interest for increasing their investment (HGDM, 2016).

Figure 42: A Share of GVA for HGDM as of 2011 (HGDM, 2016)

Whilst milk production is the critical sector, there is no milk processing unit within the District and consequently all milk produced within the District is transported to the processor at a low charge per litre of product, and is then sent back to the District and sold at shops for a higher price. Importantly, exploiting the opportunities through specific interventions that support local agro-processing and distribution in this, as well as in other agricultural sub-sectors, is an important area for further investigation. Localisation should be a key strategy for sustainable economic growth, and as articulated in the literature on the Transition Towns movement, has the added benefit of increasing social cohesion and local resilience. Agriculture is an obvious sector to implement localisation strategies (HGDM, 2016).

5.7.2 Agricultural Sector Profile

5.7.2.1 Land Ownership According to the HGDM IDP for 2016-2017, a significant portion of land in the District is privately owned. Some areas, particularly around the Drakensberg area are Protected Areas. The rest of the land is owned by the Ingonyama Trust,

March 2018 125

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Municipality, State Land and some areas are unknown. Due to the conservation areas, there is some limit on agricultural production which needs to be addressed so as to improve agricultural potential and production of the District. Moreover, owners of private land need to be encouraged to participate on municipal initiatives aiming to conserve agricultural resources.

5.7.2.2 Agricultural Enterprises within the HGDM The most important commercial enterprises in HGDM include:  Dairy - supplies 10% of all milk consumed in South Africa, and 35% of Clover’s total milk intake;  Cash crops such as maize and potatoes, and  Beef Farming.

5.7.2.3 Forestry in the HGDM Forestry is an important part of the economy for HGDM. In 2010 the forestry sector contributed approximately over R331 million to the District’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and constituted more than 8% of the District’s economy. Furthermore, timber producers in the District have indicated that there is still a growing demand for timber to be produced, as the market has not yet reached saturation (Harry Gwala Development Agency, 2011).

Timber is mainly produced by large companies including Sappi, Mondi, Mondi/Shanduka, Mesonite, NTC and some private farmers. Some of the private farmers have their own plant (e.g. Flaxton) and treat their own timber. Timber production involves growing eucalyptus, pine and wattle species, with the eucalyptus being a dominant species used in forestry. Timber operations involve silviculture, harvesting, protection, roads and open area management. There are also value-added opportunities in pyro wood, as an alternative low smoke energy source (Harry Gwala Development Agency, 2011).

A small number of emerging farmers are involved in timber production through SAPPI or government–supported grower’s schemes. Many of these arise due to the industry being vertically integrated with large players in saw milling, pulp as well as paper production owning their own plantations (Harry Gwala Development Agency, 2011). This creates an unfavourable situation because:  Small players experience problems securing supplies, this is especially unfavourable since demand exceeds supply;

March 2018 126

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 It creates barriers to entry for companies as it increases the risk of not securing raw materials; and  It creates incentive for firms to restrict output, raise prices, collude or exclude non-integrated firms from accessing vital inputs.  Therefore the major challenge is to address the major risks faced by small producers who lack resources, access to the market and knowledge (Harry Gwala Development Agency, 2011).

5.7.3 Land Reform

According to the HGDM IDP for 2016 - 2017, the protection of productive agricultural land from unplanned residential / urban development is important to maintain the future productivity and efficiency of rural farming communities. High potential agricultural land is limited and therefore must be protected and managed for sustainable food production. Strategies should aim at protecting productive agricultural land from development that leads to its diminished productivity. “Residential development should be planned with a view to abide by these principles in the spirit of integrated and sustainable development as these will be a need to develop land for this purpose” (HGDM, 2016).

Poverty and poor farming methods, amongst other reasons, have led to loss of high potential agricultural areas. As such, these are now regarded as one of the greatest challenges facing rural areas. Research studies have recommended that Land Redistribution for Agricultural Development sub-programmes should assist in the process of minimising the loss of good potential agricultural land by providing schemes to make productive investments in communal land such as infrastructure or land improvements through the Department of Land Affairs. Furthermore there is a need for programs to be developed for post transactional support to persons receiving land from re-distribution exercises.

5.7.4 Climatic factors

5.7.4.1 Rainfall and Temperature Rainfall in KZN is highly variable which can be attributed to the landscape setting as well prevailing weather patterns. Refer further to Section 5.1 for a description of the rainfall and temperatures in the District.

5.7.4.2 Evaporation According to the Agricultural Geo-Referenced Information System (AGIS) database, evaporation in the District predominantly ranges between 1401 to 1500 mm per annum, with some areas experiencing evaporation between 0 to 1400 mm and 1501 to 1600 mm, as presented in Figure 43.

March 2018 127

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 43: A graphical presentation of evaporation within the District

5.7.5 Land Form

According to the Soil and Terrain (SOTER) database, the District is dominated by medium- gradient Mountain and medium-gradient hills, occupying an area of approximately 542,411.1 ha and 221,5309.0 ha respectively. The Ubuhlebezwe LM shows medium-gradient Mountain with medium-gradient hills. The Greater Kokstad LM is characterised by medium gradient hills with numerous river valleys fragment making the topography steep with gently sloping valley bottoms. The western portion of the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM demonstrates plain topography with much of the area covered by mountainous topography, as presented in Table 16 and Figure 44.

Table 16: A summary of land form within the HGDM Land Form Area (ha) Potential agriculture and land use* Depression 3,091.5 Sugar, Livestock production, timber, subtropical fruits Plain 176,379.3 Sugar, Livestock production, timber, subtropical fruits Valley Floor 33,459.4 Sugar, Livestock production, timber, subtropical fruits Medium-gradient hill 2,215,309.0 Sugar and timber, subtropical fruits Medium-gradient mountain 542,411.1 Timber Dissected Plain 2,063.1 Not suitable High-gradient mountain 61,663.1 Not suitable No Data 595.3 No data

*assuming soil forms are appropriate and other constraints such as wetland areas are not present

March 2018 128

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 44: A graphical presentation of land form within HGDM according to the SOTER database

5.7.6 Soils

5.7.6.1 Geology The District is underlain by a variety of geological material, as discussed in Section 5.2. According to the geological map of South Africa, the Greater Kokstad and Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM’s are dominated by mudstone and dolerite with arenite and basalt geological material along the western border associated with the Lesotho highlands. Whereas the uMzimkhulu LM is characterised by shale with mudstone and dolerite on the western portion, and tillite located on the south eastern corner of this municipality.

5.7.6.2 Dominant Soil Forms Various literature indicates that the hillsides of the District are characterised by shallow soils of Mispah and Glenrosa, whilst gently sloping areas are characterised by red-yellow apedal, with patches of prismacutanic and/ or pedocutanic soils. Red- yellow apedal soils are dominant within the District occupying an area of approximately 451,787 ha. The depth of these soils typically ranges from relatively deep to deep (i.e. Hutton, Bainsvlei, Clovelly), and are well drained and well aerated due to their inherent characteristics. These soils support a large variety of crops

March 2018 129

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

with a few limitations depending on the underlying material. For instance, some red soils (e.g. Bainslvei) are underlined by a soft Plinthic horizon which may limit root depth for some crops. Some areas are characterised by strongly structured soils with a prismacutanic and pedocutanic B horizon. These soils typically impede water infiltration through the soil profile thus not ideal for a variety of crop cultivation. In addition, patches of soils characterised by humic, melanic and vertic soil horizons also occur in this District. These soils are sometimes associated with wetlands conditions which are characterised by water logged conditions and as such are only suitable for crops adapted to anaerobic conditions.

Figure 45: Spatial distribution of dominant soils within HGDM

Table 17: Summary of dominant soil forms within HGDM Soil Type Area (ha) Glenrosa &/or Mispah; Lime rare/absent in entire landscape 40,3725.9 Glenrosa &/or Mispah; Lime rare/absent in upland soils, generally present in low-lying soils 6,421.1 Red-yellow apedal, freely drained soils with a humic horizon 16,883.3 Red-yellow apedal, freely drained soils: red & yellow, dystrophic &/or mesotrophic 451,787.0 Red-yellow apedal,freely drained soils: red, dystrophic &/or mesotrophic 82,826.1 Red-yellow apedal,freely drained soils: yellow, dystrophic &/or mesotrophic 4,970.0 Prismacutanic &/or pedocutanic diagnostic horizons dominant: B horizons mainly not red 3,306.2 Prismacutanic &/or pedocutanic diagnostic horizons dominant: in addition one or more of: 1,110.9

March 2018 130

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Soil Type Area (ha) vertic, melanic, red structured diagnostic horizons Plinthic catena: Dystrophic &/or mesotrophic; red soils not widespread, upland duplex & 18,203.2 margalitic soils rare Plinthic catena: Undifferentiated, upland duplex &/or margalitic soils common 14,060.2 Miscellaneous classes: very rocky with little/no soils 4,442.0 Miscellaneous classes: Undifferentiated deep deposits 9,478.3 Miscellaneous classes: rocky areas with miscellaneous soils 140.1 one or more of: vertic, melanic, red structured diagnostic horizons, undifferentiated 21,643.2 No data 5,552.4 *Rounded off to one (1) decimal place

5.7.6.3 Soil pH The soil pH in the District ranges between 0 and 7.4, as interpolated from the National Soil Profile Database (AGIS database). The central portion of the District is characterised by strongly acidic soils with pH ranging between 0 and 5.5 which may be attributed to parent material, precipitation as well as land use and management. Whereas the portions to the east, south and west are dominated by soils which are slightly acidic, with pH ranging between 5.5 and 6.4. Minor patches to south of the Greater Kokstad and uMzimkhulu LM’s indicate slightly acidic to neutral soils with pH ranging between 6.5 and 7.4. Refer to Figure 46.

Figure 46: A map depicting soil pH level within HGDM

March 2018 131

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.7 Land Cover

Refer to discussion on land cover in Section 6.1.

5.7.8 Predicted Soil Loss and Erosion

High rates of soil loss are usually associated with anthropogenic activities such as unsuitable cultivation practices, and overgrazing. According to the SOTER database, predicted soil loss predominantly ranges between very low to low, with smaller areas of moderate and high soil loss in the central portion of the District. In general, soil loss and erodibility is affected by soil texture as well as slope. For instance, soils situated in gentle slopes are less prone to erosion compared to soils on steep slopes. Moreover, sandy textured soils are more susceptible to erosion compared to loamy and clay textured soils. Refer to Figure 47.

Figure 47: A graphical presentation of predicted soil erosion in HGDM

5.7.8.1 Wind Erosion The District is dominated by soils which are non-susceptible to wind, owing to the sandy clay loam and clay soil texture. Some areas however, with specific mention to the eastern and western portion, are characterised by moderately and somewhat susceptible soils which can be attributed to loamy sands and sandy loams soil texture. Refer to Figure 48.

March 2018 132

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 48: A graphical presentation of soil susceptibility to wind erosion in HGDM

5.7.8.2 Water Erosion There is a strong correlation between water erosion and topography. Medium- gradient mountain as well as medium gradient hills were found to be dominant in the District, hence susceptibility to water erosion ranges from moderate to very high, as presented in Figure 49.

Figure 49: A graphical presentation of water erosion in HGDM

March 2018 133

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.9 Land Capability

In South Africa, agricultural land capability is typically restricted by climatic conditions, primarily water availability. However, even within similar climatic zones, different soil types typically have different land use capabilities attributed to their inherent characteristics. According to Scotney et al. (1987), high potential agricultural land is defined as having the soil and terrain quality, growing season as well as sufficient moisture supply needed to produce sustained economically high crops yields when treated and managed according to best possible farming practices.

Agricultural potential is correlated to Land Capability, as measured on a scale of I to VIII, as presented in Table 18; with Classes I to III classified as prime agricultural land that is well suitable for annual cultivated crops. Whereas, Class IV soils may be cultivated under certain circumstances and management practices. Land Classes V to VIII are not suitable to cultivation.

Table 18: DAFF Land capability classes for South Africa Class Definition Conservation need Use suitability No or few limitations. Very high arable I Good agronomic practice Annual cropping potential. Very low erosion hazard Annual cropping with Slight limitations. High arable II Adequate runoff control special tillage or ley potential. Low erosion hazard (25%) Special conservation Moderate limitations. Some erosion Rotation of crops and III practice and tillage hazard ley (50 %) method Severe limitation. Low arable Intensive conservation IV Long term leys (75%) potential. High erosion hazard practice Water course and land with wetness Protection and control of Improved pasture or V limitations water table wildlife Protection measures for Limitations preclude cultivation. VI establishment e.g. Sod- Veld and /or Wild life Suitable for perennial vegetation seeding Very severe limitations. Suitable only Adequate management Natural veld grazing VII for natural vegetation for natural vegetation and afforestation Extremely severe limitations. Not Total protection from VIII Wildlife suitable for grazing or afforestation agriculture

The Land capability classes (I – VII) were then reclassified into five (5) agricultural land categories. The classification is as shown in Table 19.

Table 19: DAFF A summarised table land categories classes for KZN Classes Category KZN Classification Land capability I & II A Very high potential land capability III B High potential Land capability IV C Moderate potential Land capability V & VI D Restricted potential Land capability VII & VIII E Very restricted potential

March 2018 134

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The land capability classes for the District summarised per Local Municipality below:  The Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM is dominated by an area considered of moderate potential arable land of Class III and marginal arable potential land (Class IV), with minor patches of high potential arable land (Class II) and wilderness (Class VIII);  A large portion of the uMzimkhulu LM is located within an area considered to be non- arable land (Class VI) with portions of marginal potential arable land (Class IV) as well as strips of high potential arable land (Class II) located north and along the western boundary of the Local Municipality;  The Greater Kokstad LM is characterised by non-arable land (Class VI and VII) with portions considered to be of marginal potential arable land (Class IV); and  The Ubuhlebezwe LM is comprised of non-arable land (Class VI) with patches of moderate potential arable land and marginal potential arable land (Class IV) spread within the municipality. High potential arable land of class II is a minority within this Local Municipality and occurs to the south of the local municipal boundary (Refer to Figure 50).

Figure 50: Land capability groups within HGDM

March 2018 135

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 51: Land capability based on arability in HGDM

Figure 52: Land capability map depicting land capability classification within HGDM

March 2018 136

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.10 Climate Capability

The climate capability is measured on a scale of 1 to 8, as illustrated in Table 20. The land capability rating is therefore adjusted according to the Bioresource Groups (BRG), depending on the prevailing climatic conditions as indicated by the respective climate capability rating.

Table 20: Climate capability classes for South Africa Climate Limitation Description Capability Class Rating Local climate is favourable for good yield for a wide range of C1 None to slight adapted crops throughout the year. Local climate is favourable for good yield for a wide range of adapted crops and a year round growing season. Moisture C2 Slight stress and lower temperatures increase risk and decrease yields relative to C1. Slightly restricted growing season due to the occurrence of Slight to C3 low temperatures and frost. Good yield potential for a moderate moderate range of adapted crops. Moderately restricted growing season due to low temperatures and severe frost. Good yield potential for a C4 Moderate moderate range of adapted crops but planting date options more limited than C3. Moderately restricted growing season due to low Moderate to C5 temperatures, frost and/or moisture stress. Suitable crops severe may be grown at risk of some yield loss. Moderately restricted growing season due to low C6 Severe temperatures, frost and/or moisture stress. Limited suitable crops for which frequently experience yield loss. Severe to very Severely restricted choice of crops due to heat, cold and/or C7 severe moisture stress. Very severely restricted choice of crops due to heat and C8 Very severe moisture stress. Suitable crops at high risk of yield loss.

5.7.11 KZN Agricultural Land Categories

The table below provides detailed description of each agricultural land category as provided by the KZN DARD.

Table 21: Agricultural land catergory classes for KZN Agric Category Details CATEGORY A Very high potential agricultural land that should be retained exclusively for agricultural use so as to ensure national food security. Included within this Category is also identified grazing land that has a very high production value for sustained livestock production CATEGORY B High potential agricultural land. Due to the limited amount of Category B land in the province (and in the country), all efforts should be focused on retaining land within this Category for predominantly agricultural use. Every effort should be made to limit degradation of the natural agricultural resources in accordance with CARA (43 0f 1983) CATEGORY C Land with moderate agricultural potential, on which significant interventions

March 2018 137

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Agric Category Details would be required to achieve viable and sustainable food production, although agriculture is the still the majority land use in the rural landscape CATEGORY D land with low agricultural potential. This land requires significant interventions to enable sustainable agricultural production which could include terracing, contours, high levels of fertility correction, lower stocking rate, supplementary feed etc. CATEGORY E Land with limited to very low potential for agricultural production. Cultivation within this land category is severely limited in both extent and in terms of the natural resources available, and grazing value will be poor with a very low carrying capacity. Land within this Category however may have a high conservation or tourism status, depending on the locality, or may act as a buffer for as higher Category of adjacent land. In addition, these land parcels may be required to support the economic viability of an extensive grazing system on adjoining land parcels e.g. large dairy farming system. Every effort should be made to limit degradation of the natural agricultural resources in accordance with CARA PERMANENTLY Areas demarcated as Permanently Transformed, applies to land that has been TRANSFORMED converted irreversibly to non-agricultural land uses. This includes urban/built up areas, roads, mines and quarries and which can therefore no longer be utilized for agricultural production purposes. This Category will also require regular updates due to on-going non-agricultural development. This may also include previously mined areas which are polluted and/or degraded to the point that safe utilization of the land for food production is not possible. PROCLAIMED Land within this Category has been formally proclaimed as either a national or RESERVES provincial nature reserve under the relevant legislation and is therefore not available for agricultural purposes. However, should this land be removed from such protected status this land, this land would be re-evaluated and assigned to the applicable Category

The agricultural land categories within the District are summarised below:  The threatened agricultural land (category B) is dominant in the District, particularly in the Greater Kokstad and Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM’s.  Whereas uMzimkhulu LM is dominated by primary agricultural land (Category C) which spreads to the Ubuhlebezwe LM and the south eastern portion of Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM.  The western portion of Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM along the mountains of Drakensberg is dominated by protected areas. It must be noted that there are gaps in the agricultural land category spatial data, as depicted in Figure 53, with specific mention to a portion located to the north of Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM, and south of Ubuhlebezwe LM.

March 2018 138

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 53: A graphical presentation of agricultural land categories in the HGDM

5.7.12 Livestock Grazing Capacity

According to the AGIS database, livestock grazing capacity potential varies vastly in the District, as presented in Figure 54:  A significant portion of approximately 309,011.4 ha has been transformed to rangeland;  The western portion of the District is dominated by a grazing capacity of less than 4 hectares per Livestock Unit (ha/LSU) and 5 to 7 ha/LSU, whereas the northern portion is dominated by a grazing capacity of approximately 5 to 7 and 8 to 10 ha/LSU; and  Notably, the north eastern portion in the Ubuhlebezwe LM was found to have substantial patches of higher grazing capacity estimated to range between 14 -17, 18 - 21 and 22 - 25 ha/LSU. Refer to Figure 54 and Table 22.

March 2018 139

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 54: A presentation of grazing capacity in hectares per livestock unit within the District

Table 22: Summary table of grazing capacity within the District Grazing Capacity (ha/LSU) Area (ha) < 4 58,882.5 5 to 7 384,240.3 8 to 10 169,633.5 11 to 13 58,824.9 14 to 17 30,285.1 18 to 21 13,068.5 22 to 25 5,960.0 26 to 30 2,944.7 31 to 40 2,709.3 41 to 60 2,848.8 61 to 80 1,198.1 81 to 100 476.2 > 100 75.2 Transformed Rangeland 309,011.4 *Rounded off to one (1) decimal place

March 2018 140

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.13 Bio Resource Groups

For the purpose of this assessment, the bioresource groups were used to ascertain suitable crops within the District. The main emphasis of classification is based on vegetation type and climate, and the BRG can thus be regarded as a bioclimatic group. Phillips (1973) defined a Bioclimatic Group as "a specific plant community and a corresponding specific complex of climatic and related soil factors which are reciprocally regulating and regulated" and "a complex of climatic conditions controlling the vegetation within a natural region. It is constituted by a certain interplay of climatic factors and biotic phenomena, so integrated as to permit the development of natural vegetation to a stage where this is in dynamic equilibrium within the climate". Soil form can vary considerably within its boundary (Camp, 1997).

There are twenty-one (21) BRG groups in total, however the HGDM is dominated by seven (7) Bioresource Groups namely:  BRG 3 - Moist Ngongoni Veld;  BRG 4 - Dry Ngongoni Veld;  BRG 5 - Moist Midlands Mistbelt;  BGR 8 – Moist Highveld Sourveld;  BRG 11 - Dry Coast Hinterland Ngongoni Veld;  BRG 17 - Coast Hinterland Thornveld; and  BRG 21 - Valley Bushveld.

5.7.13.1 BRG 3 Moist Ngongoni Veld BRG 3 lies in an altitude range of 166 m to 1008 m above sea level. It characterised by steep, rolling terrain, with a mean annual rainfall of 802 mm to 960 mm. The mean annual temperature ranges from 17.3oC to 18.8oC. The soils are of good quality and can support a variety of crops. The grassland is in poor condition with historical management of early burning as well as selective overgrazing, leading to a dominance of the unpalatable Ngongoni grass (Aristida junciformis). The unpalatable Ngongoni grass can be attributed to poor burning practice and over grazing as well as overstocking. This will lead to poor animal performance.

5.7.13.2 BRG 4 Dry Ngongoni Veld BRG 4 lies at an altitude range of 122 m to 1 062 m above sea level. The terrain ranges from rolling to steep, with a mean annual rainfall ranging between 727 mm and 791 mm. The mean annual temperature from 17.8oC to 18.7oC. Summers are warm and winters cool with moderate frosts. The grasslands are generally in poor condition, dominated by the unpalatable Ngongoni grass (Aristida junciformis). As such, Grazing is poor.

March 2018 141

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.13.3 BRG 5 Moist Midlands Mistbelt This BRG is considered to be a highly threatened vegetation type. This is due to poor historical management practices of winter burning and grazing. The terrain is rolling and slopes moderate to steep. The mean annual rainfall ranges from 679 mm to 1 586 mm and mean annual temperature from 14.7oC to 17.9oC. The climate and soils in this BRG are generally suitable for cultivation of a wide variety of crops.

5.7.13.4 BRG 8 Moist Highveld Sourveld This BRG lies at an altitude range of 1 140 to 2269 metres above sea level. It is characterised by steep to moderate rolling terrain. The mean annual rainfall ranges from 858 to 1 265 mm and the mean annual temperature from 12.9oC to 14.0oC. Summers are cool and winters very cold, and consequently frosts occur. The growing season is limited early and late frosts. Approximately 7% of the BRG is arable. The grazing is good compared to all the other BRGs in the district, however supplementary feed should be made available for the winter period as there are only 250 days in the growing season when the grassland can support animals in productive and reproductive condition.

5.7.13.5 BRG 11 Dry Coast Hinterland Ngongoni Veld Bioresource Group 11 lies at an altitude of 900 to 1 400 m and has a range in MAP of 800 to 1 116 mm. The soil forms within this BRG are generally apedal. Plant indicator species include Hyparrhenia hirta, Acacia dealbata, A. mearnsii, Diospyros lycioides.

5.7.13.6 BRG 17 Coast Hinterland Thornveld Bioresource Group 17 lies on rugged terrain, at an altitude ranging between of 387 to 966 m above seas level. The mean annual rainfall ranges from 732 mm to 757 mm and temperature from 17.8oC to 18.6oC. Approximately 6% of this BRG is arable, and while it is not a good cropping area, irrigation would be required to achieve good quality crops on arable areas. The vegetation indicator of this BRG is the Acacia species.

5.7.13.7 BRG 21 Valley Bushveld Bioresource Group 21 is found in the warm valleys of the Umzimkhulu River and other rivers. The topography is characterised by rolling and steep terrain, and it lies in an altitude range of approximately 23 to 906 metres above sea level. The mean annual rainfall ranges between 631 and 768 mm and the mean annual temperature ranges between 18.3oC and 19.7oC. Summers are hot while winters are mild with occasional frosts. Soils are variable but the approximate arable area is 4,419 ha or 5% of the BRG. Indicator species include Eragrostis superba, Aristida congesta, Hyparrhenia hirta, Panicum maximum, and Acacia karroo.

March 2018 142

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.7.13.8 Crop production Examples of vegetables as well as cash crops are given below. It must be noted that sweet potatoes were used as vegetable examples that could be used to enhance food security and livelihood, and maize and potatoes were used as cash crop examples, as they are the biggest commercial crops within the district.

Vegetables

Sweet Potatoes This crop produces the highest nutritive value of all crops, and where it can be grown it should receive the highest priority in the plans for home food security. It is very sensitive to frost and needs hot days and warm nights to produce successfully. The mean monthly temperatures should be from 21 to 29oC. In dry areas, irrigation is required, although the crop can survive for long periods under dry conditions.

 Cultivars:Blesbok, Bosbok, Impala, Brondal, Koedoe, Ribbok;  Soil: The soils should be loamy or sandy and have good drainage down to 500 mm. Under heavy soil conditions, the roots will rot and be misshapen.

Fertilisers Application High fertility soil Low fertility soil 2:3:4 (30) at planting 400 kg/ha 800 kg/ha LAN at 6 weeks 250 kg/ha 150 kg/ha

Acid saturation should be under 10% otherwise liming is necessary to avoid aluminium toxicity.

Planting requirements

Cool areas: Plant in November (possible October to November) Warm areas: November to December (possible October to February) Hot areas: January to March, or August to October (possible from August to March) Method: On ridges 300 to 400 mm high. Vines should be virus-tested and 300 to 400 mm long with the lower half covered in soil. Spacing: 300 mm in rows which are 1 000 mm apart. This will give a plant population of about 30 000 to 35 000 plants per hectare. Growth period: Four to five months. Pests: Nematodes a serious problem; weevils, hawk moth larvae, leaf miners, red spider mite. Diseases: Virus degeneration, post-harvest tuber rot

March 2018 143

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Yield (tons/ha): 15 to 20 (low); 20 (average); 40 (good)

5.7.13.9 Cash Crops Maize Maize is the most widely cultivated crop within the district, as it produces the basic food requirement for rural people. Most maize is grown in the summer rainfall areas, and the entire Umzimkhulu Local Municipality can grow the crop as the rainfall is sufficient for growth. However, the level of production is affected by the amount of rainfall received as well as temperature.

Bio-resource Group suitability Best adapted: 5 Moderately adapted: 3 and 4

Climate requirements Maize requires 500 to 700 mm during the growing season of October to March. Optimum temperatures for germination are 18 to 20oC, and optimum growth occurs between 24 to 30oC. 750 heat units are required up to tasselling, and the base growing temperature is 10oC. An average January temperature of 19 to 24oC is needed.

Soil: The ideal soil for maize is well-drained red and yellow-brown, with an effective rooting depth of at least 750 mm. Soils of a heavy and sandy texture both reduce the yields.

Fertiliser: Before planting, soil samples should be taken and analysed by Cedara. The recommended fertilization programme should then be followed.

Planting requirements Dates: Planting should take place with the onset of rain and with the rising temperature of the soil. In BRGs 5, low soil temperatures can be a problem.

Planting dates are:

Bio-resource Group Last planting date for good yields

3 & 4 30 November

5 15 November

8 5 November

Planting depth: Heavy soil: 50 mm

March 2018 144

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Sandy soil: 125 mm Plant population Rainfall (mm) Row spacing (mm) In-row spacing - Population/ha 700 750 30 000 800 750 40 000 900 750 50 000 Irrigated 750 50 000

Growth period

Long-season hybrids 140 to 150 days Medium-season hybrids 130 to 145 days Short-season hybrids 115 to 130 days

Yields

Method Rainfall (mm) Grain (tons/ha) Dryland 700 3.75 800 4.75 900 6.00 Irrigated 8.00 to 10.00

Potatoes Bio-resource Group suitability Best adapted: 5 Potatoes require a cool temperate climate Climate requirements Rainfall: During the growing season of 110 to 150 days potatoes require approximately 500 to 750 mm of rain, and any shortfall needs to be compensated by irrigation for high quality production. Dryland potatoes should only be grown where the rainfall is over 800 mm.

Temperature: High temperatures will promote the growth of foliage but restrict that of the tubers. Thus, this will result in fewer and smaller tubers. The optimal temperatures for tuber growth ranges between 16 and 18oC, while development ceases at 30oC. Frost might damage potatoes where late and early frosts are common. This therefore must be considered when planning planting dates.

Soil: Sandy loam soils with a clay content of under 25% are ideal, and the effective rooting depth of over 600 mm is required. For irrigation it could be 400 mm. For the best yields,

March 2018 145

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) potatoes should be grown on fields that have been fallow for several years. It is preferable to rotate potatoes with crops such as maize and sorghum. Fertilizer should be applied according to a soil analysis.

5.7.14 Impact of Climate Change on Agriculture

Climate change is a major issue for the agricultural sector, and effects are already evident in unpredictable weather patterns, extreme climate events as well as associated disasters. This in turn affects agricultural production which is a key sector in the district’s economy. Therefore consideration of local mitigation and adaptation strategies is important.

Climate is significant in determining potential agricultural activities and suitability, not only in the HGDM but across the country, particularly in smallholding and homestead settings. Forecasts indicate that irrigation and conservation tillage practices is likely to overcome rainfall constraints, particularly in the high-value commercial agricultural sector. Irrigation currently consumes approximately 60% of the country’s surface water resources, with important implications for agricultural food production in the context of climate change.

According to SANBI (2013), adapting agricultural practices in South Africa requires an integrated approach that addresses multiple stressors, and combines indigenous knowledge and experience with the latest scientific insights. Adaptation strategies for large-scale commercial farmers should focus on maximising output in a sustainable manner and maintaining a competitive edge in changing climatic conditions. Whereas for rural livelihoods, adaptation should focus on vulnerable groups and areas and include promoting climate-resilient agricultural practices and livelihoods.

5.8 Air

5.8.1 Overview

No ambient air quality data is available at present for the district. There is also no Air Quality Management Plan for HGDM.

A description of the status of the air quality within certain local municipalities in the District follows:  Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM -  Due to the rural nature of Ingwe LM, the air quality is considerably good. The scattered housing and numerous plantations found in and around the area allow for a good oxygen carbon dioxide cycle. Thus, the only air pollution that could endanger

March 2018 146

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

the livelihoods of the inhabitants would be the burning of wood, forest waste and fugitive dust emissions generated from unpaved roads (Ingwe IDP Review 15/16).  Due to the locality of the KwaSani LM, carbon emissions and pollution is not a threat and the quality of the air is very good. This is due to the fact that the district does not have a well-developed industrial and manufacturing sector which produce emissions that might affect air quality.  uMzimkhulu LM has good air quality since there are no major industries or manufacturing sectors. A considerable percentage of the municipality is occupied by forest, which assists with air purification (uMzimkhulu IDP, 17/18-21/22). However, the following are possible contributors to air pollution in the municipal area:  Generation of fumes from vehicle emissions may pollute the air;  Material transfer i.e. raw material and medical waste off loading, tipping, contributes to emission factor which is dependent on the material moisture content and wind speed; and  Emissions from incinerators.

 The Greater Kokstad LM has been developing an Integrated Sustainable Development Plan for the area of its jurisdiction. The primary objective of this plan is to ensure that the municipality produces acceptable levels of greenhouse emissions into the atmosphere so as to contribute towards the district’s effort, the country’s as well as the global efforts of the reduction of carbon emissions and hence stabilise the current phenomena of extreme weather patterns (HGDM, 2015).

5.8.2 Sources of Air Pollution

An overview of the sources of air pollution in HGDM follows.

5.8.2.1 Sugarcane burning During the harvest season, sugarcane is burnt before it is taken to the mills. Almost 20-25% consists of leafy material from which little to no sugar is produced. Therefore, sugarcane is burnt to reduce the amount of unusable leafy material to make it easier for processing. Burning sugarcane also reduces the production costs and improves the product quality for processing. There is currently no cost effective alternative to deal with this large volume of waste by mechanical means (KZN Baseline Emission Inventory Report, 2007).

Burning of sugarcane produces excessive smoke. Pollutants such as Carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter, volatile organic compounds and lead are also released into the atmosphere. The burning of sugarcane fields and other types of veld burning can cause visibility problems as well as health problems to people in the surrounding residential areas during harvest season (KZN Baseline Emission Inventory Report, 2007). There is a further challenge to the South African

March 2018 147

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

sugar industry in that the topography of many of sugarcane growing areas limits the use of machinery for harvesting, for example in areas where there the terrain is steep. As a result of these challenges and the health impacts, the South African sugar industry has established industry codes of practice and best management practices for sugarcane burning (SRDC Project Final Report, 2005).

5.8.2.2 Domestic Emissions The majority of households in non-urban areas burn wood, coal and paraffin for cooking, space heating and light. However, the burning of these substances (most notably wood and coal) can result in indoor air quality problems which could lead to respiratory diseases in the confined space of the household often with poor ventilation.

5.8.2.3 Waste and Landfills A summary of the waste disposal facilities which exist within the HGDM are as follows (HGDM IDP 2012-2017):  Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM -  The Ingwe LM has an operational landfill site in close proximity to Creighton. This landfill site is not permitted in accordance with the DWAF Minimum Requirements.  The Kwasani LM’s waste disposal site situated in Himeville was converted to a transfer station. The waste is now transported to the Pietermaritzburg waste disposal site.  The Greater Kokstad LM has a permitted waste disposal site in accordance with DWAF Minimum Requirements and is in the process of closure.  The waste from Ubuhlebezwe LM is disposed of at uMzimkhulu landfill site.  The uMzimkhulu LM landfill site is not permitted in accordance with DWAF Minimum Requirements.

March 2018 148

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.9 Land Use and Land Cover

GIS Mapping  Appendix A22 (Map: Land Cover)

According to the AGIS atlas, grassland is a dominant land cover within the District. Clusters of plantations/woodlots and thicket/Dense bush are located on the eastern section, particularly in the Ubuhlebezwe LM. Patches of cultivated commercial cane are also present within this municipality. The Greater Kokstad LM is characterised by grassland, cultivated commercial fields as well as cultivated commercial pivots. Urban areas and villages as well as subsistence farming also occupy a substantial portion, particularly within the uMzimkhulu LM and on the eastern section of the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM. The rest of the District is comprised of indigenous forests, water bodies and wetlands with minor pockets of orchards and low shrubland and woodland/Open bush. A summary of the dominant land cover in HGDM is provided in Table 23 and the land cover map is presented in Figure 55.

Table 23: A summary of dominant land cover in the HDGM

Description Area (ha)

Bare non-vegetated areas & Erosion (Donga) 3,394.8

Cultivated Cane Commercial 5,747.9

Cultivated Commercial Fields 102,600.1

Cultivated Commercial Pivots 11,507.5

Cultivated Orchards 553.6

Cultivated Subsistence 55,569.1

Grassland 514,334.9

Indigenous Forest 10,798.5

Low Shrubland & Woodland/Open Bush 14,825.5

Mines 90.7

Water Bodies 6,772.2

Plantations/Woodlots 127,895.2

Thicket/Dense Bush 98,768.0

Urban Areas 1,654.7

Urban Township 509.3

Urban Village 56,247.0 Wetlands 33,058.0 *Rounded off to one (1) decimal place

March 2018 149

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 55: Land cover map depicting dominant land cover within HGDM

5.10 Spatial Planning

5.10.1 Provincial Growth and Development Strategy

The Provincial Growth and Development Strategy (PGDS) (2016) established the development vision for KZN. The PGDS sets out the following seven strategic goals with specific strategic objectives being identified for each of these strategic goals (KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2016):

March 2018 150

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Inclusive economic growth;  Human resource development;  Human and community development;  Infrastructure development;  Environmental sustainability;  Governance and policy; and  Spatial equity.

The Provincial SDF (shown in Figure 56) considered the following spatial elements:  Environmental sensitivity and resilience;  Priority social intervention areas;  Priority areas of economic activity and potential; and  Levels of accessibility to public and private sector services.

Figure 56: KZN SDF 2016 (KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2016)

March 2018 151

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

In order to ensure the resulting Provincial SDF guides and co-ordinates spatial planning within district municipalities, it is envisaged that a series of sub-regional plans (e.g. Conservation and Investment Corridors) will follow.

The Provincial Growth and Development Plan (PGDP) strives to translate the PGDS into an implementation plan which will provide a sound platform for departmental, sectoral and stakeholder annual performance planning and therefore to guide resource allocation.

5.10.2 Provincial Spatial Economic Development Strategy

The Provincial Spatial Economic Development Strategy (PSEDS) (2016) serves as the framework to guide where the government’s economic initiatives should be implemented in the province.

Key spatial features in KZN include:  The Ingonyama Trust Board (ITB) owns just under 30% of the total land area in the province. The ITB is a body corporate that owns the land in trust on behalf of the Zulu Kingdom. All rural development plans on ITB land therefore require approval of the local leadership;  Another key feature of the feature of the province is the national road network. The N2 runs along the coast linking all the main coastal cities which include harbour towns of eThekwini and Richards Bay. The N3 links these coastal regions to the country’s industrial heartland in Gauteng as well as the platinum belt in Rustenburg; and  The province is also characterised by many natural and man-made tourism features. These include 600km of coast, the Midlands and Drakensburg mountains, historical buildings and battlegrounds

The PSEDS recognises the following sectoral comparative advantages for HGDM (EDTEA, 2017):  The District is characterized by two high growth strategic nodes connected by high growth strategic corridors. In the north, there is a potential tourism / commercial agriculture corridor stretching from Kokstad to Underberg. At the center of the District is a concentration of poverty nodes that are not on the main transport routes.  The district has natural advantages in -  Agriculture;  Forestry; and  Tourism;  The EDTEA is currently working on developing an Industrial Economic Hub in agro- processing with the focus being on furniture manufacturing and dairy production;  Upgrading of the roads near Sani Pass and the Drakensberg will present eco-tourism opportunities;

March 2018 152

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 In terms of the poverty node at the center of the district, subsistence farmers should be assisted where possible to transition to sustainable commercial farming; and  The proposed infrastructure builds should make use of the Extended Public Works Programme.

Key spatial features that may affect economic development in HGDM include the following (EDTEA, 2017):  This a largely rural District with a large residential population scattered throughout the District;  The main transport routes within the District include a portion of the N2 that runs from Port Shepstone to Mthatha in the Eastern Cape. In addition to this the R617 which runs north from Kokstad to Underberg linking Msunduzi to Bulwer and also offers a lot of tourism potential due to the relatively high volumes of traffic on the route. Sani Pass is the only formal route into Lesotho from the province and provides tourists with the opportunity to explore the Mountain Kingdom;  Some adventure tourism also takes place along the major river systems (canoeing on the uMkhomazi and uMzimkhulu). The district has high eco-tourism and adventure tourism potential;  There is notable commercial agriculture in the District with the notable exception being uMzimkhulu. The Greater Kokstad area however has significant subsistence agriculture potential and portions of the district form part of the Maloti Drakensberg Trans frontier Project. This is a programme aimed at preserving unique and fragile ecosystems in Lesotho and South Africa;  Formal conservation areas exist in Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM that have special ecological value and in terms of land use management must be protected in order to maintain bio-diversity;  There is extensive commercial and subsistence farming in the District. The main agriculture outputs are: livestock, maize, potatoes and deciduous fruit; and  A map of the South African Multidimensional Poverty Index (SAMPI) reveals that poverty in the HGDM is largely concentrated in uMzimkhulu LM with four wards reflecting significant relative deprivation. In Ubuhlebezwe LM, Ward 2 around the town of Ixopo has the least deprivation whilst the areas around greater Kokstad and Franklin are relatively better off.

Catalyst Projects linked to the PSEDS to drive growth and development to 2030 in HGDM are listed in Table 24 and shown in Figure 57.

Table 24: Catalyst Projects for HGDM linked to PSEDS (EDTEA, 2017) Node / Project / Initiative Description Location Status Corridor 1. Tourism Development Sisonke Cultural Village Development of a cultural village with uBuhlebezwe LM Planned -

March 2018 153

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Node / Project / Initiative Description Location Status Corridor and Heritage Precinct world class accommodation and conferencing facilities Alan Paton Steam Train Expansion of the steam train tourism Centred around Exploratory Ixopo Tourism Route route, including product development Ixopo and marketing Sani Pass Border Explore precinct development at Sani Sani Pass Planned Corridor: Howick Development initiative Pass for tourism purposes - Underberg - Sani Pass 2. Exploiting agricultural potential Clover Powder Milk The development of a Powder Milk Ingwe LM (Bulwer) Exploratory Bulwer Factory Factory by Clover Sisonke Hydroponic Production of high-value off seasonal uBuhlebezwe and Planned - Farming Programme vegetables using hydroponic technology uMzimkhulu LMs Citrus Fruit Production Expand peach plantations to 80,000 uMzimkhulu LM Planned - trees Essential Oils Project Development of a 10,000ha essential In all LMs Planned - oils plantation Sunflower Project Development of a 10,000ha sunflower In all LMs Planned - plantation Maize Massification Development of 30,000ha of maize In all LMs Planned - project plantations Sisonke Farmers’ Market N/A N/A Planned - Agri-hub Develop a network innovation system Umzimkhulu/Ebuth Planned Umzimkhulu of agro-production, processing, logistics, a farm marketing, training and extension services. 3. Development of Agro-processing within the district Animal Feeds Plant To establish an Animal Feeds District Wide Planned - Manufacturing Factory using maize, soya Bean and Essential Oils as inputs Essential Oils Development of a plant involved in the uMzimkhulu Planned - Manufacturing Plant processing of essential oils and its beneficiation into soap products Saw Mills Revival Downstream beneficiation of wood and District Wide Planned - Programme the manufacturing of wood products Maize Milling Plants Development of Maize Milling Plants Makhoba Tribal Planned - and Silos Authority Canning Plant N/A N/A Exploratory - Bio-fuel Hub Development of bio-fuel extracting plant Ingwe LM Exploratory - Industrial/Agro- - processing Economic Hubs 4. Stimulating other manufacturing industries in the district Purpose-built Industrial To develop and establish purpose-built GSK; NMZ and Planned Ixopo parks industrial parks within the district Ixopo Clothing and Textiles Establishment of clothing and textile All LMs Planned - Revival hubs in the district 5. Infrastructural Development Rail Revival Revive the rail network in Sisonke District Wide Planned - Regional airport Development of a regional airport for Unspecified Envisioned - Sisonke Bulwer Dam R2 billion development of dam in Bulwer Bulwer Planned Bulwer 6. Priority District Rural Connecting Road Integrated Municipal Upgrading uMzimkhulu Road - Infrastructure Delivery, Infrastructure, uMzimkhulu LM Strategic Infrastructure New District Road/ (District road or similar) – Kokstad to - Transport route Bulwer and uMzimkhulu to Swartberg (and beyond) Critical Road Upgrades P12 Himeville – Loteni and Nottingham - Road to unlock tourism from Gauteng, R56 Pietermaritzburg to Kokstad to Eastern Cape upgrades to improve

March 2018 154

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Node / Project / Initiative Description Location Status Corridor accessibility and R612 Mzinto to Bulwer to improve accessibility 7. Expansion of and Retail and Services sector Kokstad Mall Development of a major mall at the N2 Kokstad Envisioned Kokstad and R56 intersection Ixopo Call Centre N/A Ixopo Planned Ixopo 8. Developments Integrated Rural Isibizane/Makholweni IREDC 10 km along P8-3 Exploratory Corridor: Bulwer Economic Development (dense rural - high poverty - primary / from Creighton turn / Ixopo - Centres secondary agricultural land - ITB land) onto D1345 Kokstad / Potential for agriculture Underberg

Figure 57: HGDM Nodes, Corridors and Projects (EDTEA, 2017)

March 2018 155

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.10.3 Harry Gwala District Growth and Development Plan

The Harry Gwala DGDP was prepared in 2014 as an extension of the KZN PGDP. The Plan forms part of the Government package of plans consisting of the National Development Plan (NDP), PGDP, DGDPs, Municipal IDPs and Ward Plans. The package of plans is focused on ensuring alignment between plans and thus improved growth and development throughout the country. The DGDP plan is a long term plan focusing on the year 2030. The municipal IDPs will align with the DGDP.

The HGDM IDP (2012-2017 TERM) states the vision of the District to be a foremost water services provider in the KZN Province with its communities benefiting from a vibrant agriculture and tourism sector. However, in light of this noble vision, the District faces a few spatial challenges.

Spatial challenges are issues that the country as a whole, not just Harry Gwala, faces. The National development Plan (NDP, 2030) states that South Africa faces deficiencies with the local system of integrated development planning and the governance and administrative capability to undertake planning at all scales. The NDP goes further in elaborating that South Africa's intergovernmental system of spatial planning suffers from:  Slow development;  Poor coordination;  Complex division of powers and functions between local, provincial and national government; and  Ambiguities in the Constitution regarding responsibilities of spatial planning (NDP, 2030: 274).

On a more local level, the DGDP (2014) considers the District to be sparsely populated with some of the lowest population densities (increasing faintly along the access routes) in the Province, as well as a topography and human settlement pattern that can make it difficult to service. With that being said, Harry Gwala is a District with great potential, especially in the areas of agriculture and tourism, as correctly illustrated in their IDP’s vision.

5.10.4 Development Corridors

5.10.4.1 Overview Corridors are established to provide a well-designed connectivity which attracts and improves accessibility in intense developments. The corridors suggested in the HGDM SDF are based on the recommendations in the PGDS, the various development informants identified in the earlier phase of the study and the goals and objectives of the HGDM SDF, with specific reference to the need to integrate district space and link the various nodes and opportunities into a meaningful whole; improve or extend access to areas with economic potential within areas of high

March 2018 156

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

poverty; maximise interest opportunities and potentials within the district in way which promotes growth and investment, and ensure the sustained growth of existing centres and corridors of economic development.

Provincial Priority Corridors (SC2 and SC6) relevant to HGDM include:  SC 2: Kokstad – Umzimkulu – Msunduzi (Secondary Corridor), and  SC6: Port Shepstone – St Faiths – Ixopo (Secondary Corridor).

Notwithstanding the classification of these corridors as secondary in terms of the PGDS, it must be emphasized that for the district these are the main focal corridors. The definition and purpose of these corridors are described in the PSEDS as “a corridor serving areas of high poverty levels with good economic development potential within one or two sectors.”

Although it could be argued that the primary function of these corridors is long distance traffic movement, development should be encouraged at appropriate locations along the corridors. More detailed planning at these locations will however be required as part of the local SDF’s. The types of corridors in HGDM, based on the SDF, as listed in Table 25.

Table 25: HGDM corridor hierarchy based on SDF (draft 1) Corridors Description and Location Primary Corridors Kokstad- Matatiele-Lesotho (R56) Kokstad-Underberg-Sani Pass-Lesotho (R617) Underberg-Boston-Msunduzi (P7-4, P7-5, P7-2) Underberg-Stepmore-Impendle-Nottingham Road (P27-2) P68 has been identified as one of the primary corridors which links Umzumbe and connects to Port Shepstone in the south and Highflats in the north. Secondary Corridors P604 from Swartberg to Matatiele P252, 12 7-2 to Impendle P602, P8-3 from Franklin to Creighton P74-9 from uMzimkhulu to Ntsikeni P601-2 from UMzimkhulu via Lourdes to Franklin P750 From N2 to Franklin Tertiary Corridors P113, P422, D634 P417, D609, D631 P929, P316, D2420 D636 ,D609, D959 P607, P320, D2412 D957, D625, P246 P125 ,P77 ,P8-2 D2411, D958, D612 D310 and P73 which continues through Umzumbe and runs through Sipofu and Msisini to Turton

March 2018 157

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.10.5 Nodal Development

According to the HGDM SDF for 2017/22, nodal planning seeks to enhance the provision of adequate infrastructure, improves efficiency and provides a variety of land uses and public transportation in the vicinity of communities. Nodal planning provides links between the HGDM and other neighbouring areas through major transportation routes. Therefore, nodal development should be encouraged because it improves efficiency by providing easy access and thresholds for a variety of high quality services and uses.

The HGDM SDF for 2017/22 (see Figure 58) provides a hierarchy of primary, secondary, tertiary, rural service, and tourism/recreational nodes, which are summarised in Table 26. When the hierarchy of nodes is proposed in the context of a District level, the classifications of the same nodes at a national, provincial and even the local level may differ depending on the scale at which they are being considered. The various nodes in this report can be understood as areas where higher intensity of land use and social and business activities occur.

Table 26: HGDM Nodal Hierarchy Nodes Node Description Location and Rationale Primary Nodes The sphere of influence for these primary nodes Urban centres of: range from 10-15 km. These nodes serve the sub- . Kokstad regional economy of the district and are currently in . Umzimkhulu need of a detailed master-planning for infrastructural and services requirements for expansion. Services . Ixopo that are expected in these centres include agri . Uderberg/Himeville industrial development, large scale tourism projects, These areas have potential for significant housing development, shopping centres, wide range economic development, growth and of retail services, police services, primary, expansion. Their sphere of influence ranges secondary and tertiary high level of education from 10-15km. centres, hospitals, clinics, government departments, satellite offices (especially for land affairs, social welfare). Secondary The typical services expected at these nodes Urban centres of: Nodes include police stations, low level retail services and . Franklin housing development (less than 1000 lots), small . Creighton scale tourism, education facilities (primary and secondary), clinics, pension payout points, . Donnybrook community halls etc. . Bulwer (treated as a primary node due to potential posed by its strategic location) . Highflats These areas are said to comprise of sufficient levels of economic development. Tertiary Nodes These areas are said to have lower potential for Urban areas of: providing economic services to local communities. . Swartberg Appropriate formalisation in terms of planning and . Riverside development control is required in these areas to enhance their development potential. Common . Ibis services that can be expected in these areas include . Rietvlei low level retail services, police stations, primary and These areas are described as having low secondary education, clinics, pension payout points, levels for economic potential. The aim of community halls, and taxi ranks. these tertiary nodes is primarily to serve local communities. Rural Service Rural service nodes represent the lowest order of In areas which comprise of minimal economic Centres locality, where a range of service and economic potential such as: activities could be concentrated in a sustainable . Ntsikeni way. These are the most accessible locations within . Lourdes

March 2018 158

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nodes Node Description Location and Rationale an acceptable distance of communities. The levels . GowanLea of service found at these nodes are clinics, mobile . Centacow services, post boxes shops, primary and secondary school, pension payout point, taxi rank, and . Kilmon Traditional Authority Court. . Ncwadi . Stepmore . Ntwasahlobo . Makhoba . Nokweja . Jolivet Tourism and These nodes are situated in areas that are attractive These nodes are located on private land Recreation and have the potential for resource orientated such as: Nodes activities. The areas have easy access to the . In Kokstad on the N2 wilderness/ natural areas through controlled points. . Ntsekeni Nature Reserve . Ophepheni . Indlovu Clan (Ubuhlebezwe to west R56) Qunu falls

Figure 58: HGDM SDF (HGDM, 2015)

March 2018 159

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.11 Strategic Integrated Projects

The South African Government adopted a National Infrastructure Plan in 2012 that intends to transform our economic landscape while simultaneously creating significant numbers of new jobs, and to strengthen the delivery of basic services. The plan also supports the integration of African economies. The National Infrastructure Plan consists of 18 Strategic Integrated Projects (SIPs) spread across the country. HGDM is primarily affected by only SIP 18: Water and Sanitation Infrastructure, which plans to improve basic service delivery infrastructure within the District.

5.12 Urban Edge

One of the major issues that affects the future development and spatial structure of the municipality is urban growth management. National and provincial policy directives demand of local authorities to compact urban areas and prevent continuous outward urban sprawl. The urban edge, in this particular context, can be defined as an institutional boundary within the municipality with the sole purpose of containing physical development and sprawl and re- directing growth towards a more integrated, compact and efficient urban form (HGDM, 2015).

According to the HGDM SDF (HGDM, 2015), most of the towns in the district are surrounded by physical and natural barriers such as rivers/streams, valleys and hills as well as provincial roads that begin to provide good indications of where the edge of the town should be on parts of the towns. The other factor for this district is that this delineation is primarily for the purposes of long term planning, with the exception of Ixopo town and UMzimkhulu Town where a flood line has somewhat required the identification of new areas for the growth of the town as a short term objective, because most development initiatives can be accommodated within the already existing town boundaries on a short term to strengthen their economic activities.

March 2018 160

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.13 Demographic Profile

The demographic profile of HGDM and its LM’s are provided in Table 27. The demographic profile was primarily sourced from the Statistics South Africa Census data. The Census 2011 data is the most comprehensive dataset available for the area. The analysis was conducted using the Census 2011 municipal data.

Table 27: HGDM Demographic Profile

Municipalities Environmental Theme Dr Nkosazana Greater Ubuhlebezwe uMzimkhulu HGDM Dlamini Zuma LM Kokstad LM LM LM Total population 461 412 113 446 65 979 101 697 180 303

Young (0-14) 37.9% 38% 30.6% 37.4% 40.8%

Working Age (15-64) 57.2% 56.9% 66.7% 57.4% 53.7%

Elderly (65+) 4.9% 5.1% 2.7% 5.3% 5.5%

Dependency ratio 74.9% 75.7% 49.9 74.3 86.2

Growth rate (2001-2011) 2.03% N/A 1.55% -0.03% 0.34% Population density 44 32 25 63 74 (persons/km2) Unemployment rate 36% 33.2% 28.9% 34% 46.6%

No Annual Household Income 15% 13.5% 16% 17% 16% Annual Household Income – 74.1% 76.9% 62.7% 74.4% 77.2% Low No schooling aged 20+ 6% 7% 4.1% 15.9% 6.4%

Higher education aged 20+ 3% 2% 10.8% 4.3% 4.9%

Matric aged 20+ 10% 10% 17% 11% 8%

Number of households 112 287 26 733 19 140 23 487 42 909 Number of Agricultural 54 411 14 048 4 680 11 145 24 538 households Average household size 4.1 4.2 3.1 4.1 4.1

Female headed households 55.1% 54.8% 41.6% 57.2% 60.3%

Formal dwellings 41% 35% 83.6% 30.3% 32.7%

Housing owned/paying off 59.5% 58.5% 36.3% 63.8% 68.1% Flush toilet connected to 17.6% 10% 60.1% 12% 6.4% sewerage Weekly refuse removal 20.7% 9.9%% 74% 12.3% 8.3%

Piped water inside dwelling 14.7% 16% 36.1% 12.4% 5.6%

Electricity for lighting 62.4% 53.4% 80.7% 53.9% 64.5%

HGDM has a total population of 467 292 persons and contributes 4.64% to the total population of KZN. uMzimkhulu LM has the highest population of 180 303 persons. The total

March 2018 161

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) population experienced positive population growth of 2.03% by 2016. Ubuhlebezwe LM experienced negative population growth over the period 2001and 2011.

The dependency ratio of HGDM is the highest in the country. Apart from the HIV/AIDS endemic faced at a provincial level as well the migration to urban centres, the HGDM SDF has suggested alternative studies are undertaken to determine the cause of dependency within the District.

The rural settlements are spatially disintegrated and function in isolation of each other. In line with the KZN PSEDS, HGDM has adopted a nodal approach to development which encourages urbanisation. The rural nature of the district, coupled with low education and income levels indicate the vulnerability of rural living within HGDM. The communities are characterised by significant service backlogs, poverty, unemployment and other social development challenges.

Education levels within the District are low but have improved. Only 10% of the population have attained matric, which correlates to the low level of income earned by households within HGDM. Given that unemployment is at 36%, there is a need for greater economic opportunity within the District to accommodate the higher number of skilled people.

In terms of crime statistics, common assault, burglary at residential premises and stock theft have the highest incident levels within the District.

5.14 Economic Profile

The gross geographic product (GGP) of a particular area amounts to the total income or payment received by the production factors – (land, labour, capital, and entrepreneurship) – for their participation in the production within that area. GVA is defined as the value of goods and services produced in a geographic area. The relationship between GVA and Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is GVA plus taxes on products minus subsidies on products.

The GVA for the HGDM for 2013 is shown in Table 28. As of 2013, finance, business and insurance contributed the largest share of GVA (19%) and has experienced the most growth. The second largest sector is manufacturing (18%) and then government (16%). Agriculture contributes 11% while tourism contributes 13%.

Table 28: HGDM GDP Contribution

Industry GDP contribution Agriculture 11% Manufacturing 18% General Government 16% Electricity 2%

March 2018 162

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Industry GDP contribution Trade and tourism 13% Transport 11% FIRE 19% Community Services 7% Construction 3%

Historically, the growth in the District’s economy has been closely linked to the agricultural sector. According to the IDP, agriculture contributes proportionately more employment in HGDM in rural KZN than it does to employment in South Africa as a whole. Moreover, a discrepancy between actual and potential production indicates a significant percentage of farmland has not been developed to its fullest potential. Within the agricultural sector HGDM has a competitive advantage.

HGDM policy indicates the need to protect productive agricultural land from development, be it residential, urban development or other. “Good quality agricultural land is a finite resource that must be protected and managed for the long term.” This protection has bearing on the development of this EMF which must be cognisant of the value of arable land and its protection. The protectiveness of agricultural land serves the interest of large scale commercial farming as well as protects rural communities which are dependent upon the condition and availability of natural resources for sustenance. Rural communities have limited access to economic opportunity and therefore are dependent on the land for income and food.

Harry Gwala Development Agency has a strategic mandate to help promote economic development and create jobs in HGDM. This enjoins this agency to play a leadership role in the efforts aimed at creating work and real economic growth.

5.15 Tourism

Some of the current tourism opportunities in HGDM include:  UDPWHS;  Sani Pass;  Adventure tourism -  Mountain biking;  Quad biking;  River rafting, tubing and canoeing;  Photography;  Hiking and abseiling;  Fishing;

March 2018 163

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 4x4 trails;  Horseback riding;  Harry Gwala Birding Route –  Marutshwa Forest Board Walk;  Gqumeni Forest;  Highover Wildlife Sanctuary;  Harry Gwala Central;  Sani Pass and Cobham;  Korongo Valley Guest Farm;  Sutherland Farm;  Springbok Farm;  Ntsikeni Nature Reserve;  Franklin Vlei;  Harry Gwala Southern Route Broader Harry Gwala; and  Sisonke Stimela and Steam Rail Tourism.

According to the DGDP (HGDM, 2014), the potential within the District for tourism is large and can have significant economic benefits. Whilst the Drakensberg is a well-known tourist destination, other tourist activities such as Rail Tourism, Mission Tourism and Bird Tourism are not as well-known and could promoted with the potential multipliers exploited.

5.16 Access to Services

5.16.1 Water

Understanding access to water services provides insight into the municipal level of service of a community as well on the standard of living. Water supply is highly dependent on the area’s topography, amount of rainfall as well as efficient and reliable regional or local water and sanitation infrastructure (HGDM IDP, 2016). Table 29 provides the percentage of each water source per LM within the District.

According to the current Water Services Development Plan (WSDP) for the HGDM, which was completed in 2005, the urban centres of the District, with the exception of Ixopo, are all served by conventional schemes. The bulk water is purchased from Umgeni Water. The bulk water is mainly abstracted from rivers or dams dedicated to each of the towns with springs

March 2018 164

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

and boreholes mainly being used as back-up. A total bulk pipeline network of 65 km was identified in HGDM urban areas. A total of 20 rural water supply schemes and a number of rudimentary water supply infrastructures, like protected springs on starter schemes and boreholes equipped with hand pumps, has been completed and is currently under the operation and maintenance programme of the District.

Table 29: Water source per Municipality (%) (Stats SA, 2011)

Municipality Harry Gwala DM Ingwe LM Kwa Sani LM Greater Kokstad LM Ubuhlebezwe LM Umzimkhulu LM

Regional/local water scheme (operated by municipality or 38 20 44 77 40 28 other water services provider)

Borehole 10 14 10 9 15 5 Spring 14 29 18 4 12 12 Rain water tank 2 2 1 2 2 3

Dam/pool/stagnant water 4 6 8 2 3 3

River/stream 25 17 9 2 22 44 Water vendor 1 1 1 0 1 1 Water tanker 4 8 7 2 3 3 Other 2 2 2 1 1 1 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

The water and sanitation infrastructure in the urban areas of HGDM seem to be in a reasonable condition for all day to day operations (HGDM, 2016). The current water network in HGDM is shown in Figure 59.

According to the HGDM IDP (HGDM, 2016), the District is starting to invest in sustainable and reliable water sources such as Bulwer Dam (currently under planning). This dam is not going to cater for the entire District, thus more water resources are in urgently needed. Another water supply scheme planned is in Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM, where the Steven Dlamini Dam is planned to improve the water supply to areas of this LM as well as Ubuhlebezwe LM (HGDM, 2016).

March 2018 165

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 59: Current water network in HGDM (HGDM, 2016)

5.17 Electricity Supply

The main substations and electricity network that supply electricity to towns within HGDM are shown in Figure 60. There are 20 substations within HGDM, which provides a network of electrical supply from Eskom to most of the urban communities in the District. These network lines range from a supply of 11 kV up to 400 kV of electricity.

March 2018 166

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 60: Eskom Power lines and Substations situated in HGDM (ESKOM, 2017)

5.18 Transportation

5.18.1 Road Network

The transportation network in HGDM is made up of primary roads as well as secondary roads, as listed in Table 30 and shown in Figure 61. All roads within the District contribute significantly to the economic development of the Municipality. There are minimal tarred roads that traverse the District, thus more reliance is made on gravel roads. Currently there is only one provincial road that traverses the district, which is the N2.

Table 30: HGDM primary and secondary roads (HGDM, 2015) Type of Road Road Description Primary Road N2 Links Kokstad with economic hub such as Port Shepstone, Durban and Umtata Secondary Roads R56 Links Kokstad with Matatiele and Cedarville R617 Links Kokstad with Underberg and Pietermartizburg

March 2018 167

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 61: Tar Roads (Red) and Gravel Roads (Black) in HGDM (DoT, 2017)

5.18.2 Rail Network

The current rail network for HGDM enters the district in the east by Deepdale, where it traverses to the towns of Underburg, Creighton and Franklin, providing the community with public transport between all local municipalities within HGDM. A narrow gauge railway provides transport and moves through to the towns of Ixopo and ends in Madonela situated in the Ubuhlebezwe LM. The railway line from Franklin through to the west has been abandoned and does not operate any more.

5.18.3 Airports

Within HGDM there are currently no paved and licenced Airports/aerodromes. There are the following grass field airports in the District:  Himeville: Grass field;  Underburg: Grass field;

March 2018 168

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Drakensburg Gardens: Grass field;  Diamond Valley Airport: Grass field; and  HMS Bastard Memorial Airport: Grass field.

The nearest paved and licensed airport is the Pietermaritzburg Airport, which is approximately 60km west of HGDM.

5.19 Solid Waste Management

Waste management services remain the function of local municipalities, where HGDM fulfills an oversight function. The status of solid waste management in HGDM is presented in Table 31.

Table 31: Status of Solid Waste Management in HGDM (HGDM, 2017) Municipality Waste Disposal Facility Status Ubuhlebezwe LM Not available Disposes at uMzimkhulu LM. uMzimkhulu LM Mankofu Dumpsite Unlicensed. To be closed and rehabilitated when the new landfill site is operational.

Establishment of new landfill site, funded by DEA. Greater Kokstad LM Existing unlicensed landfill site. License for the new landfill site acquired.

Closure license for the existing disposal site available. Dr Nkosazana Dlamini . Bulwer Landfill site Licensed. Zuma LM . Creighton landfill site . Underberg Transfer Station

Figure 62 (Harry Gwala DM SDF, 2016) shows the different types of refuse removal services available per LM within HGDM. Refuse in the Greater Kokstad LM is removed mainly by the local authority or private companies, at least once a week. Most of the households in the remaining LM’s utilise their own refuse dumps.

March 2018 169

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 62: Refuse disposal per Municipality (HGDM, 2016)

5.20 Health Facilities

The following health facilities are available in the District (HGDM, 2014):  16 Mobile Clinics;  41 small to medium Clinics;  1 Community Health Centre; and  8 Hospitals including the Kokstad Psychiatric Facility.

5.21 Disaster Management

The current Disaster Management structure in HGDM consists of the following:  In complying with the Disaster Management Act (Act No. 57 of 2002) HGDM has completed a Disaster Management Centre, which is situated in Ixopo, Ubuhlebezwe LM;  The District developed a Disaster Management Framework which was approved by the Portfolio Committee and adopted by Council in 2013;  The HGDM Disaster Management Plan was reviewed and adopted by Council in 2012, and is currently under review;  The Disaster Management Advisory Forum was established, which sits quarterly. The forum was created to allow stakeholders within HGDM to deal with specific disaster management issues that affect the communities in the District.

March 2018 170

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

The main risks or hazards within the District include:  Strong winds and heavy rains;  Thunderstorm and lightning;  Snowfall;  Veld and forest fires;  Floods;  Drought; and  Motor Vehicles Accidents.

Disaster prone areas in HGDM, based on the IDP, are shown in Figure 63.

Figure 63: Disaster Prone Areas in HGDM (HGDM IDP, 2016)

March 2018 171

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.22 Traditional Leadership

The Ingonyama Trust was established in 1994 by the KwaZulu Ingonyama Trust Act (Act No. 3 of 1994) to hold the land in title for “the benefit, material welfare and social well-being of the members of the tribes and communities” living on the land. The functions of a Traditional Council include, amongst others, to allocate land, to administer the affairs of the traditional community in accordance with customs and tradition, to promote service delivery and development in the community together with the local municipality and to promote peace, stability and social cohesion, upholding the traditional values of the community (Sutherland et al, 2016).

Large portions of the District are under the auspices of Traditional Authorities, as shown in Figure 64. uMzimkhulu LM has the largest area that is covered by traditional areas in the District, followed by Dr Nkosazana Dlamini-Zuma LM and then Ubuhlebezwe LM. Greater Kokstad LM does not have any traditional areas within its jurisdiction (HGDM, 2017).

Figure 64: Traditional Authorities in HGDM (HGDM, 2015)

5.23 Land Claims

There are a number of existing land claims within the HGDM. Agriculture and forestry are key economic drivers in the District, which needs to factor in how land claims are resolved (HGDM, 2015). Figure 65 shows all land reform projects (settled and unsettled claims) in the District.

March 2018 172

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 65: Land Claims in HGDM (HGDM, 2015)

March 2018 173

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

5.24 Historical & Cultural Resources

GIS Mapping  Appendix A22 (Map: Heritage Resources)

5.24.1 Heritage Resources

HGDM has not been intensively surveyed for all heritage sites. However, some sites have been recorded by cultural resource consultants who have worked in the area during the last two decades whilst archaeologists from the KZN Museum have made sporadic visits to the area. The available evidence, as captured in the KZN Museum heritage site inventory indicates that the area contains a wide spectrum of archaeological sites covering different time periods and cultural traditions. These include palaeontology, Early Stone Age site, Middle Stone Age sites, Later Stone Age sites, rock art sites, Early Iron Age sites, Later Iron Age sites and historical sites. Various buildings and farmsteads belonging to the Victorian and Edwardian periods occur in the area, which are protected by heritage legislation.

An overview of the heritage resources in each of the LM’s follows (refer to tabulated list in Appendix B).  Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM (see Figures 66 – 68) –  UDPWHS - rich cultural heritage which comprises rock art unique to the area and the shelters which were occupied at various stages by the San and their ancestors;  At least two Early Stone Age sites were identified in the municipality. Since Early Stone Age sites are usually found in dry river beds or dongas due to the deep deposits, the scarcity of these sites should not be indicative of a lack of these sites but rather on the difficulty in tracing them;  At least six Middle Stone Age sites are represented in the database of the Natal Museum;  29 Later Stone Age sites were recorded in isolation;  For three rock art sites no deposits had been documented. This could probably be explained at the hand of the researcher’s focus: the rock art content rather than the associated archaeological deposits;  263 Later Stone Age associated with rock art were documented. Those sites in the UDPWHS and other areas which fall within the EKZNW management system are co- managed by Amafa/Heritage KZN;  16 sites were documented for the Intermediate Stone Age;  No Early Iron Age sites were documented;  Only two Later Iron Age sites were recorded; one is in Cobham State Forest (no other information is provided); the other is Addenda/Tatton, a surface find. In such a large area, which had been more densely populated during earlier times, it is more than likely that there would be more sites;

March 2018 174

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 31 Intermediate Iron Age sites were recorded. These could have been either later iron Age or Historical period sites inhabited by Nguni-speaking groups; and  120 Historical sites, which include 5 rock painting sites (Mpongweni Cave; Sipongweni Shelter 2; Snowhill; and two other shelters – unnamed – in the Cobham and Garden Castle State Forests).

Figure 66: Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma LM Herige Sites (Note: due to the large size of the municipality and the density of documented sites, not all pointers are visible on the map)

March 2018 175

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 67: Centecow Trappist Mission, main chapel

Figure 68: St Michael All Angels Church, Arbuckle Street, Himeville

 Greater Kokstad LM (see Figures 69 – 70) –  One Early Stone Age site was recorded at Kruisspruit/ Thornham;  Four Middle Stone Age sites;  11 Later Stone Age sites;  One RA site, without mention of archaeological deposits, was documented at Zwartberg Shelter 1;  A total of 54 rock art sites were recorded in association with Later Stone Age deposits/finds;  Two Intermediate Stone Age sites are located at Thule 1, and one site at Vielsalm 47 at Sheltered Vale 1;  No Iron Age sites had been recorded in the entire area.  Only six historical sites had been recorded.

March 2018 176

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 69: Greater Kokstad LM Heritage Sites (Note: It is clear that most research were conducted in the north and south, leaving the middle part relatively unexplored)

Figure 70: Adam Kok’s grave, Hope Street, Kokstad

March 2018 177

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

 Ubuhlebezwe LM (see Figure 71) –  Seven Early Stone Age sites;  Two Middle Stone Age sites at Good Lands 4111 and at Umzimkulu;  Four Later Stone Age sites;  No rock art sites in isolation;  One rock art site associated with Later Stone Age deposits/finds at Greenden/ Mgodi;  One Intermediate Stone Age site was documented at Hancock Grange at the Umzimkulu Bridge;  No Iron Age sites; and  Only one historical site was documented, namely Rhodes’ 1870 House

Figure 71: Ubuhlebezwe LM Heritage Sites (Note: The entire area has been neglected in terms of archaeo-logical research with very few sites being documented in comparison with Dr Nkosazana Dlamini-Zuma LM immediately north of it)

 uMzimkhulu LM (see Figure 72) –  Only one Middle Stone Age site has been recorded at Location NO 9, Mfulamuhle; and  One historical site has been recorded, namely the Umzimkulu Cemetery.

March 2018 178

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Figure 72: uMzimkhulu LM Heritage Sites

Recommendations in terms of heritage resources in HGDM include the following:  It is obvious that, where information seems to be sparse, the area has not been reconnoitred fully, and that a heritage practitioner should be appointed;  Due to the varying degrees in the sensitivity of palaeontological sites, a paleontologist should be required to at least perform a desktop study during the initial planning stages;  The lack of information on Early Stone Age sites in the area justifies more in-depth research, which therefore calls for caution, in particular if deep excavation is planned;  All rock art sites are classified as extremely sensitive;  It is self-evident that Intermediate Stone Age sites are of great importance to the study of contact behaviour between diverse prehistorical groups;  No Early Iron Age sites were documented in the Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma Local Municipality as opposed to seven in the Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality. It is therefore clear that this record is incomplete and needs more research to be done;  Any sites pertaining to the Iron Age period would contribute valuable scientific information in terms of e.g. population spread, contact, and support systems; and  For the historical period, oral history to be collected from the descendants of the various historical groups indigenous to the area.

March 2018 179

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

6 POLLUTION

Potential sources of pollution in HGDM are shown in Table 32.

Table 32: Potential Sources of Pollution in HGDM

Categories Pollution Types Potential Sources  Diffuse pollution . Leaching of agro-chemicals and fertilizers sources . Industrial effluent and untreated sewage . Overgrazing and soil erosion . Settlements that lack or have inadequate sanitation services Landfill sites with poor stormwater practices Water . . Runoff from bare areas . Spillages from road and rail accidents  Point sources . Effluent from poor performing wastewater treatment works (WWTWs) . Industrial effluents  Stationary and . Quarries point source . Landfills emissions . WWTWs . Industries  Mobile source . On road motor vehicles including: cars; trucks; buses and emissions trains . Off road equipment including: recreational vehicles, Air construction equipment and vehicles, industrial equipment, garden equipment, farm equipment, commercial equipment, railway maintenance equipment, aircrafts  Area source . Burning of fossil fuels emissions . Burning of waste . Veld fires . Stockpiles . Dust from bare areas  Airstrips Noise  Traffic from main roads  CBDs . Quarries . Landfills  Landscape . WWTWs alteration . Land clearing Visual  Visual impacts . Informal settlements  Loss of ‘sense of . Disparate development place’ . Poor waste management . Uncontrolled outdoor advertising

March 2018 180

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PRIORITIES

The Status Quo phase serves to establish the current state of the environment in HGDM through inter alia baseline evaluations and descriptions, specialist studies, desktop assessments, existing data assimilation and field verification and assessment.

This first phase of the EMF development process culminates in the identification of environmental management priorities through an understanding of the environmental issues, constraints and opportunities within the district – see Table 33.

March 2018 181

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Table 33: Compilation of HGDM’s Environmental Status Quo in terms of (a) Constraints, Weaknesses and Issues, (b) Strengths and Opportunities, and (c) Management Priorities

Weather conditions (temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, CLIMATE wind, rainfall, etc.)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Capacity for climate change  Disaster Management caters for  Support PGDS Strategic Goal 5: Response to Climate Change.  DEA adaptation. heavy rainfall, floods and  EDTEA  Inadequate understanding of the full droughts.  Climate change impact mitigation strategies proposed in the White Paper on  DWS impacts of climate change to the  Disaster management centre the National Climate Change Response (2011) and which have relevance to  DAFF district, e.g. that manages all incidents in the activities at a municipal level.  SANBI . Biodiversity; District.  SALGA . Agriculture;  Climate conditions allow for a  Create climate change awareness.  DM & . Availability of water sources; wide range of agricultural  Develop strategy to combat climate change and promote sustainable energy LMs . Human health. opportunities. solutions.  Vulnerability of rural communities to  Favourable climate supports  Areas important for climate change resilience (e.g. riparian corridors and  DEA climate change - unpredictable weather tourism. buffers, areas of high plant endemism, refuge sites including south-facing  EDTEA patterns and natural disasters. slopes and kloofs and priority large unfragmented landscapes) need to be  DWS  Risk of climate change related managed and conserved.  EKZNW disasters.  DAFF  Urban and rural development occurring  SANBI in flood prone, low lying areas within  DM & floodlines. LMs  No existing baseline data for air quality monitoring at a District level.  Consider the potential impacts of Climate Change on long term spatial  DM & structure. LMs  Air quality monitoring to include greenhouse gasses.  DEA  EDTEA  DM  Develop strategies to protect farmers without access to irrigation systems.  DWS  DAFF  Increase productive use of land.  DARD  DM & LMs  Manage impacts of climate change on water resources.  DWS  DM &  Review and update municipal LUMS of areas with high risk of floods and fires LMs that need to be incorporated in future land use developments  Implement Water Conservation and Demand Management.

 Stormwater harvesting to be promoted.

March 2018 182

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Graphic representation of surface features of a place on a map, TOPOGRAPHY indicating relative positions and elevations

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Scattered development and  The area is afforded visual quality  Development to consider geology, soil land types, drainage, slope gradients  DEA settlements. through its topographic features. and visual impacts.  EDTEA Steep topography and slope instability Steeper slopes more inaccessible    All areas steeper than 18 degrees should be excluded from development.  DWS limits development and service and are therefore less disturbed. This will not only protect slopes from erosion and landslide risk, but will  DMR provision. These areas serve as habitat ensure that ridges will function as dispersal/habitat corridors  DM &  Slope restricts movement and patches and dispersal corridors to a LMs accessibility. large number of species. It also acts as important water catchment  Slope increases cost of service deliver  Conservation of sensitive topographical features that support biodiversity and  DEA areas. in terms of construction and contribute towards the visual quality of the district.  EDTEA maintenance.  The variable topography creates  DWS  Careful management of the visual biophysical habitats and micro  Protection of ridgeline corridors (which should contribute to ameliorating the  DMR impact of development. climatic conditions which support a potential impacts of climate change on the biota of the region).  EKZNW  Impacts of linear developments (e.g. range of biodiversity.  DM & roads, power lines, pipelines, tele-  Conducive topography for eco- and LMs communication, etc.) to topographical adventure tourism, particularly in features. the Drakensberg.  Establish corridors for alignment of linear-type developments. Consider EMF  DEA  Poor land use management practices environmental management zones and associated restrictions.  EDTEA in rural areas.  DM &  Land transformation. LMs

Water located beneath ground surface in soil pore spaces and GROUNDWATER fractures of rock formations

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Runoff increased by unsustainable  Occurrence of locally, good  Geotechnical stability studies should be conducted to evaluate risks posed to  DEA agricultural practices on steep slopes, groundwater aquifers. and by groundwater conditions.  EDTEA at the expense of soil retention and  Wetlands in the District provide  Optimal use of groundwater resources. Underground water utilization  DWS groundwater recharge. important groundwater recharge or investigation. Determine fitness for use.  DMR  Groundwater resources and quality discharge functions.  Regulate and prohibit land-based activities which may affect the quantity and  DM & affected by forestry, septic sewage  Groundwater plays an important quality of groundwater. High groundwater pollution risk activities should not LMs systems and pit latrines, landfills, role in water services especially in be allowed in areas where the aquifer is characterized by primary petrochemicals, etc. rural areas where surface water permeability and secondary permeability (fractures), as pollution plume may reticulation infrastructure has high migrate rapidly.  Reliance of rural communities on cost implications. There are a large  Establish an understanding of the groundwater resources’ vulnerability to

March 2018 183

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions groundwater. number of boreholes in the District. pollution. Prevention of groundwater pollution in areas of seasonal shallow  Occurrence of poor to moderate  Importance of groundwater in water table. groundwater aquifers. sustaining the ecological functioning  Prevent intrusion of polluted surface water into aquifers. of important surface water systems,  Institute adequate source-directed controls to manage potential impacts to  DWS such as wetlands. groundwater resources, which could include: . Authorisations, licences and permits; . Standards to regulate quality of waste discharges; . Requirements for on-site management practices (e.g. to minimise waste at source and to control diffuse pollution); . Requirements for clean-up and remediation of water resources that have already been polluted.  Implement groundwater monitoring programme.  DWS  Provision of adequate sanitation and waste management services.  DM &  Suitable site selection for new cemeteries. LMs

Study of the earth, the materials of which it is made, the GEOLOGY structure of those materials and the processes acting upon them

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Erosion caused by poor land  Development to consider geology, soil land types, drainage and slope  DEA management practices. gradients.  EDTEA  Slope places direct limitations on  Detailed geotechnical assessments to be conducted, based on the types of  DWS development. developments.  DM & LMs  Coordinated compliance monitoring and enforcement of mining activities.  DEA  EDTEA  DWS  DMR  DM & LMs

March 2018 184

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

A river or spring; a natural channel in which water flows regularly or intermittently; a wetland, lake or dam into which, or from SURFACE WATER which, water flows. A reference to a watercourse includes, where relevant, its bed and banks

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Rivers are classified predominately as  Wetlands in HGDM are  Wetland areas, streams and rivers to be protected, rehabilitated and  DEA moderately and largely modified, with few predominantly in good to managed to maintain ecological functioning.  EDTEA rivers classified as natural. modified condition.  Transboundary management of water resources (e.g. upstream impacts,  DWS  Sources of water quality deterioration  Major rivers traverse the institutional relationships).  EKZNW include: District, including the Umgeni,  Designation and maintenance of buffers associated with watercourses.  DMR o Irrigation return flows; Mvoti, uMkhomazi, Umzimkhulu Strict regulation of encroachment and incompatible land use and  DM & LMs o Inadequate farming practices (e.g. and Umzimvubu Rivers. activities. cultivation on steep slopes);  Occurrence of Ecological  Adopt 30 metres buffer area from boundary of regulated area, for strict o Poor veld management and Infrastructure, including water regulation of development. overgrazing, which results in high production areas.  Development to be located outside of the 1:100 year flood line and not to sediment loads;  Two Ramsar sites within the interfere with storm water drainage. No urban, mining or agricultural o Effluent discharge from WWTW; District which play a role in development within regulated area of the watercourse (i.e. 1:100 year o Runoff from rural settlements, with international biodiversity. floodline or delineated riparian / wetland habitat, whichever is greatest). poor ground cover;  Wetland clusters allow for  Rehabilitation of riparian areas affected by anthropogenic activities. o Storm water management in urban migration of species between Catchment and river management policies and guidelines to be areas.  wetlands thus fostering integrated into land use and development planning.  Disturbances to riparian areas, wetlands biodiversity.  Maintain Ecological Reserve (Ecological Water Requirements).  DWS and buffer zones (and associated  Fish sanctuaries in good Water abstraction rights need to be formalised in order to quantify the corridors) due to habitat transformation, condition which meet  demand and to ensure that the overall Ecological Reserve can be subsistence farming, settlements, tree threatened and near threatened maintained within the system. felling, and encroachment by forestry and fish population targets. agriculture.  Ecotourism potential, where  Source directed controls (including compliance with licence conditions)  Negative impacts on water availability due water resources are used for for WWTW, industries and other sources of impacts to resource quality to afforestation. recreational purposes (e.g. (i.e. flow, water quality, habitat and aquatic biota).  Alien vegetation encroachment in riparian fishing, canoeing, hiking trails,  National Aquatic Ecosystem Health Monitoring Programme to be areas. picturesque scenery). extended to cover all major rivers in district. Database to be developed of  Unsustainable use of water resources and  Opportunity to involve the chemical, physical and bacteriological water quality data for DWS associated goods and services. community in water monitoring points in the municipality.  Water shortages and associated management (quantity and  HGDM to ensure that provision is made in the LUMS to enforce the  DM & LMs restrictions on use. quality) especially within the identification, establishment of required set-backs, protection and  Potential health risks due to faecal rural areas. maintenance of wetlands and riparian zones. pollution.  Riparian areas are important  Provision of adequate sanitation and waste management services.  Capacity to identify requirements and from an ecological perspective.  Provision of basic services to informal settlements. obligations in terms of the NWA for They also provide connectivity  Promote water conservation and demand management through  DWS regulated activities, for example the need and offer recreational and regulation where appropriate. Rainwater harvesting, grey water  DM & LMs to apply for water use authorisation when tourism opportunities, as well recycling, re-use of treated effluent from WWTW and similar technical working within the regulated area of a as serving as open space in enhancements should be encouraged. watercourse in terms of section 21 of this urban areas.  Flood prone areas to be managed to minimise flood risks and impacts.

March 2018 185

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions Act.  General goods and services  Develop drought management plan.  Low ground water yields. offered by watercourses (e.g.  Develop invasive alien species control plan, with particular focus on  DEA  Flash flooding. source of fresh water and food, stressed catchments.  EDTEA transportation and dilution of  All rivers are in an ecologically vulnerable;  A wetland inventory should be developed for the HGDM.  DWS pollutants, soil wetting and condition.  Critical wetlands need to be delineated according to DWS guidelines.  EKZNW  The majority of the municipal area has fertilization of floodplain,  Quantify the economic value of freshwater ecosystem goods and  SANBI very limited water holding capacity which recreational value) which are of services.  DM & LMs may create problems in drought periods. importance for human life and  Consider the potential impacts of Climate Change on long term spatial  High levels of degraded land in Nquthu the functioning of society. structure. and Msinga. Dependent on the natural  Absence of large formally protected areas. characteristics of the river  Identify and map areas of Ecological Infrastructure associated with ecosystem. aquatic ecosystems. Identify areas for interventions such as:  Enabling legislative framework o Clear invasive alien plants, especially in mountain catchments for protection and sustainable and riparian areas; use of water resources. o Rehabilitate wetlands; o Rehabilitate eroded areas and reinstate suitable ground cover; o Maintain buffers of natural vegetation along streams and rivers; o Reinstate buffers of natural vegetation between agricultural crops and rivers or wetlands; o Improve rangeland management practices (e.g. grazing regime, fire management); and o Monitor compliance with effluent standards for agriculture and industry.

The unconsolidated mineral or organic material on the SOIL immediate surface of the earth that serves as a natural medium for the growth of land plants

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  The soil types form a critical component of  The District is dominated by  Education and training on best practices in subsistence farming.  DAFF the development potential assessment of soils which are not susceptible  Maintain adequate stocking rates and veld management. Prevent  DARD the municipal area where the geotechnical to wind erosion. overgrazing to curb erosion and soil degradation.  EDTEA characteristics of the different soil forms  The district has some areas  Development to consider geology, soil land types, drainage and slope  DEA can be interpreted in terms of soil activity, with naturally fertile soil and gradients.  EDTEA drainage, collapse potential or erodibility. soils of favourable structure,  Management and protection of vegetation cover that protects soil during  DWS  Susceptibility to water erosion ranges from which should be conserved. precipitation events, effective absorption of water into the soil, and the  EKZNW moderate to very high in the District. slow release of the water into the system thereafter.  DM & LMs  Loss of soil structure due to trampling and  Identify and avoid disturbing areas where the soil has a high erodibility compaction. This is caused mainly by factor. agriculture and human settlement.  Rehabilitation of gullies. Identify priority areas based on suitable  Soil contamination, for example – sustainability criteria.

March 2018 186

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions . Leachate from landfill sites;  Provision of adequate sanitation and waste management services.  DM & LMs . Absence of sanitation and waste  Pollution prevention and remediation measures.  DEA services;  EDTEA . Spills from accidents or leaking  DWS underground tanks; and  DMR . Illegal dumping in open spaces.  DM & LMs  Soil erosion through land clearing activities and over-grazing.  Depletion and degradation of soils may lead to unproductive soils, as well as a decrease of water infiltration with a resultant increase the water run-off.  Loss of topsoil.  Restricted soil depth.  Siltation of watercourses caused by soil erosion.  Salinisation of soil through inappropriate irrigation.  Capacity to identify requirements and obligations in terms of CARA.

AIR Mixture of gases that makes up the Earth's atmosphere

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  General lack of air quality monitoring in Due to its predominantly rural  Air Quality Management Plan required for the district.  DEA the district. nature the air quality is generally  Institute air quality monitoring programme. Duly consider pollution  EDTEA  Pollution from stationary and point source good as there are limited air sources, sensitive receptors and climatic conditions.  DM & LMs emissions, mobile source emissions and contaminating sources.  Detailed emissions inventory to be developed for the District. area source emissions.  Promotion of energy efficient heating and lighting.  DM & LMs  Capacity to identify requirements and  Awareness campaigns to be conducted regarding the dangers of local obligations in terms of the NEM:AQA. communities burning waste, as a means of disposal.  Provision of adequate waste management services.  Establishment of municipal by-laws governing the burning of waste.

March 2018 187

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Land-based living (biotic) and non-living (abiotic) factors which TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY make up a functional ecological unit.

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Loss, transformation and degradation of  25 threatened ecosystems  Strategic planning processes to be informed by EKZNW’s CBAs and  DEA natural habitat through cultivation, occur in the District. Biodiversity Sector Plan, including compliance with Land Use  EDTEA overgrazing, human settlement,  The District supports a number Management Objectives for the Terrestrial and Aquatic Conservation  DWS afforestation and alien plant invasion of Red Data flora and fauna Categories, as well as Land Use Management Practices, Controls and  DMR results in ecosystem degradation and species. Guidelines.  EKZNW species loss.  HGDM has several formally  Apart from the regulatory authority and other commentary authorities,  SANBI  Modification occurs over the entire District protected areas and other specific requirements of EZKNW to be met when conducting EIAs.  DM & LMs with concentrated portions in the north conservation areas, including  Support and facilitate land planning and practices that safeguard and and north-eastern areas. NEM:PAA Protected Areas, enhance the following:  Exploitation and unsustainable harvesting UDPWHS (including buffer), o Overall biodiversity values in the district; of natural resources (e.g. overgrazing, TFCA and RAMSAR sites. o CBAs and ESAs; and medicinal plants and firewood).  The District falls within two o Economic objectives based on wildlife industries that are compatible  Fragmentation of habitat and loss of green centres of endemism, namely with the regions overall biodiversity values including ecotourism corridors. the Drakensberg Alpine Centre developments, stewardship programmes, Community Conservation  Undesirable development patterns that (DAC) and Maputaland Centre Areas and Protected Areas Expansion Strategy. impact on environmentally sensitive areas. of Plant Endemism.  Conserve long-term viable and representatives of sensitive habitats  Inadequate services in rural areas.  Good conservation practices which afford threatened / Endangered species protection and control  Development pressures of uncontrolled and expertise. development pressure in these key sensitive areas. informal and formal settlements on natural  Research and monitoring  Conserve long-term viable and representatives of sensitive and areas of high biodiversity. programmes. threatened vegetation types and control development pressure in the key  Reliance on external resources (DEA) for  Four terrestrial landscape sensitive areas. Environmental Compliance – no internal ecological corridors and several  Where land uses conflict with areas earmarked for development, ensure capacity. local corridors occur in HGDM. adequate habitat and faunal impact assessments as well as overall  Lack of stewardship programmes.  Biodiversity Sector Plan (2014) feasibility assessments are done and identify appropriate feasibilities and  Illegal use of resources (e.g. poaching). in place. /or mitigation measures, before any activities are approved or supported.  Use of poisons to control nuisance  Employment opportunities in  Any irreconcilable activities in close proximity to ecologically sensitive animals with knock-on effects along the the developing ecotourism / species’ habitats or initiatives / wildlife industries compatible with regions food chain. wildlife based industries for overall biodiversity objectives (e.g. conservation areas) should be  Current reserve/protected area network local people. discouraged or strictly controlled. does not encompass full spectrum of  Underutilised areas can be  Control and prevent the illegal removal of terrestrial faunal and floral  DEA species and habitats to maintain the utilised for conservation species.  EDTEA biodiversity processes which make up the purposes, with opportunities in  Manage collision of birds with overhead power lines.  DMR the wildlife industries. Maputaland-Pondoland-Albany  Maintain natural corridors.  EKZNW biodiversity hotspot.  Promote environmental  Development to incorporate requirements stipulated in EKZNW’s Blue  SANBI education and awareness.  Capacity to identify requirements and Swallow management plan, where risks are posed to related habitat and  DM & LMs obligations in terms of NEMA, NEM:BA, foraging areas. NWA, NFA and CARA (amongst others).  Conservation of the Important Bird Areas.

March 2018 188

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Game farming within the carrying capacity of existing veld resources.  EDTEA  The use of residual biocides and insecticides to control nuisance animals  DAFF must be reduced through education and extension.  DARD  Advocate community conservation ventures and commensurate activities  DEA in buffers of formally protected areas and UDPWHS.  EDTEA  Monitoring programmes for rare and endangered species (GPS)  EKZNW (especially vegetation) and follow up its existence in following years  SANBI  A programme to cultivate rare and endangered vegetation species  DM & LMs should be initiated and the community should be included. Make us of indigenous knowledge  An inventory of popular medicinal plants must be drawn up and efforts to commercially produce these species must be encouraged.  Training and education on the implication of overexploitation of medicinal plants must be conducted with the local communities.  Prepare and implement an Invasive Species Monitoring, Control and Eradication Plan.  Include the local community in eradication programs as an economic empowerment project.  Compile an inventory and guidelines for the protection of all wetland areas in the District.  Investment in Ecological Infrastructure.  A greening programme in urban and rural areas to provide shade,  DM & LMs erosion protection, and beatification.  Maintenance of open space systems in settlements.

The science or practice of farming, including cultivation of the AGRICULTURE soil for the growing of crops and the rearing of animals to provide food and other products

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Threatened agricultural land (category B)  Agriculture constitutes one of  EMF to facilitate the harnessing of the agricultural potential in the District.  DEA is dominant in the District, particularly in the key drivers of local  EDTEA the Greater Kokstad and Dr Nkosazana economy in the district.  DARD Dlamini Zuma LM’s.  There is a strong emphasis in  DM & LMs  Soil degradation caused by unsustainable the DGDP on initiatives that  Support local agro-processing and distribution.  EDTEA agricultural practices (such as over support the agricultural sector  Invest in better agricultural education and land care programmes. Build  DAFF utilization of soils). in HGDM. capacity surrounding farming methods to local subsistence farming.  DARD  Lack of knowledge and skills.  Catalyst Projects in terms of the  High potential agricultural land set aside for agricultural purposes.  DM & LMs  Soil contamination and shallow soils. PSEDS make provision for  Sustainable and environmental friendly irrigation practices.

March 2018 189

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Steep slopes reduce agricultural potential exploiting agricultural potential  Sustainable grazing practises. in several ways: difficulty in land and developing agro-  Providing the necessary support to emeging farmers. cultivation, reduced rainfall per area unit, processing within the District.  Opportunities for mentorship should be utilized to enable emerging shallow soil profile, reduced water  The north eastern portion in the farmers to utilize their land optimally and sustainable. retaining capability and reduced Ubuhlebezwe LM has accessibility and isolation from markets substantial patches of higher  Genetically superior seeds, cultivars or breeds should be made available and services. grazing capacity. to farmers to maximize bio-productivity of agricultural land.  Potential risks posed by climate change  Production, processing and  Irrigation should take cognizance of the quantity of water which is  DWS are likely to place pressure on the marketing (export) of sustainably available, and should incorporate mechanisms to combat soil  EDTEA agricultural potential of the District. agricultural produce, with salinisation. Water inefficient types of irrigation should be avoided.  DAFF  Socio-economic factors which are posing associated economic benefits.  DARD risks to the local agricultural industry  Forestry features prominently in  DM & LMs include crime and uncertainties associated the District. with land reform.  The district hosts both  Removal of riparian vegetation and successful commercial farmers wetlands to make way for subsistence as well as emerging farmers. farming.  Capacity to identify requirements and obligations in terms of NEMA, NWA and CARA.

The combination of the social and economic conditions in a SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT region, that form part of the overall environment

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  High incidence of HIV/Aids associated  The presence of traditional  EMF to be aligned with PGDS, PSEDS and LED Strategies.  DEA with low economic status and poor access authorities facilitates  EMF to facilitate the unlocking of the economic potential of the District.  EDTEA to services. community support and Priority development initiatives and intentions (movement corridors and  Provincial  Growing poverty gap. ownership of developmental development nodes) to be integrated into the EMF, where possible. Planning  Crime, particularly burglary and stock activity. Commission theft.  Community structure and  DM & LMs  Youth unemployment and poverty. strong cultural background of  Improvement of communication lines between the HGDM and the  COGTA  Low revenue base. the people. communities.  DM & LMs  The essentially rural character of the  Historical and cultural assets.  Provision of adequate services and social amenities. district and its economic dependency on  Current projects, strategies and  Poverty alleviation and job creation.  EDTEA the region’s economic centres. plans emphasize need for  Growing the economy (Local Economic Development).  Department community development.  Backlogs in service provision.  Allowance for development that serves the people of HGDM in terms of of Social  Migration of workers, mostly male, their psychological, physical, developmental, cultural and social Developmen causing social and economic dependence interests equitably. t

March 2018 190

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions on women-led households.  Promote labour intensive projects.  DM & LMs  Unskilled labor.  Optimise tourism potential.  Strong dependency on social grants.  Establish opportunities for small, medium, and micro businesses.  Overdependence of government for income generation.  Curbing HIV/AIDS.  Department  Balancing economic development with of Health environmental protection. Environmental  DM & LMs legal process delay implementation of  Curbing corruption.  DM & LMs development.  Promote safety and security.  Department  Lack of public environmental awareness. of  Impacts of environmental pollution on Community human health. Safety & Liaison  DM & LMs  Ensure good governance in environmental management, including  DEA ensuring openness and transparency, participation, accountability,  EDTEA effectiveness, coherence and consistence.  DWS  Focus environmental education initiatives initially around sensitive  DMR areas. Where appropriate, build educational component into tourism  DARD attractions to ensure proper environmental management of sensitive  EKZNW areas.  DM & LMs  Urban renewal for towns.  DM & LMs  Local communities to benefit from Community Conservation Areas.  EKZNW  EDTEA

The basic facilities, services, and installations needed for INFRASTRUCTURE & MUNICIPAL SERVICES the functioning of a community or society

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Settlement patterns within the rural  Improved service delivery  EMF to facilitate infrastructure development. Priority infrastructure  DEA communities are characterised by widely would speed up development development initiatives and intentions (e.g. water and sanitation  EDTEA dispersed dwellings, which complicates and enable economic schemes) to be integrated into the EMF, where possible. Consideration  DM & LMs service delivery. investment in the area. to be given to the establishment of service corridors.  Aged infrastructure.  Large labour force attracts  Waste disposal sites and WWTWs to be operated in accordance with  DEA  Service backlogs. labour intensive sectors. legal requirements.  EDTEA  Environmental legal processes delay  Improved infrastructure and  Permitting of all waste disposal sites.  DWS development. support services directed at  Action plan for promoting renewable energy.  DM & LMs  Unemployment makes payment for agriculture and tourism will  Water Conservation and Demand Management strategy.  DWS

March 2018 191

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions services difficult. generate high return rates and  DM & LMs  Capacity to identify requirements and boost economic activity, create  Enforcement of Local-, Regional- and National Legislation and Policies  DEA obligations in terms of NEMA, NWA, labour-intensive jobs and raise for municipal services and pollution control.  EDTEA MPRDA, NEM:AQA, NEM:BA, NEM:WA skill levels in the area as well  DWS (amongst others). as diversify the market.  DMR  Access to Free Basic Services for all residents within the district.  DM & LMs Eradicate services backlogs.  Promote urban renewal.  Upgrade / refurbish existing infrastructure - optimisation.  Waste recycling to be encouraged.  Control illegal dumping and erradicate dumping hotspots.  Consider developing a District wide Open Space System.

Any place or object of cultural significance (i.e. aesthetic, HERITAGE RESOURCES architectural, historical, scientific, social, spiritual, linguistic or technological value or significance)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Lack of heritage surveys and  An opportunity exists for the  Preservation of HGDM’s heritage resources.  SAHRA archaeological research in HGDM, municipality to undertake a full  Amafa particulalry in Ubuhlebezwe LM, survey of heritage resources aKwaZulu- uMmzimkhulu LM. Heritage resources and to submit to Amafa for Natali may be at risk. Obligation placed on confirmation of grading status  Department Municipality to identify and manage Grade and for the municipality to of Arts and 3 heritage sites. adopt the list of protected sites Culture  Heritage component is often overlooked into the Town Planning  DM & LMs during development. Scheme. This process will aid  Capacity to conserve and maintain Town Planning staff in decision heritage resources. making.  Vandalism and disrepair to heritage  The District’s heritage resources. contributes to its sense of  Capacity to comply with NHRA. place.  There is no cohesive heritage  Heritage resources serve as Audit all existing facilities, in terms of status, management and potential. management plan to guide and assist tourist attractions.  Detailed inventories of Heritage Resources should be compiled and District and Local municipal officials.  Potential to generate income mapped.  Lack of capacity (human and financial) at for community. municipal level to implement plans as well  Benefits to academic research.  Heritage Impact Assessments to accompany relevant developments. as to manage cultural heritage sites.  Strong heritage legislation is in  Incorporate heritage considerations into development proposals.  Natural processes such as flooding and place to protect heritage and  Clear institutional responsibilities at a municipal level for heritage preservation

March 2018 192

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions soil erosion could lead to the exposure cultural sites.  Relevant officials at DM and LMs to hold regular meetings with Amafa to and damage of heritage sites  The body responsible for discuss challenges and get support in managing heritage sites. (archaeological sites and graves). heritage in the province, Amafa  Development of a Heritage Management Plan for the HGDM to guide aKwaZulu Natali, is proactive in and assist officials with dealing with heritage sites to ensure the enforcing the legislation as well protection and conservation of these sites. as protecting heritage sites  Establish a District Heritage Forum. throughout the Province;  Municipalities should initiate a ward based community interaction  DM & LMs  The heritage inventory held by programme whereby further sites of cultural and heritage importance Amafa of heritage resources in which could be classified as Grade 3 heritage resource within the the Province assists with the municipality area can be identified. Programme to be extended to areas management and conservation under Traditional Authorities. of sites.  Explore opportunities in both cultural and ecological tourism in the  EDTEA  Traditional leaders and elders region.  Department should be involved in edifying  Optimise tourism potential offered by heritage and cultural resources. of Tourism communities about their  DM & LMs heritage and culture with the intention of preserving and transferring this knowledge on to future generations.  This process should also encourage local communities to identify sites of cultural and historical significance that could be used to expand the tourism attractions in an area whilst at the same time conserving such sites.

Travel for predominantly recreational or leisure purposes or the TOURISM provision of services to support this leisure travel

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Safety and security of tourists.  Various tourism opportunities  Improve accessibility by improving signage and information boards  Department  Limited access by rural communities to exist in HGDM, such as throughout the destination. of Tourism tourism opportunities. UDPWHS, Sani Pass,  DM & LMs  Lack of benefits to local communities from adventure tourism, Harry  Promote tourism in the District to an extent that gives growth to current tourism opportunities. Gwala Birding Route and initiatives and establishments; whilst promoting entrepreneurship in the industry.  Marketing of heritage resources. Steam Rail Tourism.  Profile the HGDM as a destination.

March 2018 193

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Risks of loss of sense of place trough  According to the DGDP, the  Create meaningful strategic alliances with tourism organisations and incongruent tourism development. potential within the District for funding agencies (public and private) at local, district, provincial, national  The environmental impact of future tourism is large and can have and international levels. tourism developments could undermine significant economic benefits.  Encourage cooperative, joint or cross promotional marketing efforts the natural beauty of the area. There is a strong emphasis in amongst all the tourism bodies. the DGDP on initiatives that  Provide effective marketing, promotion and funding of tourism in the support the tourism sectors in District. HGDM.  Promote diverse attractions such as heritage tourism, cultural tourism,  According to the PSEDS the eco-tourism etc. involving public and private sector partnerships. District has a high growth  Have an environment conducive to the development of SMME’s. strategic node connected by  The tourism industry must be accessible to previously marginalised high growth strategic corridors, communities and particularly rural communities where there are natural with a potential tourism resources readily available but a high unemployment rate. stretching from Kokstad to Underberg.  Make use of local historical resources to expand tourism products in the  Sani Pass is the only formal District. route into Lesotho from the  Create a safe and crime free environment conducive for tourism province and provides tourists development and appealing to visitors. with the opportunity to explore  Promote environmentally responsible tourism development that is the Mountain Kingdom. sensitive to the natural environment and attractions.  Diversification of tourism opportunities and target markets.  Tourism related activities provide an economic incentive to safeguard and restore heritage sites.  Opportunity to develop community tourism activities.  Potential to create strong relationship with the Ingonyama Trust Board.

Organisational structure and the conditions, forces, and factors that INSTITUTIONAL ENVIRONMENT affect it

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions  Gaps in environmental technical skills.  Dedication to sustainable  Provisions in the HGDM EMF to address certain institutional problems  DEA  Lack of institutional support for development stated in SDF and associated with environmental management in the district.  EDTEA

March 2018 194

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Responsible Constraints, Weaknesses & Issues Strengths & Opportunities Management Priorities Institutions environmental governance. IDP.  DM & LMs  Lack of enviro-legal knowledge to allow for  Biodiversity Sector Plan is in  Environmental awareness and training required for municipal officials to  EDTEA municipal projects to be screened against place. create capacity.  DM & LMs environmental legislation.  EMF to address certain  Address resource shortcomings to allow the municipality to fulfil its  DM & LMs  Lack of dedicated environmental institutional shortfalls and to environmental management functions as a local authority. resources. recommend measures to  Micro organisational restructuring to allow for the EMF roll-out.  Shortage of skills to review environmental institutionalise the management  Improved cooperative governance for environmental matters.  EDTEA assessments (e.g. EIA related documents) framework.  Establish a District Environmental Forum.  DWS and specialist studies.  DMR  Municipal resources for environmental  EKZNW compliance and enforcement.  DAFF  Environmental monitoring of sustainability  DM & LMs indicators.  Require full suite of environmental sector plans.  Insufficient institutional capacity for the dedicated implementation of the EMF.

March 2018 195

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

8 TRANSITION FROM STATUS QUO TO DESIRED STATE

With the foundation of the EMF set through the Status Quo Phase, the next step is to determine a realistic desired state for the environment in HGDM.

Establishing the desired state includes setting a vision for the District and providing the environmental management context for the management zones and related requirements for the various environmental features for the SEMP. It will also focus on addessing the imperatives that lead to the instigation of the EMF development process.

The approach to defining a desired state in Harry Gwala is based on evaluating and integrating the aspects presented in the accompanying figure. The desired state will be established based on the environmental management priorities, in terms of addressing issues, overcoming constraints and harnessing opportunities. This will include finding a balance between land use potential, management endeavours and human aspirations. The aforementioned elements will also steer the ensuing management measures towards reaching a destination of sustainable development in the District.

A sensitivity analysis will be undertaken which will include integrating spatially represented baseline information from the the Status Quo assessment, identifying the environmental features and their associated attributes that portray the environmental sensitivity of the District, and assigning sensitivity ratings.

The development pressures and trends in HGDM will be investigated to identify and resolve potential conflict areas, to allow for accurate and realistic delineation of management zones in order to bridge the divide between the status quo and desired state of the environment.

March 2018 196

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

9 REFERENCES

Agnello, V.N. and Botha, N., 2003. Department of Minerals and Energy. Sand & Aggregate.

Bates, M.F., Branch, W.R., Bauer, A.M., Burger, M., Marais, J. and Alexander, G.J., 2014. Atlas and red list of the reptiles of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria (Suricata series; no. 1).

Barnes, K.N. (ed.), 1998. The Important Bird Areas of Southern Africa. BirdLife South Africa: Johannesburg.

Barnes, K.N. (ed.), 2000. The Eskom Red Data Book of Birds of South Africa, Lesotho & Swaziland. Birdlife South Africa, Johannesburg.

Birdlife International, 2017a. Important Bird Areas factsheet: Franklin Vlei.

Birdlife International, 2017b. Important Bird Areas factsheet: Greater Ngwangwana River.

Birdlife International, 2017c. Important Bird Areas factsheet: KwaZulu-Natal Mistbelt Forests.

Birdlife International, 2017d. Important Bird Areas factsheet: KwaZulu-Natal Mistbelt Grasslands.

Birdlife International, 2017e. Important Bird Areas factsheet: Maloti Drakensberg Park.

Birdlife International, 2017f. Important Bird Areas factsheet: Mount Currie Nature Reserve.

Birdlife International, 2017g. Important Bird Areas factsheet: Penny Park.

Boctor, N.Z., Nixon, P.H., Buckley, F. and Boyd, F.R., 1984. Petrology of carbonate tuff from Melkfontein, East Griqualand, Southern Africa. 75-82pp In: Komprobsy, J. (Ed.) Kimberlites 1: Kimberlites and related rocks.

Botha, G.A. and Grab, S.W., 2016. Evolution of the Ukhahlamba-Drakensberg: 200 million years of fire and ice. In: Anhausser, C., Viljoen, M. & Viljoen, R. (Eds). Africa’s top Geological Sites. Struik Publishers, Cape Town, p74-80.

Botha, G.A. and Singh, R.G., 2012. Geological, Geohydrological and Development Potential Zonation influences; Environmental Management Framework for Umkhanyakude District, Kwazulu-Natal. Unpub. Client: Nemai Consulting. Consultants: G.A. Botha (PhD; Pr. Sci. Nat.) and R.G. Singh (MSc; Pr. Sci. Nat.)

March 2018 197

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Boyd, F.R. and Nixon, P.H., 1979. Garnet Lherzolite xenoliths from the kimberlites of East Griqualand, South Africa. Rep. Director geophysics Lab., Carnegie Instn 1978-1979. 488- 492.

Boyd, F.R. and Nixon, P.H., 1980. Discrete nodules from the kimberlites of East Griqualand, Southern Africa. Year Book Carnegie Inst Wash. 1980. 296-302.

Branch, B., 2001. Snakes and Other Reptiles of Southern Africa. Struik Publishers, South Africa.

Branch, W.R., 1988. South African Red Data Book - Reptiles and Amphibians. South African National Scientific Programmes Report No. 151. CSIR, Pretoria.

Camp, K., 1999. The Bioresource Groups of KwaZulu-Natal. Mistbelt. In: Mucina, L. and Rutherford, M.C. (eds) (2006) The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland.Strelitzia19, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

Camp, K., 2001. The classification of the units of the Bioresource Programme of KwaZulu- Natal (a description of the mapping process). In: Mucina, L. and Rutherford, M.C. (eds) (2006) The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland.Strelitzia19, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

Camp, K.G.T., 1995. The Bioresource Units of KwaZulu-Natal. Cedara Report N/A/95/32. KZN Department of Agriculture. Pietermaritzburg.

Camp, K.G.T., 1999. The Bioresource Groups of KwaZulu-Natal: Tall Grassveld including BRG 12: Moist Tall Grassveld, BRG 13: Dry Tall Grassveld, BRG 14: Sour Sandveld, BRG 15: Moist Lowland Tall Grassveld, BRG 16: Dry Lowland Tall Grassveld. Cedara Report No. N/A/99/15. KZN Department of Agriculture. Pietermaritzburg.

Camp, K.G.T., 1997. The Bioresource Groups of KwaZulu-Natal. Pietermaritzburg: KwaZulu- Natal Department of Agriculture, Cedara.

Collett, A., 2008. The determination, protection and management of high potential agricultural land in South Africa with special reference to Gauteng. Pretoria: University of Pretoria. (MSc Dissertation).

Collett Mitchell, F., 2012. KwaZulu-Natal Agricultural Land Potential Categories (Internal Report). KZN Report N/A/2012/13.

March 2018 198

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Cowan, G. I., Mpongoma, N., and Britton., P (eds), 2010. Management effectiveness of South Africa’s protected areas. Department of Environmental Affairs, Pretoria.

Carbutt, C. and Edwards, T. J., 2003. The flora of the Drakensberg Alpine Centre. Edinburgh Journal of Botany, 60, pp 581607doi:10.1017/S0960428603000428.

Carbutt, C. and Edwards, T.J., 2005. The endemic and near-endemic angiosperms of the Drakensberg Alpine Centre. School of Biological and Conservation Sciences, University of KwaZulu-Natal. Pietermaritzburg.

Conservation International Southern African Hotspots Programme, 2010. Maputaland- Pondoland-Albany biodiversity hotspot. South African National Biodiversity Institute.

Cornell, D.H., Thomas, R.J., Moen, H.F.G., Reid, D.L., Moore, J.M. and Gibson, R.L., .2006. The Namaqua-Natal Province. In: Johnson M.R., Anhaeusser C.R. and Thomas R.J. (Eds), The Geology of South Africa, Geological society of South Africa, Johannesburg/ Council for Geoscience, Pretoria.325-379.

Council for Geoscience. 1981. 1:250 000 Geological Series 2928 Drakensberg.

Council for Geoscience. 1981. 1:250 000 Geological Series 3028 Kokstad.

Council for Geoscience. 1988. 1:250 000 Geological Series 2930 Durban.

Council for Geoscience. 1988. 1:250 000 Geological Series 3030 Port Shepstone.

Curran, D 2005. Protecting the Working Landscape of Agriculture: A Smart Growth Direction for Municipalities in British Columbia. West Coast Environmental Law Foundation Report, Nat Library of Canada.

De Decker, R.H., 1981. 1:250 000 geological series, 3028 Kokstad. Department of Mineral and Energy Affairs, Pretoria.

Dennis, I. and Dennis, R. 2009a. Groundwater Reserve Determination Study in the Mhlatuze Catchment: High Level Assessment. Department Water Affairs and Forestry, Report No RDM/WMA6/02/CON/INT_COMP/0109.

DAFF, 1993. Agricultural Geo-referenced Information system (AGIS). Grazing Capacity Maps. Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF).

Department of Agriculture, 1984. Memoirs on the Agricultural Natural Resources of South Africa. Soil and Irrigation Research Institute. Pretoria.

March 2018 199

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

DAFF Managed Forest Wilderness Area Boundary - DEA Protected Area Database Extract (2016). Published GIS Coverage [DAFF_forest_wilderness_area_wll_2016.zip], Biodiversity Conservation Planning Division, Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife, P. O. Box 13053, Cascades, Pietermaritzburg, 3202.

Deacon, H.J. and Deacon, J., 1999. Human Beginnings in South Africa. Uncovering the Secrets of the Stone Age. David Philip Publishers, Cape Town.

Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma Local Municipality, 2017. Integrated Development Plan. Dr Nkosazana Dlamini Zuma Local Municipality, Creighton.

Driver, A., Maze, K., Lombard A.T., Nel, J., Rouget, M., Turpie, J.K., Cowling, R.M., Desmet, P., Goodman, P., Harris, J., Jonas, Z., Reyers, B., Sink, K. and Strauss, T., 2004. South African National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment 2004: Summary Report. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 4. Report Ref.N4314. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 4. KwaZulu-Natal Hydrogeological Map. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 8. Report Ref.2480. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 8. KwaZulu-Natal Hydrogeological Map. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 10. Final Report. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWAF, 1995. Characterization and Mapping of the groundwater resources KwaZulu-Natal Province. Mapping Unit 10. KwaZulu-Natal Hydrogeological Map. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

March 2018 200

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

DWAF, 1995. http://www.dwa.gov.za/iwqs/wms/data/000key2data.asp. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF), Pretoria.

DWA, 2008. KwaZulu-Natal Groundwater Master Plan. 2008. Department of Water Affairs (DWA), Pretoria.

DWA, 2010. Groundwater Strategy Plan. 2010. Department of Water Affairs (DWA), Pretoria.

DWA, National Groundwater Archive (NGA-search). Department of Water Affairs (DWA), Pretoria.

Duncan, A.R. and Marsh, J.S., 2006. The Karoo Igneous Province. In M.R. Johnson, C.R. Anhaeusser, R.J. Thomas (eds.), The Geology of South Africa. Geological Society of South Africa and Council for Geoscience. p. 501-520.

Du Toit, A.L., 1918. The Ecca Phosphates of Natal : S. Afr. J. Inds 1 (5), p. 404-407.

Du Toit, A.L., 1929. The geology of the major portion of east Griqualand: Expl. Of Cape Sheet 35 (Matatiele), geol. Surv. S. Afric., 31pp.

Du Toit, A.L., 1946. The geology of parts of Pondoland, East Griqualand and Natal: Expl. Sheet 119 (Port Shepstone), geol. Surv. S. Afri., 31 pp.

EDTEA, 2017. Provincial Spatial Economic Development Strategy. Economic Development, Tourism and Environmental Affairs (EDTEA), Pietermaritzburg

EKZNW, 2003. The uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site Draft Wilderness Management Plan. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

EKZNW, 2012. uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site: Integrated Management Plan. Version 1.0 (2012). Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

EKZNW, 2014a. Harry Gwala Biodiversity Sector Plan, V1.0, Unpublished Report of Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

EKZNW, 2014b. KZN Biodiversity Sector Plan Local Corridors, Version 2014. Unpublished GIS Coverage [BSP_loccorr_final_27102014.zip]. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

March 2018 201

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

EKZNW, 2016a. KZN Proclaimed Stewardship Sites (January2016). Unpublished GIS Coverage [stewardship_wll_jan2016_draft.zip]. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

EKZNW, 2016b. KZN Biodiversity Sector Plan Landscape Ecological Corridors, Version 2016. Unpublished GIS Coverage [BSP_LSCorr_final260116_wll.zip]. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

EKZNW, 2017. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife Proclaimed Protected Area boundary (2017). Unpublished GIS Coverage [EKZNW_PA_bnd_2017_wdd.zip]. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

Finnerty, A.A. and Boyd, F.R., 1987. Thermobarometry for garnet peridotites: basis for the determination of thermal and compositional structure of the upper mantle. 381-402pp. In: Nixon, P.H. (Ed.), Mantle Xenoliths. John Wiley and Sons Ltd. 844pp.

Franzen N. and Maluleke, S., 2013. Heritage Survey: Kwasani Local Municipality – Survey of architectural and historical interest. Unpublished report for Amafa/Heritage KwaZulu- Natal.

Friedmann, Y. and Daly, B., 2004. Red data book of the mammals of South Africa, a conservation assessment. Johannesburg, Endangered Wildlife Trust.

Goodman P. S., 2003. South Africa: Management Effectiveness Assessment of Protected Areas in KwaZulu-Natal using WWF’s RAPPAM Methodology. WWF, Gland, Switzerland.

Greater Kokstad Local Municipality, 2012. Integrated Development Plan 2012-2017. Greater Kokstad Local Municipality, Kokstad.

Greater Kokstad Local Municipality, 2013 Greater Kokstad Spatial Development Framework. Greater Kokstad Local Municipality, Kokstad.

Groenewald, G., 2012. Palaeontological Technical Report for KwaZulu-Natal. Un-published report prepared for Amafa/Heritage KwaZulu-Natal.

Haycock, C.A. (1988). The Abbotsford and Seekoegat kimberlites. Petros, 14 1-13.

Haycock, C.A., Mason. T.R., Watkeys. M.K. 1997. Early Triassic palaeoenvironments in the eastern Karoo Foreland Basin, South Africa. Journal of African Earth Sciences, Vol. 24, No. 1/2, pp. 79-94.

Harry Gwala Development Agency, 2011. https://www.thesda.co.za/.

March 2018 202

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

HGDM, 2014. Harry Gwala District Growth and Development Plan. Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), Ixopo.

HGDM, 2015. Harry Gwala Spatial Development Framework. Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), Ixopo.

HGDM, 2016. Harry Gwala District Municipality 2016-2017 Integrated Development Plan. Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), Ixopo.

HGDM, 2017. Harry Gwala District Municipality 2017 to 2022 Final Draft Integrated Development Plan. Harry Gwala District Municipality (HGDM), Ixopo.

Henderson, L., 2001. Alien weeds and invasive plants. ARC, Pretoria.

Hicks, N., 2010. Extended distribution of Natal Group within southern Kwazulu-Natal, South Africa: Implications for sediment sources and Basin structure. South African Journal of Geology.

Huffman, T.N., 2007. Handbook to the Iron Age – The archaeology of pre-colonial farming societies in southern Africa. University of KwaZulu-Natal Press: Scottsville.

Jewitt, D., 2014. Conservation Targets and Status for Vegetation Types - December 2014. Unpublished Report [Conservation targets for vegetation types December 2014.pdf], Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

Jewitt D., Goodman PS, Erasmus B.F.N., O’connor T.G., Witkowski E.T.F., 2015. Systematic land-cover change in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa: Implications for biodiversity. S Afr J Sci. 2015; 111(9/10), Art. #2015-0019, 9 pages. http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/ sajs.2015/20150019.

Johnson, M.R., van Vuuren, C.J., Visser, J.N.J., Cole, D.I., de V. Wickens, H., Christie, A.D.M., Roberts, D.L. and Brandl, G., 2006. Sedimentary rocks of the Karoo Supergroup. In: Johnson M.R., Anhaeusser C.R. and Thomas R.J. (Eds), The Geology of South Africa, Geological society of South Africa, Johannesburg/ Council for Geoscience, Pretoria.461-499.

International Union of Soil Sciences (IUSS) Working Group, 2014. World Reference Base (WRB) for Soil Resources 2014. International soil classification system for naming soils and creating legends for soil maps. World Soil Resources Reports No. 106. FAO, Rome.

March 2018 203

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Kanz W.A., O’connor T.G., Richardson J., Nel G. and Nel, W., 2009. The uThukela District Municipality Biodiversity Sector Plan. Unpublished report. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

Krüger, S. and Van Der Westhuizen, R., 2011. Population estimate and demographics of eland in the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site, 2010. Ezemvelo KwaZulu- Natal Wildlife (EKZNW) unpublished internal report.

Kotzé, I. Beukes, H., Van Den Berg, E., & Newby T. (2010). National Invasive Alien Plant Survey. Agricultural Research Council - Institute for Soil, Climate and Water Private Bag X79, Pretoria, 0001, South Africa

KwaSani Local Municipality, 2016. Integrated Development Plan 2016-2017. KwaSani Local Municipality, Himeville.

KZN Department of Agriculture and Environmental Affairs (in prep). Sub-division and change in land use of agricultural land: KZN policy guidelines. KwaZulu-Natal Provincial Government Internal Report.

KZN Museum, [Sa], 2008. KZN Archaeological Database.

KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2016. Provincial Growth and Development Strategy. KZN Provincial Planning Commission, Pietermaritzburg.

KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2015. KZN Provincial Spatial Development Framework. KZN Provincial Planning Commission, Pietermaritzburg.

KZN Provincial Planning Commission, 2011. KZN Provincial Growth and Development Strategy. KZN Provincial Planning Commission, Pietermaritzburg.

Lambiris, A., 2005. Commentary on the Reptiles and Amphibians of the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site. (Unpublished document).

Maloti Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site Buffer Zone Technical Committee, 2016. Draft Approach Viewshed coverage associated with the Buffer Zone to the uKhahlamba Drakensberg Park World Heritage Site - 2016. Unpublished GIS Coverage [Draft_Approach_VShed_Sensitive_Landscapes_20160622_v1_wdd.zip], Buffer Zone Technical Committee.

Mecenero, S., Ball, J.B., Edge, D.A., Hamer, M.L., Hening, G.A, Krüger, M., Pringle, E.L., Terblanche, R.F. and Williams, M.C. (eds), 2013. Conservation assessment of butterflies of

March 2018 204

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland: Red List and atlas. Saftronics (Pty) Ltd., Johannesburg and Animal Demography Unit, Cape Town.

Minter L.R., Burger, M., Harrison J.A., Braack H.H., Bishop P.I. and Kloepfer, D. (eds), 2004. Atlas and Red Data book of the frogs of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. SI/MAB Series no. 9. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

Morgenthal, T.L., Newby, T., Smith, H.J.C., and Pretorius, D.J. (2004). Developing and refinement of a grazing capacity map for South Africa using NOAA (AVHRR) satellite derived data. Report GW/A/2004/66. ARC Institute for Soil, Climate and Water, Pretoria.

Mucina, L. and Rutherford, M.C. (eds), 2006. The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. South African Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

National Department of Agriculture, 2002. Development and Application of a Land Capability Classification System for South Africa

Nixon, P.H., Boyd, F.r. and Boctor, N.Z. (1983). East Griqualand kimberlites. Trans. Geol. Soc.S Afr., 86, 221-236.

Peace Parks Foundation. (N.D.). Retrieved July 2016, from Peace Parks Foundation: http://www.peaceparks.co.za.

Quayle, L., Bredin, I., Pringle, C., Botha, G., Singh, R., Cox, D., Maseko, S., Human, P. and Pillay, A., 2011. Landscape Characterisation in the Greater Kokstad Municipality. Institute of Natural Resources, Report No. 445/11.

Raimondo, D., Von Staden, L., Foden, W., Victor, J.E., Helme, N.A., Turner, R.C., Kamundi, D.A. and Manyama, P.A. (eds), In press. Red List of South African plants. Strelitzia 25. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

Roodt, F., 2014. ANTH 102 – Archaeological sites. Presentation.

Rowe-Rowe, D., 1994. The ungulates of Natal. Natal Parks Board, Pietermaritzburg.

SANBI, 2009. Draft Threatened Ecosystems in South Africa: Descriptions and Maps. Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism. Pretoria.

Schoeman, J.L., van der Walt, M., Monnik, K.A., Thackrah, A., Malherbe, J. and le Roux, R.E., 2002. Development and application of a Land Capability Classification for South Africa. Pretoria: ARC-ISCW.

March 2018 205

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Scotney, D.M., 1986. Interim Report on the SARCCUS agro-ecological zones project. SARCCUS. Pretoria.

Scott-Shaw, C. R., 2011a. Descriptions of new Vegetation Types for KwaZulu-Natal. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

Scott-Shaw, C. R., 2011b. KwaZulu-Natal Forest Map Methodology. Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife (EKZNW), Pietermaritzburg.

Scott-Shaw, C.R. and Escott, B.J. (eds), 2011. KwaZulu-Natal Provincial Pre-Transformation Vegetation Type Map – 2011. Unpublished GIS Coverage [kznveg05v2_1_11_wll.zip],

Sisonke District Municipality, 2005. Land Use Management Framework: Guidelines for the Land Use Management Framework. Sisonke District Municipality, Ixopo.

Sisonke District Municipality, 2008. Disaster Management Plan. Sisonke District Municipality, Ixopo.

Sisonke District Municipality, 2009. Disaster Management Framework. Sisonke District Municipality, Ixopo.

Sisonke District Municipality, 2012. Disaster Management Plan. Sisonke District Municipality, Ixopo.

Smith, C.B., Allsop, H.L., Kramers, J.D., Hutchinson, G. and Roddick, J.C., (1905b). Emplacement ages of Jurassic-Cretaceous South African kimberlites by the Rb-Sr method on phlogopite and whole rock samples. Trans. Geol. Soc.S Afr., 88, 249-266.

Smith, C.B., Gurney, J.J., Skinner, E.M.W., Clement, C.R. and Ebrahim, N., (1985a). Geochemical character of South African kimberlites: A new approach based on isotopoc constraints. Trans. Geol. Soc.S Afr., 88, 276-280.

Smith, J.M.B., 2006. The Farming Handbook. University of KwaZulu-Natal Press.

Strydom, H.A. and King, N.D. 2009. Environmental Management in South Africa. Second Edition. Cape Town: Jutta.

Soil Classification Working Group, 1991. Soil classification. A taxonomic system for South Africa.

March 2018 206

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Sutherland, C., Sim, V., Buthelezi, S. and Khumalo, D., 2016. Social constructions of environmental services in a rapidly densifying peri-urban area under dual governance in Durban, South Africa. School of Built Environment and Development Studies, Howard College, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa.

Thomas, R.J., 1988. 1:250 000 geological series, 3030 Port Shepstone. Department of Mineral and Energy Affairs, Pretoria.

Thomas, R.J., Marshall, C.G.A., Watkeys, M.K., Fitch, F.J. and Miller., J.A., 1992. K-Ar and 40Ar/39Ar dating of the Natal Group, southeast Africa-a post Pan-African molasses? J.Afr. Earth Sci., 15,453-471.

Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality, 2012. Integrated Development Plan (IDP). 2012-2017. Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality, Ixopo.

Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality, 2014. Integrated Waste Management Plan, Ubuhlebezwe Local Municipality, Ixopo.

Umgeni Water, 2014. Infrastructure Master Plan 2014. Volume 1. Umgeni Water, Pietermaritzburg. uMzimkhulu Local Municipality, 2016. Integrated Development Plan 2016/2017. uMzimkhulu Local Municipality. uMzimkhulu.

UNISA, 2015. South African Archaeology SAR100-J. Dept of Anthropology & Indigenous Law, Pretoria.

Vegter, J.R., 1995. An explanation of a set of National Groundwater Maps, Water Resource Commission.

Visser, J.N.J., von Brunn. V. and Johnson, M.R., 1990. Dwyka Group in Catalogue of South African Lithostratigraphic Units (M.R. Johnson, ed): S.Afric. Comm. Strat., p. 2-15-2-17.

Von Brunn, V., 1994. Glaciogenic deposits of the Permo-Carboniferous Dwyka Group in the eastern region of the Karoo Basin, South Africa.

WRC, 2011. Implementation Manual for Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas. WRC Report No. 1801/1/11. Water Research Commission (WRC), Pretoria.

Websites: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harry_Gwala_District_Municipality.

March 2018 207

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft) http://.posa.sanbi.org/searchspp.php. http://www.agis.agric.za. http://www.peaceparks.org/story.php?pid=1004&mid=1058. http://www.letsrespondtoolkit.org/municipalities/kwazulu-natal/harry-gwala-district- municipality---dc43.

March 2018 208

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

APPENDIX A

RED DATA PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN GRID CELLS

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Red Data plant species recorded in the grid cells (Raimondo et al. 2009)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status 2929CA Asteraceae Athanasia grandiceps Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Shrub Asteraceae Helichrysum nimbicola Hilliard Rare Herb Asteraceae Macowania hamata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Shrub Elaphoglossaceae Elaphoglossum drakensbergense Schelpe Rare Geophyte Ericaceae Erica albospicata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Geraniaceae Geranium drakensbergensis Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Iridaceae Hesperantha curvula Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Disa tysonii Bolus Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Satyrium microrrhynchum Schltr. Rare Geophyte Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub 2929CB Apiaceae Alepidea delicatula Weim. Rare Herb Apiaceae Alepidea insculpta Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Aspidonepsis cognata (N.E.Br.) Nicholas & Apocynaceae Rare Herb Goyder Apocynaceae Brachystelma petraeum R.A.Dyer VU Geophyte Aquifoliaceae Ilex mitis (L.) Radlk. var. mitis Declining Shrub Asteraceae Aster confertifolius Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Asteraceae Berkheya pannosa Hilliard Rare Herb Asteraceae Cotula paludosa Hilliard NT Herb Asteraceae Helichrysum drakensbergense Killick Rare Dwarf shrub Asteraceae Helichrysum longinquum Hilliard Rare Herb Asteraceae Helichrysum pagophilum M.D.Hend. Rare Dwarf shrub Asteraceae Macowania hamata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Shrub Asteraceae Osteospermum attenuatum Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Asteraceae Senecio brevilorus Hilliard Rare Herb Critically Asteraceae Senecio kalingenwae Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Herb Rare Asteraceae Senecio mauricei Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Celastraceae Gymnosporia devenishii Jordaan Rare Shrub Cyperaceae Isolepis pellocolea B.L.Burtt Rare Cyperoid Ericaceae Erica albospicata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Ericaceae Erica anomala Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Dwarf shrub Geraniaceae Geranium drakensbergensis Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Gunneraceae Gunnera perpensa L. Declining Herb Hyacinthaceae Eucomis bicolor Baker NT Geophyte Hyacinthaceae Merwilla plumbea (Lindl.) Speta NT Geophyte Hypoxidaceae Rhodohypoxis incompta Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Geophyte Iridaceae Gladiolus oppositiflorus Herb. Declining Geophyte Iridaceae Gladiolus symonsii F.Bolus Rare Geophyte Iridaceae Moraea graminicola Oberm. subsp. graminicola NT Geophyte

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Myrsinaceae Rapanea melanophloeos (L.) Mez Declining Tree Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub Ranunculaceae Anemone fanninii Harv. ex Mast. NT Herb 2929CC Apocynaceae Asclepias xysmalobioides Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Schizoglossum elingue N.E.Br. subsp. Apocynaceae Rare Herb purpureum Kupicha Aponogeton ranunculiflorus Jacot Guill. & Aponogetonaceae VU Geophyte Marais Asphodelaceae Aloe cooperi Baker subsp. cooperi Declining Herb Asteraceae Gnaphalium griquense Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Asteraceae Helichrysum longinquum Hilliard Rare Herb Asteraceae Helichrysum pagophilum M.D.Hend. Rare Dwarf shrub Colchicaceae Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Declining Climber Cyperaceae Isolepis pellocolea B.L.Burtt Rare Cyperoid Elaphoglossaceae Elaphoglossum drakensbergense Schelpe Rare Geophyte Ericaceae Erica albospicata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Ericaceae Erica anomala Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Dwarf shrub Critically Geraniaceae Geranium angustipetalum Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Herb Rare Gunneraceae Gunnera perpensa L. Declining Herb Hyacinthaceae Eucomis bicolor Baker NT Geophyte Iridaceae Hesperantha curvula Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Disa oreophila Bolus subsp. erecta H.P.Linder Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Disa sanguinea Sond. Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Disa sankeyi Rolfe Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Satyrium microrrhynchum Schltr. Rare Geophyte Orchidaceae Schizochilus bulbinella (Rchb.f.) Bolus Rare Geophyte Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub Rosaceae Prunus africana (Hook.f.) Kalkman VU Tree 2929CD Asteraceae Helichrysum drakensbergense Killick Rare Dwarf shrub Asteraceae Macowania hamata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Shrub Crassula capensis (L.) Baill. var. promontorii Crassulaceae Rare Herb (Schönland & Baker f.) Toelken Ericaceae Erica cooperi Bolus var. cooperi Rare Dwarf shrub Geraniaceae Geranium natalense Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Threatened Herb Lobeliaceae Cyphia bolusii E.Phillips VU Herb Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub 2929DA Iridaceae Gladiolus oppositiflorus Herb. Declining Geophyte 2929DB Amaryllidaceae Cyrtanthus falcatus R.A.Dyer Rare Geophyte Asphodelaceae Aloe pruinosa Reynolds VU Herb Celastraceae Gymnosporia bachmannii Loes. VU Shrub

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Celastraceae Pterocelastrus rostratus (Thunb.) Walp. Declining Tree Bowiea volubilis Harv. ex Hook.f. subsp. Hyacinthaceae VU Climber volubilis Iridaceae Moraea graminicola Oberm. subsp. graminicola NT Geophyte Ranunculaceae Anemone fanninii Harv. ex Mast. NT Herb 2929DC Amaryllidaceae Cyrtanthus falcatus R.A.Dyer Rare Geophyte Ericaceae Erica psittacina E.G.H.Oliv. & I.M.Oliv. EN Shrub Geraniaceae Geranium drakensbergensis Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Lauraceae Ocotea bullata (Burch.) Baill. EN Tree Rhizophoraceae Cassipourea malosana (Baker) Alston Declining Shrub 2929DD Apocynaceae Asclepias concinna (Schltr.) Schltr. VU Herb Aquifoliaceae Ilex mitis (L.) Radlk. var. mitis Declining Shrub Asteraceae Helichrysum drakensbergense Killick Rare Dwarf shrub Asteraceae Macowania hamata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Shrub Ericaceae Erica cooperi Bolus var. cooperi Rare Dwarf shrub Geraniaceae Geranium natalense Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Threatened Herb Hyacinthaceae Merwilla plumbea (Lindl.) Speta NT Geophyte Hydrostachyaceae Hydrostachys polymorpha Klotzsch ex A.Br. VU Herb Iridaceae Gladiolus oppositiflorus Herb. Declining Geophyte Iridaceae Moraea hiemalis Goldblatt NT Geophyte 2930CC Acanthaceae Thunbergia venosa C.B.Clarke Rare Herb Amaryllidaceae Haemanthus deformis Hook.f. VU Geophyte Apocynaceae Brachystelma petraeum R.A.Dyer VU Geophyte Asteraceae Cineraria atriplicifolia DC. VU Herb Asteraceae Gerbera aurantiaca Sch.Bip. EN Herb Asteraceae Senecio dregeanus DC. VU Herb Cornaceae Curtisia dentata (Burm.f.) C.A.Sm. NT Shrub, tree Ericaceae Erica cooperi Bolus var. cooperi Rare Dwarf shrub Bowiea volubilis Harv. ex Hook.f. subsp. Hyacinthaceae VU Climber volubilis Myrsinaceae Rapanea melanophloeos (L.) Mez Declining Tree Scrophulariaceae Selago longiflora Rolfe EN Herb 3029AB Amaryllidaceae Nerine pancratioides Baker VU Geophyte Brachystelma molaventi Peckover & A.E.van Apocynaceae VU Geophyte Wyk Asteraceae Gnaphalium griquense Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Asteraceae Phymaspermum villosum (Hilliard) Källersjö Rare Herb Iridaceae Dierama tysonii N.E.Br. VU Geophyte Iridaceae Gladiolus oppositiflorus Herb. Declining Geophyte Orchidaceae Schizochilus bulbinella (Rchb.f.) Bolus Rare Geophyte Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Zamiaceae Encephalartos ghellinckii Lem. VU Shrub 3029BA Lauraceae Ocotea bullata (Burch.) Baill. EN Tree Orchidaceae Schizochilus bulbinella (Rchb.f.) Bolus Rare Geophyte 3029BB Apocynaceae Asclepias disparilis N.E.Br. VU Herb 3030AA Anacardiaceae Searsia acocksii (Moffett) Moffett NT Climber Asteraceae Helichrysum citricephalum Hilliard & B.L.Burtt CR Shrub Hyacinthaceae Drimia altissima (L.f.) Ker Gawl. Declining Geophyte Hyacinthaceae Merwilla plumbea (Lindl.) Speta NT Geophyte Iridaceae Moraea hiemalis Goldblatt NT Geophyte 3030AB Anacardiaceae Loxostylis alata A.Spreng. ex Rchb. Declining Shrub Asteraceae Euryops brevilobus Compton Rare Shrub Rhynchocalycaceae Rhynchocalyx lawsonioides Oliv. NT Tree 3029AC Asteraceae Gnaphalium griquense Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Iridaceae Gladiolus oppositiflorus Herb. Declining Geophyte Scrophulariaceae Selago griquana Hilliard Threatened Herb 3029AD Asteraceae Berkheya pannosa Hilliard Rare Herb Hypoxis hemerocallidea Fisch., C.A.Mey. & Avé- Hypoxidaceae Declining Geophyte Lall. Iridaceae Dierama tysonii N.E.Br. VU Geophyte Orchidaceae Schizochilus bulbinella (Rchb.f.) Bolus Rare Geophyte Scrophulariaceae Manulea florifera Hilliard & B.L.Burtt NT Herb 3029BC Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea brownii Schinz VU Geophyte 3029BD Afroligusticum wilmsianum (H.Wolff) Apiaceae VU Herb P.J.D.Winter Apocynaceae Asclepias disparilis N.E.Br. VU Herb Colchicaceae Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Declining Climber Hypoxis hemerocallidea Fisch., C.A.Mey. & Avé- Hypoxidaceae Declining Geophyte Lall. 3030AC Anacardiaceae Searsia rudatisii (Engl.) Moffett EN Dwarf shrub Crassula sarmentosa Harv. var. integrifolia Crassulaceae Rare Herb Toelken Fabaceae Argyrolobium longifolium (Meisn.) Walp. VU Dwarf shrub Crotalaria dura J.M.Wood & M.S.Evans subsp. Fabaceae NT Dwarf shrub dura 3030AD Amaryllidaceae Haemanthus deformis Hook.f. VU Geophyte Anacardiaceae Searsia rudatisii (Engl.) Moffett EN Dwarf shrub

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Apocynaceae Asclepias schlechteri (K.Schum.) N.E.Br. EN Herb Apocynaceae Brachystelma franksiae N.E.Br. subsp. franksiae VU Herb Apocynaceae Brachystelma sandersonii (Oliv.) N.E.Br. VU Herb Asphodelaceae Aloe cooperi Baker subsp. cooperi Declining Herb Asphodelaceae Kniphofia littoralis Codd NT Herb Asteraceae Helichrysum pannosum DC. EN Herb Balsaminaceae Impatiens flanaganiae Hemsl. VU Herb Celastraceae Elaeodendron croceum (Thunb.) DC. Declining Tree Colchicaceae Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Declining Climber Cornaceae Curtisia dentata (Burm.f.) C.A.Sm. NT Shrub Cyatheaceae Alsophila capensis (L.f.) J.Sm. Declining Tree Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea brownii Schinz VU Geophyte Ericaceae Erica aspalathifolia Bolus var. aspalathifolia Declining Dwarf shrub Fabaceae Argyrolobium longifolium (Meisn.) Walp. VU Dwarf shrub Eriosema populifolium Benth. ex Harv. subsp. Fabaceae EN Herb populifolium Geraniaceae Pelargonium album J.J.A.van der Walt Rare Dwarf shrub Hyacinthaceae Merwilla plumbea (Lindl.) Speta NT Geophyte Hypoxis hemerocallidea Fisch., C.A.Mey. & Avé- Hypoxidaceae Declining Geophyte Lall. Lamiaceae Stachys comosa Codd Threatened Herb Myrsinaceae Rapanea melanophloeos (L.) Mez Declining Tree Orchidaceae Cynorkis compacta (Rchb.f.) Rolfe VU Geophyte Orchidaceae Disperis woodii Bolus Declining Geophyte Orchidaceae Eulophia platypetala Lindl. VU Geophyte Orchidaceae Satyrium rhodanthum Schltr. CR Geophyte Cassipourea gummiflua Tul. var. verticillata Rhizophoraceae VU* Tree (N.E.Br.) J.Lewis Rhizophoraceae Cassipourea malosana (Baker) Alston Declining Shrub Rubiaceae Eriosemopsis subanisophylla Robyns VU Dwarf shrub Scrophulariaceae Chaenostoma platysepalum (Hiern) Kornhall Rare Herb Scrophulariaceae Halleria ovata Benth. Rare Shrub Stangeriaceae Stangeria eriopus (Kunze) Baill. VU Geophyte 3029CA Bowiea volubilis Harv. ex Hook.f. subsp. Hyacinthaceae VU Climber volubilis Iridaceae Dierama ambiguum Hilliard EN Geophyte Orchidaceae Schizochilus bulbinella (Rchb.f.) Bolus Rare Geophyte Leucospermum truncatulum (Salisb. ex Knight) Proteaceae NT Shrub Rourke Zamiaceae Encephalartos friderici-guilielmi Lehm. NT Shrub 3029CB Amaryllidaceae Boophone disticha (L.f.) Herb. Declining Geophyte Amaryllidaceae Crinum moorei Hook.f. VU Geophyte Asteraceae Berkheya griquana Hilliard & B.L.Burtt VU Herb Colchicaceae Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Declining Climber

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Iridaceae Dierama tysonii N.E.Br. VU Geophyte Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub Scrophulariaceae Selago griquana Hilliard Threatened Herb 3029DA Amaryllidaceae Nerine bowdenii Watson Rare Geophyte Apocynaceae Asclepias xysmalobioides Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Asphodelaceae Aloe kniphofioides Baker VU Geophyte Asphodelaceae Kniphofia drepanophylla Baker VU Herb Asteraceae Senecio poseideonis Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Celastraceae Elaeodendron croceum (Thunb.) DC. Declining Tree Colchicaceae Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Declining Climber Cornaceae Curtisia dentata (Burm.f.) C.A.Sm. NT Shrub Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea brownii Schinz VU Geophyte Ericaceae Erica albospicata Hilliard & B.L.Burtt Rare Herb Crotalaria dura J.M.Wood & M.S.Evans subsp. Fabaceae NT Dwarf shrub dura Fabaceae Psoralea abbottii C.H.Stirt. VU Dwarf shrub Bowiea volubilis Harv. ex Hook.f. subsp. Hyacinthaceae VU Climber volubilis Hyacinthaceae Merwilla plumbea (Lindl.) Speta NT Geophyte Iridaceae Dierama ambiguum Hilliard EN Geophyte Iridaceae Dierama tysonii N.E.Br. VU Geophyte Lauraceae Ocotea bullata (Burch.) Baill. EN Tree Proteaceae Protea subvestita N.E.Br. VU Shrub Rhizophoraceae Cassipourea flanaganii (Schinz) Alston EN Shrub Rubiaceae Alberta magna E.Mey. NT Tree Thymelaeaceae Struthiola anomala Hilliard VU Dwarf shrub 3029DB Amaryllidaceae Haemanthus deformis Hook.f. VU Geophyte Apocynaceae Asclepias disparilis N.E.Br. VU Herb Begoniaceae Begonia homonyma Steud. EN Herb Ericaceae Erica ebracteata Bolus Rare Shrub 3030CA Anacardiaceae Loxostylis alata A.Spreng. ex Rchb. Declining Shrub Anacardiaceae Searsia acocksii (Moffett) Moffett NT Climber Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f.) Baker subsp. Asphodelaceae VU Herb croucheri Celastraceae Elaeodendron croceum (Thunb.) DC. Declining Tree Lamiaceae Plectranthus ernstii Codd NT Herb Lamiaceae Plectranthus oertendahlii T.C.E.Fr. Rare Herb Lamiaceae Plectranthus oribiensis Codd Rare Herb Lauraceae Cryptocarya wyliei Stapf NT Shrub Myrtaceae Eugenia erythrophylla Strey NT Shrub Adenia gummifera (Harv.) Harms var. Passifloraceae Declining Climber gummifera

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Threat Family Species Growth forms status Restionaceae Restio zuluensis H.P.Linder VU Dwarf shrub Rhizophoraceae Cassipourea malosana (Baker) Alston Declining Shrub Rubiaceae Anthospermum streyi Puff Rare Dwarf shrub Rubiaceae Canthium vanwykii Tilney & Kok NT Shrub Zamiaceae Encephalartos ghellinckii Lem. VU Shrub

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

APPENDIX B

LIST OF HERITAGE RESOURCES IN HGDM

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

DR NKOSAZANA DLAMINI-ZUMA LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 4 4 Mpongweni Cave Cobham State Forest -29.687833° 29.359500° 2929AD 001 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi Loteni 1 (Xalweni) -29.403611 29.483611 2929AD 002 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest -29.496111 29.483056 2929AD 003 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Mbachweni Rock -29.462778 29.473333 2929AD 004 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Robbers Cave -29.5 29.473611 2929AD 005 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Eagle Kranz -29.484444 29.460833 2929AD 006 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Hlatimba Shelter 1 -29.485 29.459722 2929AD 007 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest -29.483333 29.46 2929AD 008 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Horseshoe Rock -29.478611° 29.346289° 2929AD 009 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Verandah Cave -29.468611 29.434444 2929AD 010 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Windy Palace -29.466944 29.43 2929AD 011 4 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Black Cave -29.471944° 29.469722° 2929AD 012 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Lizard Shelter -29.463056 29.4725 2929AD 013 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Mbachweni 1 -29.469167 29.465556 2929AD 014 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Mbachweni 2 -29.470833 29.465278 2929AD 015 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Never-ending Shelter -29.479167 29.43361 2929AD 016 4 4 4 Painting Jakkalsdraai 12805, Loteni Nature Res Ngodwini 1 -29.435278 29.487222 2929AD 017 4 4 Painting Jakkalsdraai 12805, Loteni Nature Res Ngodwini 2 -29.433889 29.49 2929AD 018 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ka-Masihlenga 1 -29.416111 29.479444 2929AD 019 4 Surface Mkomazi State Forest Yellowwood Cave -29.414722 29.4775 2929AD 020 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ka-Masihlenga 2 -29.413056 29.471389 2929AD 021 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Hlatimba Rock -29.480556 29.4525 2929AD 022 4 Surface Mkomazi State Forest Loteni 2 -29.396944 29.479444 2929AD 023 4 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ka-Masihlenga 3 -29.4125 29.469167 2929AD 024 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Hlatimba Rock 1 -29.4675 29.4375 2929AD 025 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Hlatimba Shelter 2 -29.485278° 29.460833° 2929AD 026 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Hlatimba Rock 3 -29.484167° 29.462222° 2929BC 029 4 4 Painting Chalgrove 9100 Pickett's Shelter -29.433267° 29.538950° 2929BC 030 4 4 4 Painting Chalgrove 9100 Highmoor State Forest Pickett Rock -29.420278° 29.545556° 2929BC 031 4 4 Painting -29.449167 29.537778 2929BC 032 4 4 Painting Masihlenga Stream -29.437778° 29.520833° 2929BC 033 4 4 Painting Nzwelele 13176, Loteni Nature Reserve Throttling Shelter -29.472222° 29.507222° 2929BC 034 4 Painting Orange Finger Smudges -29.401667° 29.566667° 2929BC 035 4 4 Surface Jakkalsdraai Shum's Shelter -29.445278 29.502778 2929BC 036 4 4 4 Painting Lowmoor 9191, Upper Mkomazi Nuttall's Shelter -29.462088° 29.604167° Wilderness Area 2929BC 042 4 4 Painting Kamberg Nature Reserve Waterfall Shelter -29.445278 29.502778 2929BC 043 4 4 Painting Stormheights 9845 Willem's Shelter 1 -29.405000° 29.640556° 2929BC 044 4 4 Painting Stormheights 9845 Christmas Shelter -29.407778° 29.643889° 2929BC 050 4 4 no details Chalgrove + -29.433333° 29.550000° 2929BC 051 4 4 Painting Silvanscliffe Silvanscliffe -29.418889° 29.542778° 2929BC 052 4 Surface Silvanscliffe Silvanscliffe -29.416944° 29.541667° 2929BC 053 4 Surface Silvanscliffe Silvanscliffe -29.420000° 29.541667°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929BC 054 4 Surface Baviaanskloof, Loteni Nature Reserve Baviaanskloof 1 -29.437500° 29.513611° 2929BC 055 4 Surface Baviaanskloof, Loteni Nature Reserve Baviaanskloof 2 -29.437500° 29.514444° 2929BC 056 Surface Baviaanskloof, Loteni Nature Reserve Baviaanskloof 3 -29.435556° 29.516667° 2929BC 057 4 Surface Baviaanskloof, Loteni Nature Reserve Baviaanskloof 4 -29.438056° 29.517500° 2929BC 072 4 4 Painting Stormheights Willem's Shelter 2 -29.404444° 29.629444° 2929BC 079 4 4 Painting Stormheights 9845, Dept of Forestry Willem's Shelter 3 -29.404722° 29.640278° 2929BC 088 4 Surface Baviaanskloof 12921, Loteni Nature Res Loteni Open -29.428889° 29.505278° 2929BC 091 4 4 Painting Cyprus 11461, Mkomazi State Forest. Nzinga Shelter 2 -29.465556° 29.690000° 2929BC 092 4 4 Painting Cyprus 2, 11462 Nzinga Shelter 3 -29.465556° 29.688611° 2929BC 093 4 4 Painting Cyprus 2, 11462 Nzinga Shelter 4 -29.467222° 29.685278° 2929BC 094 4 4 Painting The Devil's dyke 9182 Nzinga Shelter 5 -29.433056° 29.630833° 2929BC 095 4 4 Painting Malungana 11460 Ka-Malungana 1 -29.494444° 29.671667° 2929BC 096 4 4 Painting Alicedale 11464 Ka-Malungana 2 -29.496111° 29.673889° 2929BC 097 4 4 Painting Malungana 11460 Ka-Malungana Rock 1 -29.492778° 29.674722° 2929BC 098 4 4 Painting Malungana 11460 Ka-Malungana Rock 2 -29.493056° 29.672778° 2929BC 099 4 4 Painting Alicedale 11464 Ka-Malungana Rock 3 -29.496944° 29.681389° 2929BC 100 4 4 Painting Bundoran 9183 Bundoran 1 -29.441222° 29.566861° 2929BC 101 4 4 Painting Bundoran 9183 Bundoran 2 -29.438611° 29.685496° 2929BC 134 4 4 Painting Game Pass 2 7240 Pluto Stream -29.435556° 29.634528° 2929BC 135 4 4 Painting Game Pass 2 7240 Pluto 5 -29.484722° 29.634500° 2929BC 138 4 4 Painting Allandale Farm 9661 Allandale Farm -29.428667° 29.701917° 2929CB 001 4 4 Painting Tavistock 11691 Vergelegen Nature Reserve -29.547222 29.485 2929CB 002 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest -29.500833° 29.400833° 2929CB 003 4 4 4 Painting River View 14598, Mkomazi State Forest Mkomazi 2 -29.530278° 29.427778° 2929CB 004 Painting -29.516111° 29.365556° 2929CB 005 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Watson's Cave -29.516111° 29.365556° 2929CB 006 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ntuba 1 -29.537778° 29.394444° 2929CB 007 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ntuba 2 -29.539444° 29.372778° 2929CB 008 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Ntuba 3 -29.537500° 29.343056° 2929CB 009 4 4 Painting -29.632778° 29.434722° 2929CB 010 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Liche ya Batwa -29.612500° 29.441667° 2929CB 011 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Skhelekehle Rock 1 -29.612778° 29.446944° 2929CB 012 4 4 Painting Grindstone Shelter -29.612500° 29.433333° 2929CB 013 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Shelter from the stormy blast -29.615556° 29.446111° 2929CB 014 4 4 Painting Ultima Thule 14671, Cobham State Forest (Brambley Sh) Skhelekehle Rock 2 -29.604722° 29.410278° 2929CB 015 4 4 Painting Ultima Thule 14671, Cobham State Forest (Firelight Sh) Skhelekehle Shelter 2 -29.601111° 29.405556° 2929CB 016 4 4 Painting Ultima Thule 14671, Cobham State Forest Skhelekehle Shelter 3. -29.600556° 29.405000° 2929CB 017 4 4 Painting Ultima Thule 14671, Cobham State Forest Skhelekehle Shelter 4 -29.600278° 29.404167° 2929CB 018 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Muddy Puddle -29.617778 29.456944 2929CB 019 4 4 Painting Mcatsheni Reserve Soldier on the path -29.620556° 29.491667° 2929CB 020 4 4 Painting Good Hope No.7168. Cobham State Good Hope 1 -29.656111 29.427222 Forest

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CB 021 4 4 Painting Good Hope No. 7168 Good Hope 2. -29.655278° 29.421389° 2929CB 022 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest -29.660000° 29.417500° 2929CB 023 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Matin's Shelter (Vinnicombe) -29.659722° 29.407778° 2929CB 024 4 4 Painting Stormness 14556, Cobham State Forest Superman Shelter -29.659167° 29.411111° 2929CB 025 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Crazy Paving Shelter -29.661111° 29.406944° 2929CB 026 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Shelter 3 -29.662500° 29.400556° 2929CB 027 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 3 -29.655556° 29.392500° 2929CB 028 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 2 -29.653611° 29.396944° 2929CB 029 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest -29.654167° 29.390833° 2929CB 030 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 4 -29.661944° 29.388056° 2929CB 031 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Pinnacle Rock -29.653056° 29.380833° 2929CB 032 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Hartebeest Rock -29.607500° 29.327222° 2929CB 033 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest -29.537046° 29.330833° 2929CB 034 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest -29.604722° 29.327778° 2929CB 036 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Ikanti 1 -29.625278 29.475833 2929CB 037 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Ikanti 2 -29.624444° 29.474722° 2929CB 038 4 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Ikanti 3 -29.621944° 29.475278° 2929CB 039 4 4 4 Painting Scafel, Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 1 -29.699167° 29.402222° 2929CB 040 4 4 Painting Emerald Dale, Cobham State Forest Boundary Rock -29.686750° 29.378778° 2929CB 041 4 4 Painting Mpongweni, Cobham State Forest Mpongweni North -29.690889° 29.366056° 2929CB 042 4 4 Painting Mpongweni, Cobham State Forest Mpongweni Rock -29.685556° 29.363611° 2929CB 043 4 4 Painting Goschen No 2 Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Shelter 2 -29.731111° 29.351667° 2929CB 044 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest (Whyte's Sh) Bamboo Mountain Shelter -29.736389° 29.338611° 1 2929CB 045 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Shelter 5 -29.736111° 29.339722° 2929CB 046 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Shelter 4 -29.735833° 29.340000° 2929CB 047 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Shelter 3 -29.735000° 29.343889° 2929CB 048 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Shelter 6 -29.733333° 29.338611° 2929CB 049 4 4 Painting Killie Crankie, Cobham State Forest Bamboo Mountain Rock 1 -29.733611° 29.340278° 2929CB 050 4 4 Painting WP 4 14552 Cobham State Forest Bathplug Cave (Mpongweni South) -29.706667° 29.388056° 2929CB 051 4 4 Painting Uplands 14672, Cobham State Forest. Mlahlangubo Shelter 6 -29.670278° 29.252500° 2929CB 052 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest (Trapeze Artists) -29.685278° 29.269444° 2929CB 053 Snake Shelter

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CB 054 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Mlahlangubo Shelter 8 -29.662500° 29.251389° 2929CB 055 4 4 Painting Craig Dhu 14657. Cobham State Forest Bottoms Up Shelter -29.599444° 29.356111° 2929CB 056 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 5 -29.651667° 29.380278° 2929CB 057 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 6 -29.484444° 29.379722° 2929CB 058 4 Surface FP 2018517 Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 2 -29.696944° 29.422778° 2929CB 059 4 4 Surface River View 14598, Mkomazi State Forest. Mkomazi 1 -29.529444° 29.431389° 2929CB 060 4 4 Painting Mkomazi State Forest Mkomazi 3 -29.513056° 29.376111° 2929CB 061 4 4 Surface Twin Streams, Mkomazi State Forest Mkomazi 4 -29.524722° 29.399167° 2929CB 062 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Ikanti 4 -29.626111° 29.475833° 2929CB 063 4 Surface Cobham State Forest Skhelekehle Shelter 1 -29.614444° 29.446111° 2929CB 064 4 4 Painting Craig Dhu 14657, Cobham State Forest Mkhomazana Rock 1 -29.611389° 29.344722° 2929CB 065 4 4 Painting Craig Dhu 14657, Cobham State Forest Mkhomazana Shelter 2 -29.610833° 29.348333° 2929CB 066 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Shelter 1 (see comments) -29.638611° 29.368056° 2929CB 067 4 Other Ultima Thule 14671 Skhelekehle Open -29.599444° 29.404444° 2929CB 068 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 1. (Drummers Rock) -29.640278° 29.376389° 2929CB 069 4 4 Painting Stormness 14556, Cobham State Forest Gxalingenwa Shelter 2 -29.658056° 29.408333° 2929CB 070 4 4 Surface Killie Crankie, Cobham state Forest. Bamboo Mountain Shelter 7 -29.739167° 29.329722° 2929CB 071 4 4 Painting Cobham state Forest Emerald Shelter 1 -29.650278° 29.361944° 2929CB 072 4 4 Painting Cobham state Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 7 -29.649722° 29.374722° 2929CB 073 4 4 Painting Cobham state Forest Gxalingenwa Rock 8 -29.643611° 29.376389° 2929CB 074 4 4 4 4 Painting WP 4 14552 Cobham State Forest Sipongweni Shelter 2 -29.709722° 29.389167° 2929CB 075 4 4 Painting Glenarvon, Cobham State Forest Mzimkulwana Shelter 1 -29.697778° 29.354722° 2929CB 076 4 4 Painting Goschen No 2, 8977. Cobham State Mzimkulwana Shelter 2 -29.716667° 29.358056° Forest 2929CB 077 4 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 3 -29.655694° 29.347639° 2929CB 078 4 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 4 -29.651389° 29.335833° 2929CB 079 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 5 (Pholela Cave) -29.642778° 29.323056° 2929CB 080 4 4 Painting Mpongweni, Cobham State Forest Inhlabeni Shelter 1 -29.665000° 29.338611° 2929CB 081 4 4 Painting Mpongweni, Cobham State Forest Inhlabeni Shelter 2 -29.665000° 29.338611° 2929CB 082 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Inhlabeni Shelter 3 (Nutcracker Cave) -29.666944° 29.336944° 2929CB 083 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Inhlabeni Shelter 4 -29.658889° 29.331667° 2929CB 084 4 4 Painting Sipongweni, Cobham state Forest Pholela Shelter 6 -29.695278° -29.695278° 2929CB 085 4 4 Surface Emerald Dale, Cobham State Forest Pholela Rock 1 -29.363611° 29.389167°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CB 086 4 4 Painting FP 201 8517, Cobham State Forest Pholela Shelter 7 -29.690556° 29.416389° 2929CB 087 4 4 Surface Stormness 14556, Cobham state Forest Pholelana Shelter 1 -29.675278° 29.421111° 2929CB 088 4 Surface Stormness 14556, Cobham state Forest Pholelana Rock 1 -29.675278° 29.421111° 2929CB 089 4 4 4 Painting Stormness 14556, Cobham state Forest Pholelana Shelter 2 -29.676389° 29.421667° 2929CB 090 4 4 Painting Sipongweni, Cobham State Forest Sipongweni Rock 1 -29.718611° 29.394444° 2929CB 091 4 4 Painting Uplands 14672, Cobham State Forest Mlahlangubo Shelter 1 -29.669722° 29.274167° 2929CB 092 4 4 Surface Sipongweni, Cobham State Forest Sipongweni Shelter 3 -29.718333° 29.392222° 2929CB 093 4 4 Painting Uplands, Cobham State Forest Mlahlangubo Shelter 2 -29.671389° 29.272500° 2929CB 094 4 4 4 Painting Glencourt, Cobham State Forest Mlahlangubo Shelter 3 -29.698889° 29.284722° 2929CB 095 4 4 Painting Fairview, Cobham State Forest Mlahlangubo Shelter 4 -29.686111° 29.294444° 2929CB 096 4 4 Painting Fairview, Cobham State Forest Mzimkulwana Shelter 3 -29.691667° 29.302500° 2929CB 097 4 4 Painting Fairview, Cobham State Forest Mzimkulwana Shelter 4 -29.691111° 29.303889° 2929CB 098 4 4 Painting Fairview, Cobham State Forest Mzimkulwana Shelter 5 -29.690556° 29.305000° 2929CB 099 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Venice Cave -29.662500° 29.277500° 2929CB 100 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Mzimkulwana Shelter 6 -29.665000° 29.279444° 2929CB 101 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Walker Cave -29.661111° 29.254722° 2929CB 107 4 4 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest -29.696944° 29.366939° 2929CC 003 4 4 Painting Garden Castle Forest Reserve Tsuayi's Shelter (Painter's Shelter) -29.790278 29.185833 2929CC 004 4 4 4 Painting Verdant Vale, Garden Castle State Forest Langalibalele Cave -29.806667° 29.210278° 2929CC 006 4 4 Painting Glengarry, Garden Castle State Forest Mzimude Shelter 3. -29.781389° 29.202222° 2929CC 007 4 4 Painting -29.821111° 29.181667° 2929CC 008 4 4 Painting Stornoway, Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 2 -29.821111° 29.181667° 2929CC 009 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest 29.182500° 29.185278° 2929CC 010 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 4 -29.814444° 29.168611° 2929CC 011 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 7 -29.814444° 29.168056° 2929CC 012 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 5 -29.811389° 29.147500° 2929CC 013 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest -29.806111° 29.140278° 2929CC 014 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Stow Away Shelter -29.807222° 29.136111° 2929CC 015 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest White Horse Shelter -29.806944° 29.134722° 2929CC 016 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 9 -29.822500° 29.158333° 2929CC 017 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 10 -29.822778° 29.157222° 2929CC 018 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Thamathu Cave (Nombombo Caves - -29.831389° 29.149722° Knuffel)

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CC 019 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest -29.868056° 29.148056° 2929CC 020 4 4 Painting Caledonia, Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 1 -29.857639° 29.172000° 2929CC 021 4 4 Painting State Forest Sedhluhlube (Sandhulube) Hill -29.864722° 29.205278° 2929CC 022 4 4 Painting New England 7552 F.P. 196 Sandlheni Mountain -29.863333° 29.227222° 2929CC 023 4 4 Painting FP 352, 10558 Redversdale 1 -29.910833° 29.233333° 2929CC 024 4 4 Painting FP 352, 10558 Redversdale 2 -29.910833 29.233333 2929CC 025 4 4 Painting Bonnievale 4 Bonnievale 1 -29.900000° 29.200000° 2929CC 026 4 4 Painting Bonnievale 4 Bonnievale 2 -29.904167 29.2 2929CC 036 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 2 now Fairview 2 2929CC 039 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 5, now Fairview 5 -29.991944° 29.859474° 2929CC 040 4 4 Painting Bellevue 6 2929CC 064 4 4 Painting Hartebeest Heads, Tsoelike River 2929CC 067 4 4 Painting 2929CC 073 Engraving Ngwangwane Gate 2929CC 074 4 Surface Verdant Vale Stone Age Shelter 1 -29.822778° 29.230556° 2929CC 075 4 Surface Verdant Vale Stone Age Shelter 2 -29.824167° 29.229722° 2929CC 076 4 Surface Bushman's Nek Forest Reserve Nombombo Caves -29.831944° 29.152778° 2929CC 077 4 4 4 Painting Bushman's Nek Forest Reserve Nombombo Caves -29.766767° 29.261950° 2929CC 078 4 4 4 Painting Verdant Vale, Bushman's Nek S.F. Spiderman Shelter -29.805000° 29.215833° 2929CC 079 4 Surface Bushman's Nek State Forest Macro Art Cave 1 -29.877500° 29.166111° 2929CC 080 4 4 4 Painting Bushman's Nek State Forest Macro Art Cave 2 -29.878056° 29.166944° 2929CC 081 4 4 4 Painting Bushman's Nek State Forest Macro Art Cave 3 -29.878333° 29.168056° 2929CC 082 Painting Bushman's Nek State Forest Bushman's Pass Shelter 1 -29.858333° 29.179167° 2929CC 083 Surface Bushman's Nek State Forest Bushman's Pass Shelter 2 -29.858333° 29.179444° 2929CC 084 4 4 Painting Bushman's Nek State Forest Bushman's Pass Shelter 3 -29.858333° 29.180000° 2929CC 085 4 Surface Bushman's Nek State Forest Hairpin Bend Shelter -29.862500° 29.179167° 2929CC 086 Surface Bushman's Nek State Forest Macro-art cave 4 -29.850000° 29.200000° 2929CC 087 4 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Mzimude Shelter 1 -29.793056° 29.208056° 2929CC 088 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Mzimude Shelter 2 -29.791944° 29.193333° 2929CC 089 4 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Mzimude Shelter 4 -29.778056° 29.197500° 2929CC 090 4 4 Painting Stornoway, Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 1 -29.816667° 29.182500° 2929CC 091 4 4 Painting Stornoway, Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 3 -29.827222° 29.187500° 2929CC 092 4 4 Painting Caledonia, Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 2, Hartebeest -29.860028° 29.160972°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates Shelter 2929CC 093 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 10 -29.876111° 29.168056° 2929CC 094 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 7 -29.836389° 29.148333° 2929CC 095 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 6 -29.809722° 29.142778° 2929CC 096 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 11 -29.876944° 29.161389° 2929CC 097 4 4 Painting Caithness, Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 3 -29.844444° 29.171389° 2929CC 098 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Sh 8 aka Mystery Sh -29.846111° 29.151389° 2929CC 099 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 9 -29.847500° 29.148056° 2929CC 100 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Rock 1 -29.846667° 29.159167° 2929CC 101 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 4 -29.845556° 29.156944° 2929CC 102 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 5 -29.838333° 29.149722° 2929CC 103 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Rock 1 -29.831111° 29.158333° 2929CC 104 4 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Rock 2 -29.826944° 29.151944° 2929CC 105 4 4 Painting Caledonia, Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Shelter 6 -29.850278° 29.161389° 2929CC 106 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 11 -29.800556° 29.153056° 2929CC 107 4 Surface Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 8 -29.818889° 29.151389° 2929CC 108 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest Bushman's River Shelter 12 -29.818056° 29.173611° 2929CC 109 4 Surface Caithness, Garden Castle State Forest Ngwangwane Open -29.858056° 29.173611° 2929CC 110 4 4 Painting Bellevue 8 [no, see 3029AA 005] 2929CC 112 4 Surface 2929CC 113 4 4 Painting Bellevue 2929CC 114 4 4 Painting Stornoway, Garden Castle State Forest -29.810000° 29.186944° 2929CC 115 4 Surface Knuffel's factory site -29.847222° 29.192222° 2929CC 116 4 Surface Factory Site 2 -29.847222° 29.192222° 2929CC 117 4 4 Painting Cobham State Forest Mzimude 5 (Nguni Shelter) 2929CC 118 4 4 Painting Caledonia, Garden Castle Forest Reserve Ngwangwane Shelter 12 + -29.833611 29.159722 2929CC 122 4 Surface State Land Lammergeyer Cave -29.833333° 29.141667° 2929CC 123 4 4 Painting State Land Jackal Shelter -29.877222° 29.168333° 2929CD 000 4 -29.883333 29.416667 2929CD 001 4 4 Painting FP 341 10864 Restmount -29.753611° 29.337500° 2929CD 002 4 4 4 Painting Garden Castle State Forest -29.752778° 29.293611° 2929CD 003 4 Surface Underberg Commonage -29.796111 29.495556 2929CD 004 4 4 Painting Underberg Commonage -29.799722° 29.481389°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CD 005 4 4 Painting Scottston 14346 Scotston -29.833889 29.481944 2929CD 006 4 4 Painting FP 130 8422 Lammermoor 1 -29.881111° 29.437500° 2929CD 007 4 Surface Lammermoor 1b 2929CD 008 4 4 Painting FP 130 8422 Lammermoor 2 -29.880000° 29.447222° 2929CD 009 4 4 Painting FP 130 8422 Lammermoor 3 -29.879167° 29.450833° 2929CD 010 4 4 Painting FP 130 8422 Lammermoor 4 -29.878056° 29.452500° 2929CD 011 4 4 Painting FP 131 8423 Coralynn -29.879444° 29.452500° 2929CD 012 4 4 Painting FP 174 8582 Dartford -29.882722 29.466056 2929CD 013 4 4 Painting FP 174 8582 Dartford -29.882722 29.466056 2929CD 014 4 4 Painting FP 174 8582 Dartford -29.882722 29.466056 2929CD 015 4 4 Painting Martha 11321 Sangwana 1, Elephant shelter -29.850194° 29.473028° 2929CD 016 4 4 Painting Sangwana 8658 Sangwana 2, Baboon shelter -29.855556° 29.486111° 2929CD 017 4 Surface Lammermoor 8422, FP130 Lammermoor 5 -29.883333° 29.444444° 2929CD 018 4 4 Painting Glenside 7867 Glenside -29.768056° 29.391667° 2929CD 019 4 4 Painting FP 238 8948 Castle Garden -29.820833° 29.318611° 2929CD 020 4 4 Painting Elton 9795 FP 317 Lingey Lou -29.885159° 29.412500° 2929CD 021 4 4 Painting FP 171 7821 Bergview -29.935278° 29.438333° 2929CD 022 4 4 Painting Waterford, 11675 Waterford -29.845278° 29.326389° 2929CD 023 4 4 Painting Waterford 11675 Penwarn 1 -29.843889° 29.330278° 2929CD 024 4 4 Painting Waterford 11675 Penwarn 2 -29.845278° 29.331944° 2929CD 025 4 4 Painting FP 189 7566 Penwarn 3 -29.845833° 29.333333° 2929CD 026 4 4 Painting FP 189 7566 Penwarn 4 -29.845833° 29.334444° 2929CD 027 4 4 Painting FP 189 7566 Penwarn 5 -29.848333° 29.338056° 2929CD 028 4 4 Painting FP 189 7566 Penwarn 6 -29.839722° 29.339444° 2929CD 029 4 4 Painting FP 169 9143 Ideal View -29.912778° 29.321667° 2929CD 030 4 4 Painting FP 192 8911 XL Farm -29.857222° 29.361944° 2929CD 031 4 4 Painting FP 166 8063 Lowlands 1 -29.866389° 29.382222° 2929CD 032 4 4 Painting FP 166 8063 Lowlands 2 -29.868611° 29.388056° 2929CD 033 4 4 Painting FP 166 8063 Lowlands 3 -29.869444° 29.390556° 2929CD 034 4 4 Painting FP 166 8063 Lowlands 4 -29.870556° 29.392778° 2929CD 035 4 4 Painting FP 168 8536 West Ilsley 1 -29.867222° 29.430556° 2929CD 036 4 4 Painting FP 119 9520 West Ilsley 2 -29.875 29.425 2929CD 037 4 4 Painting FP 119 9520 West Ilsley 3 -29.885278 29.417778

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CD 038 4 4 Painting FP 119 9520 West Ilsley 4 -29.886111 29.415833 2929CD 039 4 4 Painting FP 102 9502 West Ilsley 5, Otto's Cave -29.897222° 29.403889° 2929CD 040 4 4 Painting FP 119 9520 West Ilsley 6 -29.893611° 29.412500° 2929CD 041 4 4 Painting Lammermoor FP 130 8422 Cora Lynn 1 -29.896944° 29.433056° 2929CD 042 4 4 Painting FP 131 8423 Cora Lynn 2, Bamboo Valley -29.909167° 29.451667° 2929CD 043 4 -29.966667 29.358333 2929CD 044 4 4 Painting GE 4 35 Belfast -29.933333° 29.383333° 2929CD 045 4 4 Painting Excelsior 9570 FP34 Excelsior 1 -29.933333° 29.375000° 2929CD 046 4 4 Painting FP 34 9570 Excelsior 2. -29.933333° 29.383333° 2929CD 049 4 -29.975 29.3 2929CD 055 4 4 Painting FP 253 9017 The Wilds (ex Middle Valley) -29.933333° 29.333333° 2929CD 056 4 4 Painting Coleford Nature Reserve Sherwood's Shelter -29.933333° 29.416667° 2929CD 060 4 Surface Forlorn Forlorn + -29.933333° 29.366667° 2929CD 061 4 4 Painting Melissa Melissa -29.970833° 29.436111° 2929CD 063 4 Surface Carn Lynn (?Cora Lynn) ? -29.883333° 29.450000° 2929CD 064 4 Surface Bristol Cave ? -29.900000° 29.366667° 2929CD 065 4 4 Painting Sangwana 8658 Sangwana 3 -29.855556° 29.486111° 2929CD 066 4 4 Painting Glenhaven 14881 Jackson's Sh 1 -29.753889 29.393611 2929CD 067 4 Painting Glenhaven 14881 Jacksons Sh 2 -29.753889 29.393889 2929CD 068 4 Surface Castle End Castle End -29.754722° 29.256111° 2929CD 069 4 4 Painting Sangwana 8658 Sangwana 4 -29.854444° 29.486111° 2929CD 070 4 Surface West Ilsley Below 2929CD 036 -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 071 4 Surface West Ilsley Quarry -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 072 4 Surface West Ilsley West Ilsley -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 073 4 Surface West Ilsley + -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 074 4 Surface West Ilsley Makusine + -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 075 4 Surface West Ilsley Skoboto Rocks + -29.883333° 29.416667° 2929CD 076 4 Surface Ellerslie 2 7758 Ikwezie -29.766667° 29.390841° 2929CD 077 4 4 Painting Contention 14649 Ezintabeni Shelter -29.766767° 29.261950° 2929DA 003 4 4 -29.520833 29.620833 2929DA 010 4 4 Mhlangeni Bantu Location Bisi Stream 1 -29.570000° 29.563889° 2929DA 011 4 4 Mhlangeni Bantu Location Bisi Stream 2 -29.571667° 29.560278° 2929DA 012 4 4 Surface Mhlangeni Bantu Location Bisi Stream 3 -29.568056° 29.561667°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929DA 015 4 4 4 Painting Alva 13266 Snowhill, The Duffrin -29.693139° 29.605750° 2929DA 020 4 Surface The Folks 55 Mkomazi Open 1 -29.422222° 29.686111° 2929DC 001 4 4 Painting Grafton S88 or S89 or S90 Grafton 1 -29.766667° 29.733333° 2929DC 002 4 4 Painting Grafton S88 or S89 or S90 Grafton 2 -29.8 29.711667 2929DC 003 4 4 Painting Grafton S88 or S89 or S90 Grafton 3 -29.766667° 29.733333° 2929DC 004 4 4 Painting Sunset 11822 Sunset 1 -29.766667° 29.683333° 2929DC 005 4 4 Painting Sunset 11822 Sunset 2 -29.766667° 29.683333° 2929DC 006 4 4 Painting 8436 -29.766667° 29.683333° 2929DC 007 4 4 Painting 8436 -29.783333° 29.700000° 2929DC 008 4 4 Painting Sunset 11822 -29.766667° 29.666667° 2929DC 009 4 4 Painting The Rocks 12450 -29.816667° 29.516667° 2929DC 010 Hlogoma Mountain -29.800000° 29.516667° 2929DC 011 4 4 Painting FP 133 7755 Kilmun 2 -29.925056° 29.506028° 2929DC 012 4 Surface Home Rule + -29.816667° 29.675000° 2929DC 013 4 4 4 Surface Addenda Tatton -29.816667° 29.733333° 2929DC 014 4 4 Painting FP 133 7755 Kilmun 1 -29.924056° 29.506889° 2929DC 015 4 Surface Hlogoma Mountain Hlogoma Mountain + -29.800000° 29.516667° 2929DC 016 4 Surface Kilmun FP 133 7755 -29.924611° 29.506389° 2929DD 001 4 4 Painting Rock Fountain 5310 Rock Fountain -29.928333° 29.993889° 2929DD 002 4 4 Surface Donnybrook 2929DD 003 4 Other Deepdale + -29.783333° 29.958333° 2929DD 004 4 Other Creighton + -29.983333° 29.850000° 2929DD 005 4 Surface Marwaqa slopes, Bulwer + -30.050000° 29.945000° 2929DD 006 4 Surface Gowerford Gowerford + -29.850000° 29.766667° 2929DD 007 4 Structure Location No 2 KwaMnyamana -29.804722 29.916111 3029BB 005 4 Surface S20 6572 Mabedhlana -30.05 29.945 & -29.945000° 29.959444° 4 ? Umzimkulu River Lodge -29.530040° 29.344950° 4 Shed: Otterburn Farm -29.553210° 29.331180° 4 c 1900s Residence (c Early 1900s) & Shed (c 1950): Montrose Farm -29.554480° 29.340540° 4 Cottages: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.630750° 29.418870° 4 The Barn (1913): Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.630880° 29.418970° 4 Rose Cottage: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.630930° 29.419460°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 4 Barn House: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.630950° 29.418970° 4 Workshop & garage: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.631190° 29.418900° 4 Stone House: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.631320° 29.420030° 4 Valley House: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.631950° 29.419420° 4 Top House: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.632610° 29.420520° 4 Cottages: Mkomazana Mountain Cottages -29.632690° 29.420370° 4 Hotel/factory/house?: Good Hope on Sani Pass Road -29.646010° 29.430890° 4 Edwardian Residence: Seaforth, Himeville -29.660610° 29.471600° 4 Edwardian Cottage (1892): Seaforth, Himeville -29.660630° 29.471490° 2930AB 022 4 Old Prison Building -29.740380° 29.512800° 4 Edwardian Moyeni Farm -29.742230° 29.489550° 4 Edwardian Residences x 2, Shed (c 1890-1913): Briar Lea Lodge -29.742270° 29.489580° 4 59 Arbuckle St, Himeville (Erf 9) -29.745542° 29.513526° 4 Old Residency, Arbuckle (Cnr Clayton) Street, Himeville -29.746896° 29.514027° 4 Nelton, 54 Arbuckle Street, Himeville (Erf 12) -29.746940° 29.513100° 4 Edwardian Stonehouse Antiques & Collectibles (1902), 47 Arbuckle Street, Himeville (Erf Re/15) -29.747770° 29.512560° 4 Edwardian Residences x 2 & Shed (c 1888): The Rocks -29.747805° 29.527227° 4 Himeville Arms Hotel, Arbuckle St, Himeville (Erf 17?) -29.748560° 29.512360° 4 Memorial M.O.T.H Garden of Remembrance, 36 Arbuckle St, Himeville -29.748886° 29.512695° 4 Edwardian Himeville Fort Museum, Arbuckle (Cnr George) Street, Himeville (1899) -29.749572° 29.512410° 4 Himeville Fort (undeclared portion), Arbuckle (Cnr Clayton) Street, Himeville -29.749717° 29.512583° 4 Church of Saint Michael and All Angels, 31 Arbuckle Street, Himeville (Erf 23) -29.750644° 29.511322° 4 Edwardian The Rectory, 29 Arbuckle Street, Himeville (1912) -29.750909° 29.511069° 4 c 1889 Residence & Stable (c 1889): Easton -29.751245° 29.479638° 4 Edwardian Ericsburg Farm, Underberg -29.752540° 29.478360° 4 Edwardian 11 Arbuckle Street, Himeville -29.75439° 29.509910° 4 c 1915 Original outbuilding to the Manse (unverified), 1 Manse Road, Underberg -29.755930° 29.509810° 4 c 1900 Residence & Stable (c 1900): Rainbow Farm -29.757090° 29.412130° 4 1930s Former NRC Hostel: Main Road, Underberg -29.770700° 29.502000° 4 ? Brick rondavel: The Banks, Underberg -29.777220° 29.474190° 4 ? Stone rondavel: The Banks, Underberg -29.777240° 29.473970° 4 Edwardian The Banks, Underberg -29.777310° 29.474250° 4 ? Horse stables: The Banks, Underberg -29.777430° 29.474110°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929BB 003 4 Duma Graves -29.777972° 29.628278° 4 Edwardian Cottage, Old Main Road, Underberg -29.783680° 29.500700° 4 Edwardian Shed: Sunrise Farm, Underberg -29.787528° 29.504466° 4 Edwardian 1 East Avenue, Underberg (Erf 8/17) -29.792700° 29.497860° 4 Edwardian 6 East Avenue, Underberg (Erf 6/17) -29.792720° 29.498400° 4 Edwardian 11 East Avenue, Underberg (Erf Re/19) -29.792800° 29.498600° 4 Edwardian The Body Clinic, 114 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.792980° 29.496750° 4 ? Titan Security, Old Main Road, Underberg -29.792980° 29.500550° 4 Edwardian The Underberg Railway (1916), Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793260° 29.497630° 4 ? Bazovuka Funeral Home, Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793270° 29.497610° 4 Edwardian Venniker Accounting (1922), 12 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793500° 29.448740° 4 Edwardian Underberg Inn (1943), 10 Main Road, Underberg -29.793570° 29.493780° 4 Edwardian House: 16 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793776° 29.499340° 4 Edwardian Sanwana Missionary Pre-Primary School, 18 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793800° 29.499290° 4 Victorian Kanham Insurance, 20 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.793800° 29.499290° 4 1922 Underberg Primary School Hostel, Old Main Road, Underberg -29.794240° 29.500900° 4 Edwardian Residence, 19 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.794310° 29.499210° 4 1939 Underberg Primary School, Old Main Road, Underberg -29.795170° 29.501510° 4 Edwardian 7 Hlogoma Crescent, Underberg (Erf/Farm Re/34) -29.795860° 29.502910° 4 c 1920s The Pile-Inn, 27 Old Main Road, Underberg -29.796000° 29.501940° 4 1920’s 4 Hlogoma Crescent, Underberg (Erf/Farm 1/331) -29.796320° 29.502530° 4 1920’s 3 Hlogoma Crescent, Underberg (Erf/Farm 3/331) -29.796590° 29.502410° 4 1945-1949 15 Hlogoma Crescent, Underberg (Erf/Farm 1/34) -29.796787° 29.503631° 4 Edwardian Stable: Clovelly Farm, Underberg -29.799738° 29.511029° 4 Edwardian The Manse (c 1915), 5 Manse Road, Underberg -29.799810° 29.502000° 4 1940 Residence: Pucketty Farm -29.801570° 29.503490° 4 Edwardian Residence (c 1886): StoneyHall Farm -29.804030° 29.354330° 4 Edwardian Residence (1886): Scotston Farm -29.806890° 29.476530° 4 ? Shed (pre-1940): Lamington Farm -29.808420° 29.416760° 4 c 1920s Residence (c 1920s): Road D288 on R617 -29.813570° 29.304800° 4 Edwardian Residence & Shed (1885): Castledene -29.814120° 29.275590° 4 1880-1890 Dairy, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.816540° 29.632400° 4 1880 Blacksmith, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.816563° 29.630574°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 4 1880-1890 Wedding Hall Venue (Trappists’ Rooms), Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.816590° 29.631100° 4 1880-1890 Immaculata, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817080° 29.631860° 4 1880-1890 Priest’s House, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817160° 29.631640° 4 1880-1890 Priests’ Rooms, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817170° 29.631640° 4 1884-1886 Boarding School, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817460° 29.631420° 4 ? Bridge (original), Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817540° 29.630280° 4 ? Water canal, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817540° 29.630280° 4 1946 Silo (5/9/1946)(Inscribed: ‘Italiano P.O.W S.F. Z.B.’: Briar Lea Lodge -29.817580° 29.529980° 4 1886 Convent, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817650° 29.631300° 4 1898 Roman Catholic Church, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.817930° 29.631600° 4 1932-1935 Mission’s Office (Guest Houses), Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.818005° 29.631190° 4 1897 Mill, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.818130° 29.630560° 4 1873 Cemetery, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.818490° 29.632510° 4 ? Houses x 2, Reichenau Mission, 34789 Bulwer Road -29.818490° 29.632510° 4 Edwardian Stable: Clovelly Farm, Underberg -29.818600° 29.577750° 4 Edwardian Residence (c 1892-1924): Clovelly Farm -29.818900° 29.577830° 4 Edwardian Shed: The Rocks -29.823910° 29.513310° 4 c 1950 Residence, Fondeling Farm on Bushmansneck Road -29.825730° 29.335860° 4 c 1886 Cattle kraal/Auction yard, Fondeling Farm on Bushmansneck Road -29.831050° 29.331320° 4 Edwardian Main House & Ruin (c 1886): Portion 1 of Fondeling Farm -29.832500° 29.329040° 4 ? Barn (pre-1895): Green-End Farm -29.842690° 29.561150° 4 Edwardian Residence, Storage – pump house?, Stone shed & Stables? x 2 (c 1886-1903): -29.847800° 29.566810° Watermead Farm 4 Victorian Residence (c 1930s): Silverstreams -29.848290° 29.218640° 4 Edwardian Residence (c 1907): Highlands Farm -29.848640° 29.367120° 4 Edwardian Main Residence (1907): Highlands Farm -29.849510° 29.368390° 4 Edwardian Waterford, Underberg -29.853690° 29.324280° 4 Edwardian Residence (1889), Bergview Farm on the Bushmansneck Road -29.857560° 29.259960° 4 Victorian Trading Store & Shed (c 1930s): Silverstreams Trading Store -29.858760° 29.225650° 4 ? Graves (fenced) in sheep enclosure -29.891300° 29.476100° 4 ? Residence & Original house: Dartford Farm -29.891900° 29.476540° 4 c 1898 Stone house: Dartford Farm -29.891940° 29.476640° 4 c 1898 Old Cheese Factory: Dartford Farm -29.891960° 29.476540°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 4 c 1898 Double storey shed/stables: Dartford Farm -29.892210° 29.477110° 4 Edwardian Residence, Stone rondavel house, Rondavel & Stone shed: Struan -29.909020° 29.357740° 4 c 1892 Residence, Ideal View on Bushmansneck Road -29.909550° 29.318000° 4 c 1892-1897 Residence, Ideal View on Bushmansneck Road -29.911866° 29.318560° 4 Edwardian Main Residence, Residence, Stable? & Stone barn: Cottesmere Farm -29.920930° 29.423680° 4 1906 Residence & Shed: Kilmun Farm -29.921576° 29.520969° 4 Kevelaer Mission -29.933294° 29.881531° 4 ? Prison?: Coleford Nature Reserve -29.933540° 29.442860° 4 Centecow Mission Station -30.013212° 29.724814° 4 St Apollinaris Hospital -30.017126° 29.725911°

GREATER KOKSTAD LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CC 030 4 4 Painting Thule 1 Thule 1A 2929CC 031 4 4 Painting Thule 1 Thule 2 -29.966667° 29.133333° 2929CC 032 4 no detail Thule 1 Thule 2929CC 033 4 no detail Thule 1 Thule 2929CC 034 4 4 Painting Berridale 20 Berridale 1 -29.974028° 29.070778° 2929CC 035 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 1 now Fairview 1 -29.978694° 29.067000° 2929CC 036 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 2 now Fairview 2 2929CC 037 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 3, now Fairview 3 Mahahla's -29.987222° 29.067000° Sh 2929CC 038 4 4 Painting Fairview Bellevue 4, now Fairview 4 Moshek's -29.989056° 29.068500° Sh 2929CC 039 4 4 Painting Fairview Belleview 5, now Fairview 5 -29.991944° 29.069028° 2929CC 040 4 4 Painting Bellevue 6 2929CC 044 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? -29.991944° 29.069028° 2929CC 111 4 Surface Bellevue 21 Deposit Shelter, see comment -29.998694° 29.041111° 2929CC 112 4 Surface 2929CC 113 4 4 Painting Bellevue 2929CC 120 4 Surface Eagles Nest Bastard Valley -29.950000° 29.166667° 2929CC 121 4 Surface Eagles Nest Eagles Nest -29.950000° 29.158333° 2929CC 124 4 4 Painting Berridale 20 Berridale Shelter 2 -29.971361° 29.087528° 2929CC 125 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 9 -29.999167° 29.050667° 2929CC 126 4 Surface Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 10 -29.999028° 29.049972° 2929CC 127 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 11 -29.997917° 29.053222° 2929CC 128 4 4 Painting Fairview Fairview 7 -29.992222° 29.069861° 2929CD 043 4 4 Painting GE 4 35 Curragh -29.964639° 29.365750° 2929CD 047 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 1 -29.950000° 29.300000° 2929CD 048 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 2 -29.966667° 29.300000°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 2929CD 049 4 Surface Alicedale 3 -29.975000° 29.300000° 2929CD 050 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 4 + -29.966667° 29.300000° 2929CD 051 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 5 -29.966667° 29.300000° 2929CD 059 4 Surface Curragh Curragh + -29.966667° 29.366667° 3029AA 002 4 4 Painting Veryan -30.109694 29.120833 3029AA 003 4 4 Painting Koppieskraal Koppieskraal -30.069444° 29.158333° 3029AA 004 4 4 Painting Nooitgedacht Nooitgedacht + -30.125 29.158333 3029AA 005 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 8, Horseraid Sh -30.001667° 29.054167° 3029AA 009 4 4 Painting Mzongwana Location -30.103056° 29.118611° 3029AA 010 4 4 Painting Vielsalm Veryan + -30.109722 29.117083 3029AA 011 4 4 4 Painting Vielsalm 47 Sheltered Vale 1 -30.083333 29.122917 3029AA 012 4 4 Painting Vielsalm 47 Sheltered Vale 2 -30.083333° 29.116667° 3029AA 021 Shelter Bellevue Shelter see site 2929CC 111 3029AA 022 4 4 Painting Constantia Bellevue 8 now Constantia 6, Soldier -30.060611 29.096889 Sh 3029AA 024 4 4 Painting Forres Banchory Sh 1 + -30.188333 29.224444 3029AA 025 4 4 Painting Forres Banchory Sh 2 + -30.188333 29.224444 3029AA 026 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Shelter 12 -30.000306° 29.054972° 3029AA 027 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Shelter 13 -30.000750° 29.055333° 3029AA 028 4 4 Surface Constantia 22 Constantia Shelter 1 -30.003167° 29.057611° 3029AA 029 4 4 Painting Constantia 22 Constantia Shelter 2 -30.004028° 29.058472° 3029AA 030 4 Surface Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 14 -30.000139° 29.049722° 3029AA 031 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Sh 15, Wild Dog Sh -30.002028° 29.045028° 3029AA 032 4 Surface Bellevue 21 Bellevue Shelter 16 -30.000000° 29.040667° 3029AA 033 4 4 Painting Bellevue 21 Bellevue Shelter 17 -30.003361° 29.044222° 3029AA 034 4 4 Painting Constantia 22 Constantia Shelter 3 -30.013194° 29.048444° 3029AA 035 4 4 Painting Constantia 22 Constantia Shelter 4 -30.013278° 29.048472° 3029AA 036 4 Surface Constantia 22 Constantia Shelter 5 NONE 3029AA 037 4 4 Painting Koppieskraal Koppieskraal Sh 2 -30.084861° 29.163889° 3029AA 038 4 4 Painting Koppieskraal Koppieskraal Sh 3 -30.084417° 29.163917° 3029AA 039 4 4 Painting Koppieskraal Koppieskraal Sh 4 -30.084000° 29.162056° (E reading seems incorrect) 3029AA 040 4 4 Painting Koppieskraal Koppieskraal Sh 5 -30.084000° 29.163722° 3029AB 001 4 4 Painting Bersheba 38 Beersheba -30.057361° 29.365833° 3029AB 002 4 4 4 Painting Bersheba 38 Beersheba 2 -30.05 29.368889 3029AB 003 4 4 Painting Kilrush 64 Kilrush 1 -30.066667 29.4 3029AB 004 4 4 Painting Kilrush 64 Kilrush 2 + -30.066667° 29.408333° 3029AB 013 4 Surface Forres 3 - Messy Shelter + -30.191667 29.266667 3029AB 014 4 4 Painting Bersheba Beersheba Sh 3 -30.05 29.368333 3029AB 015 4 4 Painting Balmoral Balmoral 1 -30.026111 29.291667 3029AB 016 4 4 Painting Balmoral Balmoral 2 -30.022222 29.285 3029AB 017 4 4 Painting Balmoral Balmoral 3 -30.017222 29.281667 3029AB 018 4 Painting Zwartberg Zwartberg Sh 1 3029AB 019 4 4 4 Painting Zwartberg Zwartberg Sh 2 3029CA 001 4 4 Painting Bouneparte's Fontein Chatwell Farm + -30.528889 29.197222

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 3029DA 001 4 Other Onverwacht Arum Valley House + -30.529167° 29.529167° 3029DA 003 4 4 Other Kruisspruit Thornham + -30.511111° 29.525000° 2929CD 052 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 6 -29.966667° 29.300000° 2929CD 053 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 7 -29.966667° 29.300000° 2929CD 054 4 4 Painting GE 4.40 Alicedale 8 -29.966667° 29.300000° 3029AB 022 4 Franklin Cemetery -30.394550° 29.457715° Mount Currie N.R -30.491390° 29.424820°

4 Site of Adam Kok’s Laager -30.505390° 29.411990° 4 Kokstad Museum, 104 Main Street, -30.546967° 29.424417° Kokstad 4 Bandstand, Main Street, Kokstad -30.547627° 29.424182° 4 Old Town Hall, Main Street, Kokstad -30.547817° 29.424350°

UBUHLEBEZWE LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 3029BB 002 4 4 Surface Cromwell 1998 Cromwell + -30.247222° 29.995833° 3029BB 003 4 4 Surface Cromwell 1998 Cromwell + -30.247222° 29.995833° 3029BB 004 4 4 Surface Good Lands 4111 Good Lands + -30.183333° 29.916667° 3029BD 001 4 Other Hancock Grange Umzimkulu Bridge -30.258333° 29.946389° 3029BD 002 4 4 4 Other ? Umzimkulu ? -30.250000° 29.933333° 3030 4 Rhodes’ House (1870) -30.048060° 30.298470° 3030AC 001 4 Other Highflats 3030AC 002 4 Surface Highflats 3030AC 003 4 Surface Highflats + -30.250000° 30.200000° 3030AC 004 4 4 Painting Greenden Mgodi -30.307222 30.144444 3029BB 003 4 Surface Cromwell 1998 Cromwell + -30.247222° 29.995833°

UMZIMKULU LOCAL MUNICIPALITY

Nat Site No ESA MSA LSA RA ISA EIA LIA IIA HIS Site Type Official Name Local Name Site Co-ordinates 3029BB 001 4 Surface Location NO 9 Mfulamuhle Mfulamuhle + -30.200000° 29.900000° 3029BB 004 4 Umzimkulu Cemetery -30.271096° 29.944726°

March 2018 Appendices

Harry Gwala District Municipality EMF: Status Quo Report (Draft)

APPENDIX C

HGDM EMF STATUS QUO MAPS

March 2018 Appendices